Professional Documents
Culture Documents
vvLOSANCElfj:
.vlOSANCEld
^/^aBAiNn-jWs
,\WEUNIVER5//,
^lOSANCElfx^
^^HIBRARYQ^
^^tLIBRARY<9,
u_
%ii3AINn-3W'^'
^aodiivojo-
^VOFCALIFO%
^.OECAIIFO/i'^
=3
^'
2008
witii
funding fromAavaan#
^(?AwaaiH^
IVIicrosoft
Corporation
'NIVER^//,
\>:lOSANCElfj
%a3AINa-3W^
.fCALIFO/?^
^OfCALIFO%
vlOSANCElfj
Jl^^
^/judAih.
\\V
UUJ
'J I3jn
jur
'
.iMj;\mii'jn>
'^.i/ojnvjjo
'^*li'tfp://www/arcHVve.org/details7c'atalogueofsoutli00roya^
...J
.^
._
iTW
^5^lllBRARYQ^
.^MEUNIVERS/A
^lOSANCElfj^.
^^lllBRARYO/C
^(l/OdllVOJO"^
jA^OFCAllFO/?^
^Aa3AINn3WV
^WE UNIVERiy/v
%JI1V3J0>
^^;OFCALIFO%
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^lOSANCElfj>
>&AHViian-#
^^AHvagiH^
<ril30NVS01^
"^/saaAiNH^wv
^OAyvaaii#
\WE UNIVERS//,
^LOSANCELfj>
^^ILIBRARYO^
^tUBRARYO^
\WEUNIVERS'//
O o
"^/^aaAiNnjvv^
^<!/0JnV3JO'^
^<!/0JnV3J0'^
^\\EIINIVERV^
^lOSANCElfj;^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^WEUNIVER^//
o
"^'^
"^'^^
%d3AINIl-3Wv
>t?AllVyaiH^
""-
^<9AavaaiH^
<rii]ONVsoi^'
^ILIBRARYOc
^^ILIBRARY6>^
^WEUNIVERi"//,
^lOSANCElfj>
^^tllBRARYQ.
^.ffOJIlVDJO'^
^<!/0JnV3J0^
^OFCALIFOfiV
<rji33NVS01^
W^EUNIVERi/A
%a3AINn3WV
vvlOSANCElfj>
'%ojnvojo'
^OFCALIFO/?^
^OFCALIFO/?^
o
3^
o
"^/^a^AINilJWV
^^AHvaan-^^
j^\WEUNIVE^/^
^^lOSANGElfj^
^ILIBRARYQ^
^tLIBRARYQ^
\WEUNIVERV/
<rii30Nvsoi^''
"^/^aaAiNH-awv
vj>:lOSANCElfX/
^<!/0JnV3J0'^
<ril30NVS01^
.^WEUNIVER%.
^i
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^\\EUNIVER57/
A CATALOGUE
OF
DR. M.
WINTERNITZ
WITH AN APPENDIX BY
F.
W. THOMAS.
LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY
22 ALBEMABLK STREET, W.
1902.
y
r
The Library
University of California,
Los Angeles
The
gift
of Mrs.
Cummings, 1 963
Printed by
W.
7L
THIS VOLUME
IS
INSCEIBED TO
BY THE COMPILER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pages
Preface
Synoptical List of the
VII XI
MSS.
Numbers
of the
......
XII XV
XVI
.
Catalogue Nos.
1190
.
Appendix by F.
List of
1250 261292
293
310
340
Index
311340
PREFACE.
The bulk of the MSS. described in this Catalogue belong the Whish Collection of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. These MSS. had been acquired by C. M. Whish of the Madras Civil Service, and were
to
Whish Escf
with the
July 1836.
In most of these
MSS.
entries
and many of them show traces of having been read and studied by a European scholar. The entries are generally dated, the earliest date being 1822 \ and the latest 1831. Some of the MSS may have been copied for Mr. Whish at that time. A certain date can be assigned only to those few MSS.^ which are dated by the Kollam era and were written between A. D. 1787 and 1827. Most of the others, dated by years of the Jupiter cycle, or bearing no dates at all, were probably written about the same time, that is to say, at the end of the 18 th or the beginning of the 19 th century. Only a few MSS. seem to be a good deal older and may belong to the earlier part of the 17th century. Generally speaking, the MSS. in Malayalam characters are older than those written in Grantha. In some of the Malayalam MSS.,3 especially in those of apparent greater antiquity, the peculiar paging by Aksaras is found to which Professor C. Bendall has drawn attention in the JRAS, October 1896, pp. 790 sq. According to this
signature of C.
M. AVhish
are found,
1 In No. 138 (see p. 194) the date 1817 is probably only indistinctly written and meant for 1827. 2 Nos. 103, 113, 122, 138, 139, 141, 142, 145, 146, 150.
See Nos.
157, 158.
-^
system, the Aksaras
VIII
H$-
skra, jhra,
1
M,
gra,
pra, dre,
ma
10, tha,
la, -pta,
^~^^ and
*^^ (=
na and
nna?) are used.^ Besides the Whish MSS. there are also a number of other South Indian MSS. (Sansk. Nos. 128) described in this Catalogue, about which I could not get any satisfactory information. I found them mixed up with a large number Prof. Ehys Davids tells me that they of Tamil MSS.
were always kept together with the Whish MSS., and he is inclined to think that they, too, belong to the same
collection though "it is not quite certain that they really formed part of the Whish donation." They are nearly all written in Grautha, and seem, for the greater part, to have been written at the end of the 18 th and the beginning
of the 19 th century.
distinguished
MSS. by great age, there among them. Perhaps the most important of all are the Mahabharata MSS. which represent a distinct recension Some years ago at the International of the great Epic. I first drew Congress of Orientalists in Paris, 1897 attention to these MSS., and pointing out the great differences between the text offered by these South-Indian MSS. the soand that of the Calcutta and Bombay editions I showed the insufficiency of the latter, called Vulgata and made an appeal for a critical edition of the Mahabharata which I declared to be the sine qua non of any critical study of the great Epic. This appeal met with much sympathy among Sanskrit scholars, and there is now every reason to hope that such a critical edition The Whish MSS. of will be begun in no distant future. the Mahabharata to which we thus owe the plan of a
rare and valuable
many
Sometimes the first leaf is marked with 'harih irV, and the paging by na, nna, nya etc. begins with the second leaf, e. g. in No. 157. 2 For other ways of numbering the pages by Aksaras, see pp. 21,
-^
IX
<will
critical editiou
of the
is
great epic,
to
prove
invaluable
whenever
this plan
be carried
out.
Among
may
point out a
MS.
of the
Taittiriya-Aranyaka
deratum,
Several
or are
(No.
178)
which
should
prove
a
is
great desi-
anything but
satisfactory.
MSS.
of our Collection
still
the
MSS.
of the
of Sayana's
Rgveda-Bhasya (Nos.
la,
and
13),
Apaand
of
86).^
How
a
valuable the
MS.
known since 1890, when rough list of the titles of the Sanskrit MSS. in the Todd and "Whish Collections of the Society was published (JRAS, N. S., Vol. XXII, pp. 801813). It was intended
Society w'ere, has already been
then ali-eady to publish a proper catalogue as soon as the But it w^as considered
probable that so long a period would necessarily elapse before this could be done, that it was advisable at once
to publish such a
however incomplete and incorrect. And it will, indeed, be now seen that the Whish Collection, at any rate, contains many more numbers and above all many more works and fragments of works than
rough
list,
list.^
The forecast of delay was also fully justified by the event. The rough hst appeared in 1890. We are now in 1902. But when, in May 1894, the preparation of this catalogue
1 A MS. 'Whish No. 66' mentioned by Prof. Kern as having been used for his edition of the Aryabhatlya (Leiden 1874) has not been
found among the MSS. which 1 have catalogued. 2 For a complete list of all the numbers of the Whish Collection including also those which contain vernacular (chiefly Malayalam) texts and have therefore not been described in this Catalogue, see below pp. XII XV.
-$><
H^
was entrusted
to
me by
me
to give
my
I have been working at it, whole time to the work. while I was living at Oxford, for several years, but the work had often to be interrupted on account of more pressing professional work. In 1898 I left England, and
some
to
of
the
MSS. had
delays,
to
became
still
slower.
Finally,
Mr. Thomas kindly undertook to describe the MSS. which I had not yet seen, and their descriptions will be found in the Appendix as Nos. 191-215. Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. is of not much use, unless extracts from the works they contain are given. For in
avoid
further
title
of a Sanskrit
work
tells
us
character or contents.
texts,
And
even in the
of well-known
me
necessary, in order
and value of a MS. With this end in view I have given extracts, however short, from nearly every MS., and I have made a point of copying these extracts as accurately as possible from the MSS. A compiler of a catalogue is- not an editor, and I did not think it the duty of the compiler to correct
some idea
of the correctness
his quotations.
Wherever corrections suggested themselves them in parenthesis or banished them The peculiar orthography of South Indian
Thus, as regards
tu,
tlie
MSS. has
tin
also
MSS. annan
sarasvatim
a
sarasva-
devim
in
etc.
annam
tu,
de),
and as
with
etc.).
regards
MSS.
omitting
the Visarga
before
sibilant
MSS.
for alpa,
also tatbuddhis,
patma
etc. for
'
Words
(
renthesis
to
mark
words and
syllables as to be omitted.
tadbu, paclma
etc.,
two vowels,
e.
g.
man gala,
etc.
I have used the ordinary ortliography. In preparing a catalogue of South Indian MSS. one has to encounter far greater difficulties than in having to deal with Nagarl MSS. The reading of palm leaves is always very
trying to the eyes,
Index
Moreover the leaves are frequently mutilated or rubbed off, especially at the beginning and at the end, and what is the worst one MS. generally contains fragments
and end.
In overcoming these
of
difficulties,
a Sanskrit
catalogue
now
has,
Aufeecht's monumental work, the Catalogus Catalogorum. But I had also the good fortune of Prof. Aufeecht's more immediate help, for he was kind enough to take the trouble of reading the proofs, and I owe to him many most valuable suggestions and corrections, and in more than one case he has helped me to identify some short and very puzzling fragment. I am fulfilling a pleasant duty in expressing to him my sincerest thanks for all the trouble he has taken in making this Catalogue more useful than it would have been without his generous help. My
thanks are due,
also, to
Professor Lijd\vig
who
kindly read
me some
valuable emen-
Ehys Davids
is
to
whom
undertaking
due,
for
the kindly
in the work.
Prague, August
1902.
M. Winternitz.
SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.
Cat.-No.
Cat.-No
Whish No.
51 55
55
H H H
55
55
55
55
55
55
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 3
4
5 6
7
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
8
9
55
55
51
55
51
55
51
55
1010 1111
12(2)|
55
55
55
55
A b|
1
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
n
55
55
1313
13a- 14
55
55
55
55
55
55
5?
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
;;
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
1415 15-16 16-17 1718 18-19 1920 2021 2122 2223 2324 2425 2526 26-27
55
55
55
55
55
55
44
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
n n
55
44191 4545 46-46 47192 48-47 4948 5049 5150 5251 5352
->^
XIII
i<-
Cat.-No.
Cat-No.
Whish No.
55 55
H
55
55
55
55
55
57
55
55
55
58(2)}
55
55
H
?5
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
>;
55
55
55
59-58 6059 6160 6261 6362 64-63 6564 6665 6766 6867
11
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
89
90
91
92 93
94
95
96
97
98
99
55
55
55
55
5?
55
55
55
55
55
55
69A 68
69
55
55
n n
55
B 69
55
55
55
55
M
n
11
55
55
55
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
11
55
7070 7171 7272 7373 7474 7575 7676 7777 78-78 7979 8080 8181 8282 8383
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
99100 100101 101102 102103 103104 104105 105106 106107 107108 108-109 109110
55
55
llOA HI
55
55
55
55
55
55
A 114
B 115
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
11
55
84A 84
84B-85
8586 8687 8788
55
55
11
55
55
55
11
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
121123 122124
-^ XIV
Cat.-No.
H$-
Oat.-Ko.
WhishNo. 123-125
A 126
162
156
158
126127 127128 128129 129130 130131 ,,131 not Sanskrit 132132 133133 134134
163157
164
165159
166 not Sanskrit
167193
168 not Sanskrit
169160
170 not Sanskrit
171161 172162
173 not Sanskrit
136135 137136
138 not Sanskrit
139137 140138 141-139 142-140 143-141 144-142 145-143 146-144 147-145 148-146 149-147 150-148 151-149 152150
167
186207
187A-195
187
B 203
155-152
156 not Sanskrit
^^'
11
"
158153
~^^
Cat.-No.
XY
KCat.-No
Sansk. No.
11
,
It
n
^^
n
51
:i
n
11
n
11
186
15
n
11
11
11
11
n n
15
11
11
11
51
51
55
11
15
51
15199 16200 17201 18202 19-204 20205 21206 22208 23209 24210 25-212 26213 27-214 28215
11
11
198
^>^H$-
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Aufrecht
1891.
CC
Leipzig
Part
Leipzig 1896.
Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Aufrecht- Oxford Bodleianae Pars Septima, Codices Sanseriticos completens. Confecit
Burnell
I.
By A.
C. Burnell.
London
1869.
Burnell, Tanjore
at Tanjore.
London
1880.
A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the Hall Indian Philosophical Systems. By Fitzedward Hall. Calcutta 1859. Reports on Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India, by Dr. Eugen Hultzsch
Hultzsch, Nos. 1
Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of Ind. Off. the India Office. By Julius Eggeling. London 1887 sqq. Part IV,
&
2.
Madras
1895, 1896.
by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library Mitra-Bikaner of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. Compiled by Rajen-
dralala Mitra.
Calcutta 1880.
of Sanskrit Manuscripts,
Mitra, Notices
Mitra.
= Notices
IV
MSS.
by Rajendralala
Bombay Circle April 1883 March 1884. By Prof. Peter Peterson. Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884. A Fourth Report etc. April 1886 March 1892 Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
of Sanskrit
in the
. . .
1894.
Stein-Jammu == Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir. Prepared by M. A. Stein. Bombay 1894. Weber -Berlin Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen
Bibliothek
1892.
zu Berlin. Bd. II, Bd. V, 1, 2: Verzeichnis der Sanskrit-Handschriften von Albrecht Weber. Berlin 1853, 1886,
Wilson- Mackenzie
Mackenzie Collection. Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts ... of the South of India; collected by the
late Lieut.-Col. Colin
Mackenzie,
By H. H.Wilson.
Calcutta 1828.
1.
Whish No.
16fx2 in., 192 leaves, about Material: Palm leaves. Date 0/ MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.?i
Size:
1.
9 lines
on a page.
(a)
first
three Aclhyayas
e.
Samhita
This
edition
is
I,
122 to
I,
165.
the
of
MS. G used for Prof. Max Miiller's second the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
ed.
by F.
Max
Miiller,
2'^'^
ed.,
vol. I,
Ivi,
Ivii seqcj[.
(b)
Sdyandcdrya^s Commentary on the first Aranyaka of the Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. Ar. I, 15). Ff. 152b to 192.
Very
It
incorrect.
ends:
iti
srimad-rajadhirajaraja-paramesvara-vaidi-
om
ii
iti
Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareyaranyakajkande prathamaranyake paucamoddhyayas samaptam (read ah) srikrsnaya nama(h) harih om
ii
ii
ii
See Preface.
2.
Whish No.
Size:
2.
16jX2
in.,
Material:
23'''^
Yarga
Commentary on Rgveda-Sam-
75 to
is
I,
121.
This
edition
the
of
the
MS. T used for Prof. Max Miiller's second Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary, see
etc.
It begins:
WmsH
Size: lOf
No.
3.
1|^ in.,
75 leaves, 8 lines
19tii cent.?
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
the
Yajnavaihliavakhanda in the
rsaya
i
i
anuttamam
It
etc.
hmagitasiipanisatsu
dvadasoddhyayah
ii
sri^ivaya
namah
ii
subham
astii
ii
4.
Whish No.
Size: lOf XI-rin.,
4.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
-^
f<-
A Commentary on the Brahmagitd (see No. 3), by Mddhavacdrya. It begins: vande sindhuravaktran tarn bandhun dinasya santatam pratyuhavyiiliasamanam iipasyam sarvadevataili evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijnanasya nisreyasasadhanatvam uktan tac ca sarvasfikhasammatam iti dar^ayitum aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi - samastopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikam brahmagitam vaktum muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithim pureti sariti atha tarn vaktum puravrttam udaharati vajnas sarvavid iti samanyatas sarvaii janatiti sarva-
ii
jnah,
It
etc.
yam
yajnavaibliavakhandasyoparibhage
ii
bralimagitayarp.
dvadasoddhyayali
sivaya
namah subham
astu harib
om
ii
5.
Whish No.
Size:
5.
9|-xlf
in-i
117
+ 41
leaves, 8
lines
on a page.
19 th cent.?
(a)
rites
balan
uddisya
prayascittasubodhinim
ii
tatradav
anuddharanaprayascittam ucya[n]te, etc. prayascittamsubodhani {sic) samapta harih It ends: om srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah yadrsam pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam maya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate asmat-gurucaranara-
ii
II
ii
ii
vindabhyan namah
(b)
The Kaulddarsatantra
nandandtJia.
Ff. 1
(a
19.
natva srigurupadukafi ca vatukam vaniii ca It begins: vighnesvaram kamesan tripuram param bhagavatin devim sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam
I
kulajnaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavarkraniat tthams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaulavidam
ii i
ii
It
ends:
iti
sri-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsaii
tantram sampurnam
srigurubbyo
namah
ii
(c)
The
leaves 20 to 41
contain two
tises, viz.
(1)
The
Srlcakrapratisthdvidhih.
i
It begins
(f.
20):
cakroddharah tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pascimatah svasthanam parityajya etc. It ends on f. 28: iti sricakrapratisthavidhih Quotations occur from Tantrardja, Ratnasdgara, Kulamuldvatdra.
ii
sri-
(2)
The Srlvidydkhyamulavidyabheddh,
or Tripurabheddh.
Ff. 28 to 41.
atha srividyakhyamulavidyabheda
ii
etc.
The Brlrudraydniala
quoted on
fol.
34 b.
mentioned
fol.
36 b.
Fol. 36b ity evam srimulavidyaya ekapaiica37a: satbhedah !rimadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah pradarsitah atha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah atha praupasakasiddhasrlvidya - pahcadasaksarlmantraprasamgat bhedena dvadasavidhasrividyiXmantras ca t^astrantaroktaprakarena likhyante Then follow 12 Mantras.
i I
ii
->4
H5-
iti
durvasaradluta vidya
ii
pancadasa-
iti
ii
tripurabhedali kathitah
srimahatripurasundaryyai
namah
6.
WmsH
Size:
lO-J
No.
6.
Xl?-
in.,
26-f-89 leaves,
from
7 to 9 lines
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
(a)
The
Saldisidra together
with
its
Blidsya,
20 Siitras
The Sutra
etc.
begins:
i
om
atha saktisutrani
citisvatantra
I
visvasiddhihetuh
srimat-
Tlien
the
Commentary
ca
iti
begins:
saktisutrabhasyam
i
om
vi-
svasiddhihetuka
sarvakaranatvam
sarvasaktitvam
treti
page 12
i
It ends on ca siicitani etc. bhutabalim dadyat ksetrapalan tu daksine rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati isannye agneyagavarahim isavayavye napatim agneyarp kurukulyam
niramkusaisvaryyah
:
piirve
nnye
{sic)
(b)
begins
vimarsapadavacyam
this
Ff.
1326.
apy
avimarsapadan
See below
as
the Bhavanopanisad.
sloka
-^
namah
i
H^
ii
II
divan
ii
ii
prSnan ayammya mulena rsyadin nyasam acaret 3 It ends: pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun
namac chambhum
iti
snmad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya-
samaptah
ii
harili
om
ii
sri-
il
(c)
The
This
Cidvalll,
is
a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kdmakald, or Kdmakcddvildsa. The latter has been printed by Prof.
Bhandarkar
in
the
Bonibay
Presidency
during
the
year
MSS. 188384
(Bombay
It begins:
I
ghanam^ anuttara^paran
bhamisratejase gurave
bhavyate budhaihl
i
raktasuklapra-
namah
nathaya cidrupanandarupine
srimata patalapamga^patita-
tamkasamkave
visruta
jata
ii
aryya
savyakhyam
Fol.
Here
is
I cannot
make any
and
The MS.
is
beautifully written,
4
s
etara
cittena
racitil
kamakalam aliam anisam murddhna vaca vahilmi iti kamakalavyakhya Natananandena desikaprltyai
i
i
rasikajana[na]nam
nandaguruiiam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi tesam aiiyatatprltyai asyah kamakalayah vyakhya pilrvair udahrtaneka etc. It ends: kamakalasvarupam paripurnara prapaficitam iti ^ivam iti ^li-Natanananda-kathita cidvalli samapta
i
ii
liarih
om
ii
srigurubhyo
svamin[h]e
namah
7.
WmsH
Size:
No.
7.
14x2
in.,
cent.
The HCdasyamahdtmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the Skanda-Purana, in 71 chapters. See Mitra, Notices, vol. vii, p. 27 seqq., No. 2264. It begins: avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnan caturbhiijam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarva-
vighnopasantaye
i
lila yena pratyaksitah ksitaii srimatsundaranathasya devim sapharalocanam kalaye hrdaye nityam kadambavanavasinim vaksye puratanam etc.
vasine catussastividha
punyam snmaddhalasyasahjiiitam sravanat sarvapapaghnam vedantesu praka^itam desakalavidhanajha Vasisthadya munlsvarah Yasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo Varuno Bhrgiih Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah
i
ii
PaiTisarah
Suko
mahan
VedaA'yasah Kaholas
i
Kumbhasami
bhavah Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanaii Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Visvamitras ca Naradam (sic) ity adya munayas sarve jnanino brahmavittamah snatva
i
i
jhatva vinayakan
sarvan
etc.
->4
H$-
An
ff.
is
given on
11 seqq.
It ends:
sarvas
namah
sarvas
satgatim
apnoti
sarvasya
bhavita
siikliam
ii
iti
yah
II
sivaya
il
harih om,
etc.
WmsH
Size:
No.
8.
13xl|-
in.,
60
19tii cent.?
(a)
Samkararn Samkaracaryyam Kesavam BadaIt begins: sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punahrayanam punah satyajhananandatmakam advitiyam brahmaiva suddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malinasatvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavan ca jagan mayai
I
bhasena jivesau
It
karoti,
etc.
ends
iti
-
Kaivalyananda
namah
ii
subham astu
(b)
ii
The Basabhivyanjikd, a Commentary on Laksmidhara's Advaitamcikaranda , by Svai/amjpraMsa Yati, a pupil of Kaivalydncmda Yogindra, ff. 25. See Hall, p. 102; Mitra, Notices, No. 689.
^^
It
H5-
nirantaranandacitghnam brahma nirbhayam ^rutya tarkanubhutibhyam aham asmy advayam sada etc. sphutara vedantapratipadyam saccidanandalaksanam sarvajuam sarvopadilnan nityam sarvagam advabegins:
i
nitvan
yam
deliendriyapranamanobuddbyaharakarasaksipratyaga-
bhinnatayil
tarkais sambhavayitum kincit prakaranam advaitamakarandakbyam arabhamanali ciklrsitasya grantbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantbato nibaddbnati kataksakiranacantanamamnobabdbaye namab etc. Beginning of the last (29*'^) cbapter, fob 24b: Laksmidhara iti granthakarttur nama sa casau kavis, etc. Furtber on: advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyanjaka krta Svayami
ends
etc.
iti
ii
9.
Whish No.
Size:
9.
12.yXl4
in.,
88
-f-
12
+ +
24
Date of MS.:
18tii
or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
88.
nana
smabe namab krsnaya gurave buddhitadvrttisaksine saccidanandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubub virajate trayl yena bbanuneva jagattrayi praki5sitarttba(n) tarn vande Yidyaranya-mumsvaram ekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu purakrtab idanira pimar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabah skandba ekadase sloka grbyante saravattarah vidusan
i
10
H^
i
atratyasloka ekaika
vidusah punali-punah krtasravanamanaiiabhyani samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam nirargalaya mana brahmatmatvavagahinl akhandakaravrttir eva vidya sa svayam avidyatain tat karyyan ca nirddhiiya pascad upasamyatiti sa drstantam upapadayati
It ends:
ii
(b)
The Bhcigavata-Purdna with Commentary, from Adhyaya VI, 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7, of the 12*1^ Skandha. Ff. 12. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of the Yedas', Mr. Whish.
It
begins:
Saunakah
i
cSryyair
mmahatmabhih
veda
vai
kathita
vyasta
etat
saiimyabhidhehi nah
It
ends:
dvadase
etc.
sri-bhagavate
ii
gurave
namo namah
ii
(c)
The Sutagltci of the second part (? uparibhage) of the Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sfttasamhitd of the ShandaPurana. Ff. 24.
It begins:
aisvaram
satyacit-
ghanam
vat
II
atmatvenaiva
nistaramgasamudra-
etc.
iti sri-skande purane siitasainhitayam yajhavaibhavakhande uparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamoddhyayah srisivaya parabrahmane namah sutaglta sa-
It ends:
ii
ii
mapta.
(d)
the pre-
Ff. 26.
atha
ity
tah
karttavye
-^
nnaimisiyaih
11
f^
upanisad(read
nibad)-
krte namaskarastuti
iti
dhnati ai^varam
etc.
iti sri-tryambakapadabja-seva-parayanena MaIt ends: dhavacaryyena viracitayam siitasarnliita(ta)tpa(r)yadipikaySm yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasiipanisatsu astamoddhyayah srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah
II
ii
harih
om
ii
subliam astu
ii
10.
Whish'No.
Size: IB-^
10.
1-|-
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
ramam
jyaghosanirjitaratiii
janaklramanam bhaje
i ii
ii
ityadi, etc.
Fol. 59:
iti
sri-Hamanujlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane
saptasaptatimas sargali
Tlie
tiilakulam
It
ends:
iti
^ri-Ramrmujacaryya-viracita- vyakhyane-
yoddhyakande ramacandrSya
harih oni
i
ekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas
sargah
ll
sriii
namah
ii
ayoddhyakandavyakhya
samapta
11.
WmsH
Size: 125-
No.
11.
X If
in.,
leaf there
is
its
->^
12
Hg--
mananda
its
Whish and dated 1826. The MS. Whish in that year. At any rate,
not
much
older.
Character: Grantha.
yam
vaisaradi sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti magunasamprasiitani gunams ca sandahya yad atmyam etat svayan ca samyaty asamid yathagnih atmS sthuUil
ii
suksmadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc. Fol, 3: yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam atmanah nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi
ii
It ends:
ii
iti
srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl-
krta
ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas
srikrsnaya
ii
savyakhyas
sampiirnah
parabrahmane
name
namah
ii
subham astu
12.
Whish
Nos. 12
(1)
and 12
[if.
(2).
Size: 2 Vols., 16 i 1| in., 22 + 246 leaves volume], from 8 to 10 lines on a page; Material: Palm leaves.
147246
in the second
Date: IS*'^ or 1^^^ cent:? Character: Grantha. The second work is written by a different hand from the
first.
(1)
The Suryasiddhdnta, the first Prasna, Adhyayas The text differs considerably from Mr. Fitz Edward
edition in the Bibliotheca Indica.
It begins:
14.
Hall's
acintyavyaktarupaya
i
nirgunaya gunanmane
ra-
(read gunatmane)
samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane
namah
ii
ii
alpavasiste tu krte
^H
13
H^
ii
ii
hasyam paramara punyam jijnasur jfianam uttamam 2 vedamgam agryam akhilatn jyotisam gatikaranam aradhai
yan vivasvantam tapas tepetidustaram tositas tapasa tena pritas tasmai vararttliine grahanau caritam pradat mayaya viditas te maya bhavas tapasaradhitas savita svayam tv aham dadyam kalasrayam jiianam jyotisan caritani
i
maliat
etc.
sarvebhyah pradadau prito gralianan It ends (f. 21b): caritam mabat atyatbhutatamam loke rahasyam brabmai
sainmitam^
vivasvatali
i
vedasya
nirmmalaii
caksur
jfiatva
saksad
viditvaitad
asesena
param
brahina(dbi)-
gaccbati
iti
srisuryyasiddbaute
ii
dasoddbyayali
cba
ii
ii
yyasiddbantam
(2)
tbe Suryasiddhdnta,
by Tammayajvan, or Tammaydrya, a son oi Mcdlddhvarlndra of Farayqjura (wbo was a son of Mcdlayajvan, and a grandson of Honndrya).
It begins: srividyabrdayastbitam sivamayam srimatsamaradbitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasandayinim kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdbastam prasannananam sindurarunadebakantim anisam sribonnamambam
i
nagayajnopavitam sulam vatrifi ca kbatgam damarukam atulam panipadmair ddadbauarn mailarakbyam mabesam ye Honnamanimayamukutam malavinatbam ide 2
i
ii
ii
te
II
11
sri-Honnaryyasarvatantrasvatan trail
i
tasma(j) jatas
ii
tatputrobam vedavedai
This
is
romi
II
li
etc.
F. 37: iti srl - Mailaresvara - Honnambikavaralabdhavagvibhavena sriparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyautisikahrtkumudacandrena Tammayaryyena snsiiryyasiddha-
ii
liarih
om
ii
sri-Honnaryyasya
pautrac
ii
F. 104b: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayajva siddh5ntasyarkka(read rkka)namnah kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam chayai
harih
ii
Adhyaya IV ends
Vol. I
(f.
f.
123,
Adhyaya
f.
137 b.
. .
.
146)
ends:
srI-Honnaryyasya
ll
yai
ii
iti
ll
srisuryyasiddhante
cha
II
subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah
subham astu
srisivaya
namah
f.
ii
Vol. II
begins
with
the 7*^
f.
158b.
the Goladhyaya
Vol. II ends: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac sivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali siddhantasyarkkanami
nali kalitapadavatim
yasya
samyagrahagurukrpaya
. . .
ii
ambikayai
ll
bi-
ndudurllipi
iti
ii
caturddasoddhyayah
nama
-^.
15
^
13.
13.
WmsH
Date of MS.:
18tii
No.
Size: 16f x2i- in., 135 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.
or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
first
Astaka,
i.
e.
Adhyaya of Com-
mentary on Kgveda
This
edition
is
19.
Max
Muller,
2'^'*
the
of the
MS. Gr used for Prof. Max Miiller's second Egveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
Ed., vol.
I,
Rig-Veda-Saiphita, ed. by F.
pp.
liv,
Ivi,
Ivii seqq.
14.
WmsH
Size: lo-g^xlf
in.,
No. 13 a.
lines.
The beginning
Interesting
is
of the
the accentuation,
accentuated
1,
syllable).
text of Rv.
1 to I, 3, 4.
15.
WmsH
13|^xl^ in., 83 leaves, 6 Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The 'Prajotpatti'
Size:
No.
lines
14.
on a page.
Material:
year in which the MS. was written probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding to A. D. 1751y52, possibly A. D. 1811/12. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmanya, son of Sesadri. Character: Grantha.
(see below) is
-^
16
He
The MS.
ii
It ends:
samaptam om harih om subham astu om visargabindvaksara etc. harih om dhanurmmase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau taiyaviracite taittiriyyakabhasyam
ii
ii
ttiriyyas
ca
likhitas
Sarppe
ii
Sesadrisununa
ii
harih
om
gabhe
etc.
taittiriyopanisado
ii
subham astu
harih
om
etc.
16.
Whish No.
Size:
15,
9|xl|
in.,
-|-
(a)
(1)
The Isd-Upanisad,
or Isdvdsya-Upanisad,
(ff.
ot Vdja-
saneyi-Sanihitd-Upcmisad
It begins:
i
a).
purnam adah purnam idara purnat purnam purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo
udacyate
I
-5^
17
Hg--
vanm^arsibhyo
namo gurubhyah
ity
ii
om
santii^
.4antis
^antih
i
il
etc.
ii
isavasyam
ii
ekanuvakestadasa
ii
on tat sat
iti
I^avasyopanisat samapta
santis santih
(2)
(ff.
harih
om
or
santi^
The
Kena
Upanisad
Talavakdra
Upcmisad
a 4 b).
It begins:
prathamah
It ends:
yuktah
etc.
ii
kenopanisat
samapta
harih
om
etc.
(b)
(1)
Sankara's
Commentary on
the
Isd-Upanisat
(ff.
1 13 a).
isavasyam ityadayo mantrali karmmasv tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyapratipadakatvat yathartthyan catmanah suddhatvapapaviddhatvaikatvasariratvasarvagatatvadi vaksyamanan tac ca etc.
It begins:
i
om
aviniyuktas
It ends
iti
sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapadasisya-parama-
om
(ff.
II
(2)
Saukara^s
Commentary
on
the
Kena-Upanisat
13
a 39 b).
It begins:
kenesitam
ity
ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya
vaktavyeti
many
a^esatah parisamapitani
It ends:
syad
saram apadyata ity abhiprayah iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmacCharpkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisadvivarane navamoddhyayah kenopanisatbhasyam samaii
ii
ptam
II
harih
om
ii
srigurubhyo
namah
ii
-^
18
f<-
17.
WmsH
Size:
No.
16.
9rX2^
in.,
Six Upanisads,
(1)
viz.:
The Kathavalll
or Katha-Uimnisad
(ff.
7).
It begins:
om
i
dadau
valll
(2)
etc.
It ends:
yo
samapta
harih
katha-
ii
The Prasna-Upanisad
begins: saha
(ff.
812).
It
nav avatu
ii
ii
om
i
santih
srih
bhadram
Bharadvaja^ santih Sukesa karnebhis srnuyama Kausalyas Gargali Saibyas ca Satyakamas Sauryyayani ca Katyayanas casvalayano Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi
ca
te haite,
etc.
It ends:
li
sasthaprasnah
(3)
prasnopanisat samapta
(ff.
The Mimclaka-TJpanisad
13 17a).
etc.
|
bhadram
ii
iti
i
tritiya^ii
ii
om
The Mdndftkyopanisad (ff. 17a 19). It begins: om ity etad aksaram idam, etc. omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana It ends: iti caturtthah khandah mandukyopanisat samapta iti
(4)
II
li
li
om
(ff.
II
(5)
The
Purvatdpim
or
Purvatdpanlya-Upanisad
20 24b).
I
Sic.
And
MSS.
-^
19
HS-
^ivaya gurave namah It begins: atha srividya manor amnaya svariipam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya gurubhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbliavas tat svariipam
i
bruliiti
hovaca,
etc.
It
ends:
pravisya
i
sarvaiu jagad
trtiyyakhandah
(6)
(fif.
purvatapini samaptah
or
(sic)
ii
The
Uttaratdpini
Uttaratdpamya-Upanisad
2-4
b 26).
It begins:
atha
me
It ends:
ya evam vedety upanisat iti trtiyyakhandah uttaratapini samaptah (sic) ^rlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah
harih
om
18.
Whish
Size:
jS^o.
17.
9jX2f
in.,
34
A
(1)
(2)
Upanisads:
JRahasya-Upanisad,
ff.
1 4b.
ff.
Amrtabindii-Uimnisad,
4b
5b.
ff.
Tripurasundari-Upanisad,
Kdldgnirudra-Ujjanisad,
Atliarvasira-Upanisad,
ff.
ff.
5b 6b. 6b 7b.
8a
^drtra-Upanisad, or Sdrlraka-Up.,
ff.
9a.
9a 13b.
Kaiicdya-Upanisad,
Slianda-TJpanisad,
Mahd
TJpanimd
ff.
Upanisad?),
16 a 27 a.
(10)
Dem-Upanimd,
27a 28b.
-^
(11) (12)
20
ff.
<-
Triimra-Upanimd,
28b 29b.
ff.
Uixinisad {Katha-Upanisad?),
30a 34a
MSS.
Off.,
(?).
described
vol. I,
Burnell,
Tanjore,
pp.
126
seq.
Our MS.
I
begins:
athato
rahasyopanisadam vyakhya-
syamah devarsayo bralimanam sampnjya pranipatya papracchuli bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruliiti sobravlt pura
i
vyaso
etc.
Fol. 4b: yo rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute rahasyopanisat samapta harih om etc.
i i
ii
ii
Fol. 5b:
bhadran
puras
i
nopi vataya
tripatha
manah om
i
santis santis
santih
aksaras sannivistah
this is
katha See Burnell I. O., p. 62, where given as the beginning of a Tripuropanisad.
tisrali
visvacarsani
yatra
etc.
Fol. 6b:
annam.
atho
manah
16a
ii
ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat
samapta
II
Fol.
in
margine: mahopanisat.
i
Beginning:
tripura
iti
vastucinmatrariipan
om bhadram
i
karnebhir
vilayakaranam
rupam
Off. vol.
asrtya tripurabhidha
bhagavatity
evam
adi,
etc.
pan/sad in Ind.
Fol. 27a:
sa
i
p.
127.
mahopanisat
Fol. 30 a:
bhadram karnebhir
santih
etc.
parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara
aham
kathavidyarttha
i
yat
padam
yayuli
tarn
bhaje
om
vantam
Katliopanisad in Ind.
Fol. 34 a:
vol.
p. 127.
sa
eva
iti
sivayogiti
:antih
i
kathyata
ity
upanisat
bhadrain karnebhir
srimad-visvadhisthanaparai
mahamsa-satgurusrlramacandrarpanam astu
acyutosmi
-^>^
21
H^
i
mahadeva tava kfirunyalesatali vijnanagha evasi sivosrai na nijan nijavat bhaty antalikaranajrmkirn atali param antahkarananasena. Here the MS. breaks off, bhanat and a new foliation begins.
i
(b)
(1)
The
^r'widf/dratnasiltra,
ff.
by Gaiidapdddcdrija, a pupil
of ^((ka
It
Yoglndra,
a.
begins:
i
kakrtirn
atmaivakhandakaracaitanyasaptadasa-
etc.
ends:
anuttarasaipketapradhanavidyas
i
varnavisista(h)
khyrdvah
iti
ii
(2)
The
a pupil of Sankardcdrya,
It
3a
23 b.
caturbahan
triloI
begins:
i
balarkamandalabhasam
i
bhaga-
vatyah prasadena kriyate dipika naaya sa bhagavati jagat srstvedan tasmin devatadm utpadya, etc. It ends iti paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryya - srimat:
bhagavat-Samkaracaryya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-munikrta-srlvidyaratnadipika samapta
(3)
ii
harih
om
etc.
The
AtharvasirohJidsya, by
BhdsUara Rdya.
way
as
ff.
The
2437, and
also
glia,
na,
dha.
It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko
paragad aparagadhih
ii
atharvasiraso
iha
bhasyam
narn
li
Bhaskara-Rayo vidusan
srlgurubhyo namali
n
tustyai
jivanmumuksu-
om
-^
22
Hg^
19.
WmsH
Size:
No.
18.
28x2
in.,
be
century?
The leaves are numbered by letters Character: Malayalam. according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J RAS,
October 1896, pp. 790
Injuries:
seq.
is
See Preface.
part of
f.
The MS.
much damaged,
85
is
broken
off"
and
lost.
The
Mahcibhcirata,
Parvan
ii:
The Sabha-Parvan
in
114 Adhyaj'as.
Differs
much from
harih orn ganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam srestho moksayitva mayan
tada
ttirni
kin
cakara
mahatejas
tan
me
bruhi
^
dvijottama
rmmukasresthan
van etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah ^tasthau mahavlryas tada saha mayena sah tatobravin mayah 3 stat krtani partthah vasudevasya sannidhau pa pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punahpunah Mayah asmac ca krsnat sarakruddhat pavakac ca didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani te aham hi visvakarma vai asuranam parantapa tasmat te vismayam kincit kuryam adya suduskarani evam ukto mahaviryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhyatva muhurttam kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravit Arjjunah krtam eva tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura etc. It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed verse ii, 66, 8 (the he-goat and the knife) occurs on f. 84,
i
i
a
1
damaged
The The
leaf.
The verse
is
reads:
[ajo
hi
sastratjm
lost,
Leaf damaged.
Read upatasthau.
about six Aksaras,
lost. lost.
-5^
23
Hg^
akhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhumim nikrntanaiii svasya kanthasya gliorau tadvad vairamm ma khanih
panduputraih
It ends:
evani
iti vacah uktavan na grhitaii ca maya putraliitepsuna srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam sabhaparvani anudyute dhrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamobarih srikrsnaya sabbaparvani samaptam ddbyayali namah Ramena likhitam idam pustakam
ii li
ii
ii
ii
20.
Whish No.
Size:
19.
IGixlf
Palm
in.,
Material:
leaves.
century?
astu
janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijnas svarat tene brabma brda ya adikavaye mubyanti yat surayab tejovarimrdam yatba vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dbamna svena sada nirastakubakam satyam paran dbimabi, etc. drstya vidbuya vijaye jayam udviIt ends (f. 283 b): ghusya procyoddbavaya param samagat svadhama cba ity astada.4asabasrikayain sambitayam sribbagavate mabapurane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddbyayab Tben follow two odd leaves, one ummmbered, the otber numbered as 170.
ii
ii
21.
Whish No.
Size:
20.
lOfxls
Palm
in.,
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. probably not much older. Character: Grantha.
The MS.
is
-^
24
(a)
f<-
The Caramvyuha,
It
ff.
4.
begins: athatas
uktaii
yad
yajurvedas
ceti
tatra
rgvedasya
etc.
caranavyuham sa viprah panktipavanah tarayaty akhilan purvan purusan sapta sapta ca yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati lokatitam mahasantim amrtatvari ca gacchati amrtatvaii ca gacchaty on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah vasudevasvariipaya vivasvatbimbatejase vedovamsavadamsaya Vedavyasaya te namah srlgurucaranaravindabhyan
ends:
i
yodhite
ii
ii
namah
ii
sribrhaspataye
namah
(b)
ii
The beginning
It
of a
Commentary on
iv,
Rudradliyaya (Taittirlya-Samhita
begins:
5),
the Satarudriya or f. 5 7.
on
i
namo
rudraya
rudranam vyakhyaui
vaksyami yajjape
atha jabalopanisat
satarudriyeneti
It
etc.
ends:
uktam
iti
i
vayavye
rudrajapah cared
yajiiasiiktah
ii
harih oni
(c)
subham
astu.
The Brhaddranyalm-Vpanimd
Upanisad (Kanva Sakha),
It begins:
ff.
or
,^atapathabrdhniana-
96.
i
i
om sriganapataye namah on namo brahmabrahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo vamsarsibhyo namo gurubhyah srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah harih om o num usa viX asvasya jneddhyasya siras suryya^
dibhyo
i
caksur vatah,
etc.
FoL
23:
iti
vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede
ii
Between the
first
of
the Paflcaga^7avidhi
inserted
f.
(f.
23).
The
the
5*1^
3 "J
Adhyaya begins
f.
37,
the
4*^^
Adhyaya
f.
54,
A. f. 82. It ends: o num iti vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklayajurvede satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande sasthoddhyayas samaptah harih om subham astu srlramacandrSya namah ekapac ca haviryyajha iiddharity addhvaragrahau vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan tatha hasti ghatas citis caiva santity agnirahasyakau astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhali pravargyakah brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat om om
A.
ii
ii
ii
om
paragunaparadauaprastiitasesakrtya nijagunakalikabhir
i
llokam amodayantah aviditaparadosa jnanaplyiisapurnah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah srigurubhyo
ii
namah
ii
22.
Whish No.
Size:
21.
D^-xl?-
in.,
Palm leaves. Date of MS.: An entry by Mr. Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826." The MS. is probably not much older.
Material:
Character: Grantha.
(a)
Commentary on the
Satarudr'uja or
5),
ff.
the Taittirlya-Sauihitd
(iv,
70.
on
i
namas
te
rudra manyava
atha sata-
rudryahomah
esotragniracito
athatas
satarudryah juhotity
upakramya
i
bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati
i
tasya
tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam yad vai tac chatarudryah juhotity upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhiprayamantrfirtthrinugunyeua srutir bhavet
i
sa esah satasirsah
iti
rudrah sambhavad
iti
namas
te
rudra manyava
raudra-
-^
ddhyayah
pater va
i
i
26
H^
i
It ends:
sthitali
tebhyo
namah
I
vatah vayuli isavali samanam anyat prthivyam bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read ah) tebhyo na-
yesam rudranam
icchet sariram
I
adhikam nyimam vyadhadijagatvena niriipyate samanam anyat evan namostu rudrebhya iti harih oni
i
ii
(b)
The Mandalabrdlimana (ff. 71 78), described by Mr. Wliish as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Yedah.' This is identical with Satapatha-Brahmana x, 5, 2. See
also Mitra, Notices,
it
is
called
Mandala-
hralimanopanimcl.
It begins:
ta
tapati tan
mahad ukthan
dipyate
rcas
sa
arccir
tan
mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas
saisa trayyeva vidya tapati,
It ends:
etc.
li
somrto
18
II
iti
mandalabrahmanam sampiirnam
om num
ii
23.
WmsH
Size:
No.
22.
a page.
12^xlg- in., 193 leaves, 9 lines on Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: ISth or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
begins:
om
i
ity
etad
aksaram
ityadyastaddhyayi
chandogyopanisat
rjuvivaranam
tatra
tasyas
samksepatortthajijnasubhyah
i
-^
devatasahitam
27
r<-
arcciradimargena
bralimapratipattikara-
nam
It
etc.
ends:
iti
srI-Govinda-bliagavat-padapujya-sisyasya
srimac
(sic)
i
Chamkara-
vivarane astamah
srisarasvatyai
om
i
...
pilrvatyai
namah
ii
24.
WmsH
Size: 12-|-X2
in.,
Xo.
23.
81 -f 37
+ 31
leaves,
from 9
to 11 lines
on a
page.
19tii cent.?
The
sa
(viz.
work
are
numbered by the
va 29, sa 30, sa
letters
ka to
Jm
1, kJia 2,
ga
etc.,
la 28,
31).
(a)
Commentaries on the Kathopcmisacl (ff. 1 31 a), Prasno55), and Mu7ulakopanisacl (ff. 56 a 81)
first
page: kathopanisadbbasyani
vaivasvataya
om
The work
begins:
on
namo bhagavate
mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathakopanisadvalllnam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha vrttir arabhyate upanipiirvasya sader ddhator visaranagatyavasada^nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad
iti,
etc.
It
iti
sri-Govinda-bhagavat-pujyavalli
samapta harih om subham astu sakhe ha kim kurmmah kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kya
ii
ii i
nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim avalambasva taranim asmatguriicaranaravindabhyan namah In the margin of fol. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam It begins :-om srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayaip namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkararn visvavandyam viglinarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatim piirvacaryyan sarvapiijyan kurve natipadam gurim mantroktari
ii
ii
tthasya
rsipra-
snaprativacanakliyayika tu vidya,
It ends
iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pasrimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sriSamkara-bhagavatali krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane prasnavivaranam samaptam harih om etc. In the margin of fol. 56 a: mundakopanisat-bhasyam
on fok 55:
da-sisyasya
ii
ii
ii
It
begins:
brahma
devanam
ity
adyatliarvanopanisat
vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyyalaksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyarttham evam hi, etc. It ends on fol. 81b: iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-pada-
ptam
II
harih
om
ii
(b)
ScmJi-ara's
a pupil
of Vidya-
dhaman, ff. 37. See Ind. Off. Part lY, p. 731. In the margin: Upadesasahasrika harih om It begins: visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasabhedaya samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabhir asritam om caitannyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabhutaguhasayam yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah samavayya (read vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhana1 purvikrih brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah pracakrame 2 etc. It ends on fol. 37 b: iti saptasatasloka yatindrasrlmukhotgatah vivrta gurusaktena maya brahmatmabo-
II
-^
i
29
HS~
srimatpadarabujan tasya jn-asadan (readdan) na svabuddhitah yena me iiikliiladvaitad akrsya mana atmani sthapitam
I
i
munim mukliyena
i
yavajjivan
uamami tam
yatbhasyasa-
garajayuktamaniu prakirnan j)rapyadliuna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidhanaya yatisvaraya iti srimad-Vidyadhai
sraddbabhaktimatrapreritena Bodhanidhina ma^isyeiia samaptam yatpiidakamaupadesagranthavivaranam krtam sarvantaratmapujyams praptavan aham lasamgat nirvanara
'
ii
i
harih
(c)
om subbam
il
astu
ii
The Vivekacuddmani by ^aiikara, ff. 31. In the margin: vivekacudamani om. sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tam agocaIt begins: ram Govindam paramananda(Tn) matgurum pranatosmy aham 1 jantiinam narajanma durllabham atah pumstvan tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam
asmat param
tmana
samsthitir
etc
iti
on foL 31:
srimat-paramahainsa-parivraja-
kacaryyavaryya-sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapada-sisya-srimat-
- Samkarabhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanissampurnah srikrsnaya
ii
25.
Whish No.
Size:
24.
IS^-Xlg
in-,
58
(leaf
36
is
missing)
+38
137), 7 lines
on
a page.
cent.?
The MS.
I
much
coi'rected.
Proper name?
-^
30
(a)
f^-
Commentaries on the 8a])talalisana\ i. e. seven phonetic Black Yajur Veda. (See Burnell
O.
p.
10
seqq.,
p.
5 seqq.)
They
Sam-
are:
(1)
the
hitdsanidnalaksana.
It begins:
adhikarartthothasahdah yatha athasabdonusasanam iti adhikarah prastavah prararnbha ity artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjaniyo lupyate
i
i
atheti
12.
tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati)
It ends
(fol.
ii
ity
I
etc.
II
harih
(2)
om
12a):
vyakhyanam
surina
i
om
atlia
vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksa-
nasya avicchedaparisamaptaye
sarasvatin devlrn
pranamya
i i
Narayananamaham
.
. .
padani pravaksyamiti pratijnayate ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau padakale avikarinau drstau yau tadantSni vilamghyai
vilimghyani
ends
(fol.
21):
vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam
ii
harih
om
ii
(3) The Naparavydkhydna or Naixirapaddhativydklnjdna, a Commentary on ^aurisunus Naparcdaksana. Ff. 22 26 b. om atha naparavyakhyanam natveti sakaIt begins:
Whish on
does not occur in the MS., but it is given by Mr. and according to Burnell I. 0. p. 12, title page, it seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of India. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. in Southern
1
This
title
the
India.
2
s.
v.
10, 11;
Tanjore p. 5b.
-^
lanivrttihetmn
i
31
^<-
navam nutanam
i
laksanam
i
Saurisu-
nur aham
It ends:
pravaksyami
ity
artthah
etc.
naparapaddhativyakhyanam
samaptam
ii
liarihl
om
a
II
(4)
It
jati
I
begins: atha
etc.
taparapaddhatih
annadyan
nirbha-
It
ends
i
ii
iti
taparapaddhativyakhyanam
samaptam
ii
harih
(5)
om
the Avarni-
laksam.
It
ity
28b 35b.
begins:
atha
i i
avarnivyakhyanam
avarninyanuktam
anuktyadhi-
adi
vacyantam
piirvasyavarnilaksanasya
koktipurfiktibhih
It ends:
(6)
etc.
ii
iti
harih
om
ii
The Akdrapaddhatl
begins:
i
or Avarnivydkhydna, a
Ff.
Commenivagnl-
35b 39 b.
i
atha
ii
akarapaddhatih
antariksam
ddhram
etc.
It ends:
ity
ii
akaradipadany uktani
ii
avarnivyakhyanam
samaptam
(7)
om
gyalaksam.
It begins:
58.
l
atha
animgyavyakhyanam munimanasetyadi-
anusisyata
iti
ca
tv
asamasapadam
saty
tvat
I
aniingyapadanam prapaiicatvat granthadinmatram uktani anonuktan gauravabhayat prayogatonugantavyam iihaniyam ca yat kihcit vidvatbhir
It ends:
i
iha
saniksipya
ii
ii
ity
animga(s/c)vyakhyanam piirnam
harih
om
ll
etc
-^
32
(b)
H^
A
It
Jatcmdlalliascistrin.
100137.
I
^ivaya sainbaya saganaya sasunave sagangaya savrsaya namo namah ddhyatvasadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam vyakhyayatedhima siksa Bharadvajamunlrita parisphi(read praripsi)tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptyarttham adau
begins: -namas
sanandine
istadevatan namaskararupam
svayam krtva sisyanusiksayai granthato nibaddhnan ciklrsitam pratijanite ganesam pratinipatyaham sandehanan nivarttaye (read nivrttaye) siksam anupravaksyami vedanam mulakaranam ganadhipatim anamya vedanam granthatrayanam adikaranam siksam vedasthasandeham nlvaranaya pravaksyamiti Bharadvajaniuninoktam It ends: Bharadvajamuniprokta Bharadvajena dhlmata vyakbyata Laksmanakhyena Jatavallabbasastrina sastislokaparyyantain maya vyakhyanam krtan tatah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arbanti santab barib
i i
i
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
26.
WmsH
Size: ll|
No.
(1)
25.
(2)
X l|
Palm
in.,
(1)
37
+ 21 +
leaves,
6 lines on a
page.
Material:
leaves.
or
tbe
Mantrapdtha of the
MS. 'Wb.' used for tbe edition of tbe 'ManTbe Prayer Book of tbe Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I (Oxford 1897, Anecdota Oxonientbe
trapatba
or
sia).
See Introduction
p. xii.
->4
33
HS-
(2)
The Aimstanibiya Grhyasatra, in 23 Khandas. This is the MS. 'C. used for the edition of the Apastambiya Grhyasutra by M. Winternitz (Vienna 1887).
See Preface
p.
V.
27.
Whish No.
Size:
26.
leaves,
IB'sXls
in-,
(3)
135
+ (2)
generally 5 lines on
a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Bate: Entry by Mr, "Whish dated 'CaHcut 1824'. The Angirasa year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. D. 1812/13, but probably the year A. D. 1752/53 is meant. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above No. 15.
Character: Grantha.
the
MS.
'Hw.'
used
for
the
edition
of
-the
Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I, see Introduction, p. xii.
sammyag
vidhiyate
ii
1
i
etc. vamantran adhiyate prathamah prasnas samaptah 57: ekagnikande ity J^. Haradattacaryyaviraekagnikandavyakhya ity It ends: visargabindvaksara etc. cita sampurna
ii
ii
The date
savarsam
trattile
i i
aparanhakalattile mudihcutu
ii
harih
om subham
Sesadri-
astu
arngirasabde
vasubhe mesamasebjavasare
ii
The Telugu
-^
34
Hg-
28.
Whish No.
Size: 7?
27.
Xl?
on a page.
Palm leaves. Dafe 0/ MS. : Thursday the fifth day of the dark half of the month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srimukha in which the copy of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds (according to Dr. Schram's Tables) to November Ist, A. D. 1753.
Material:
Character: Grantha.
(a)
The Svarapancdsacchlokl
text, also, is
Vyakliyd,
a Commentary
ff.
on
57.
The
mcluded.
begms: atlndriyarthavijnanam pranamya brahma taittiriyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam sasvatam anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsitagranthasyabhidheyam aha vedopi sasvatam brahma etc tannirnitasvaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy asti
It
ii
I
tasmad arabdhavyam
evaitat
ii
prakrtau svarau etc. arunopanisatsvaras tu uktah kecit boddhyah It ends: kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah sanibharyya grhnati palvalya grhnati yosau tapann udeti ityadi ekaagnis ca jatavedas ca upanisatsu srntis canukta bhavati
ca ekasrutir bhavati vyatyayas ca siksam vyakhyasyamah sahasrasirsam devam sa va esa purusonnarasamayah ityadi anyepiti vacanam anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite vyatyayam sticayati pra nu vocam cikituse sa tvan nalai
plavo bhutva sa vacaspate hrd iti vyaharat om iti svarapahcasacchloki vySkhya piirna harih om The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date: ^rimukhavarusam karttigai masam 5 va vyarakke(read viyarakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudiiisadu.
ii
i
ii
li
-5^
35
(b)
HS-
The
Svaralalisana
,
(by
Kesavdrija,
son
of
in
Snridevathe
biiddhetidra)
a
ff.
treatise
on
the
accents
of the
Black
is
Yajur-veda,
58
62.
The name
author
not
mentioned in our MS., but is given in Burnell I. 0. p. 9 seq., from which it appears also, that our MS. contains only
the
It
first
begins:
i
atlndriyartthavijfianam
pranamya brahma
ii
sa^vatam taittirlyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau svaritas tu dvidhocyante dhrtali kampa^ ca samhitah tulyasvaras sarupartthe pade bhedepi tat supam dvir ukta ca grhepy evam dvidhemgyara^e vibhaktije 1
i
ii
ii
il
It ends:
I
nyamsvaryyujyafi cidanavyasasaumyas
etc.
ceti tadrii
50
ii
om
29.
Whish
Size:
No.
28.
1 to
9jXl?
in.,
69 (leaf 11 being
7
counted
twice), followed
to 9 lines
on a page.
One
half of leaf 72
to this
is
lost.
MS.
Fragments
of Amarendra
of the MaTidganesa-Mcmtrapaddliati by
(sic),
Amarendra Yadi a
Sisyo
srimahaganapataye namali Amarendra-yadis tasya Visvesvaras sisyo Girvanendrasya Yoginah Girvanendroham asya tu sisyo mahaganesasya vaksye sriI
i I
mantrapaddhatim
I
etan
santas
santustas
be drstva-
This word
is
it
khilan?
3*
^
santu santatam
i
36
-s-
dhana(ni) likhyate
likhyate
etc.
hnes:^mulagnaye yavagra(m) syat annayannan tu payasam balaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya maksikam tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksukhaiidakam dadhi pustyai sthirayambhah pritaye kadallphalam apupam va^yaka. Here the MS. breaks off.
last three
i
i
i
The
30.
Whish No.
Size:
29.
12[xli
in.,
Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.
misra's)
{Pdrtliasdrathi-
the
Mimdmsd-
by Somandtlia, the pupil and younger brother of Venkatddriyajvan, and the son of Siiri Bhatta, of the family of Nittala. See Ind. Off., Part IV, p. 696 seq., and Hall, p. 176.
Sutras),
vibudhair abhivandiniyam vacam vallabhasarvabhaumah vamsopi yatparigrhitataya vibhakti ^ vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim adhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad Vemkatadriyajvagurerah^ vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve i^astradlpikani visadavibudhah3 pranamya miirddhna bahudha vah prartthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam suksmam nindata paratobhinandata va etc.
It begins:
aviskarotu
sa kopi
mama
It
ends:
iti
^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa-
MS. MS.
K,ead
guroh.
ii
visadam
ii
~^-
37
f<^
manatha-sarvatomukhayajinah
ki-tau
sastradipikavyakhya-
jam
mayukhamalikasamakhyayam
ii
dvitlyasyaddhyayasya
i
caturtthah padali
harih
om
srigurubliyo naraah
31.
Whish No.
Size:
5'h
30.
1-g-
in.,
Adliyayas (from the Padma-Piirdna, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 17, Mitra, Notices, ee Hall p. 123, vol V, p. 94 seqq., No. 1777, but ibid. vol. IV, p. 84, No. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya-Purdna).
The
^ivccgltd in 16
<larain
umapatyam {sic) umajanim umah comasahoumananandaram patmam vidhim vayani upasmahe paficaksaratanum pahcavadanam pranavam sivam aparakaIt begins:
|
i
runariipam gurumiirttini ahain bhaje Suta uvaca athatas anugrahan sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidam
i i
i
ii
ii
etc.
ends:
i
ity
uktva
prayayus
sarve
sayamsandhySm
ii
upasitum
harih
om
ii
32.
WrasH No.
Size: 7
31.
X ll
in.,
30
66
(3) leaves,
from 6
to 8 lines
on a page.
at the
Material:
Palm
leaves.
nd
Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam", of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. e. A. D. 1822. Character: Malay alam.
(1)
->4
38
(2)
H^
Slmnda-Purana
namali
I
(ff.
922).
9):
srigaiiapataye
i
kailasasikhare
ramye bliaktanugraliatalpara[h] * pranamya parvati bhaktyH om namo sridevy uvaca 1 amkaram pariprcchati devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh^ sadasiva mahadeva (read
i
i
me
bhavety eva satyam satyam na samsayah na (gu)ror adliikam na ^uror adhi(ka)m na guror adhikam na guror adhikam harih
F. 22b ends:
sivo
ii
i
sada
(3)
The Purvottaradvddasamanjarikd
(ff.
Stotra
by
^aiikara
2327).
23
begins:
sisiravasante
harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus bhaja Govindam bhaja tad api na muiicaty a^apasam
F.
i
dvadasamanjarikabhir ihaisa sisyanam 26b 27: kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante iti srimat24 bhaja Govindam narakam anekam para(ma)hamsaparibhramlakarya (read parivrajakacarya)i i
ii
(4)
Fragment
It begins:
of a short
(ff.
27
28b).
bandhah
yam
etc.
F. 28b ends:
pitrbhyam
1
kridalaulyam
uUaghya
Ip for tp.
-$H
39
HS-
balyam dvaitiyikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat dvptacitto laksmi janeta tava vada yugam vismaren masma
bhupara
ii
(5)
Fragment
(if.
29
30).
harih bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punyaF. 29 begins: pape visirnne mayamohe ksayam adhigatau nastasannehavrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam,
F. 30b
etc.
ends:
santikalyanahetum
ii
mayaranye dahanam
amalam ^antinirvanadivam
divam
i
tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasa-
Vyasaputram
(6)
The Kaivalyanavanita
2 PataLas
(ff.
(in
Malayalam
language)
in
66).
33.
Whish No.
Size: 9t
32.
1-ff
in.,
A
It
bhagavan Sankaracaryya uttamadhikarinam vedantaprasthiinatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocanasama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvavedantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan
didarsayisuh pratijanite
It
i
atra
tapobhir
iti
etc.
ends:
tasmad
ii
syata
sri
-
iti bhavah iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyaGovinda - bhagavatpadacaryya - sisya - srimat - Sankarasamapta tika caryya - viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya
i
i
harih
om
-^
40
r<-
u.
AVhish No.
Size:
33.
for after
f.
14xl|
,
in.,
(2)
+ 276
[really 288,
67,
ff.
4867
f.
marked them
is
as 48*
67* and
(3)
after
,
171
180 follows
Material:
though nothing
leaves.
missing]
leaves
from 7 to
10 lines on a page.
Palm
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Deer. 1831.' The Kalayukti (or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1798'99, but the MS. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. D. 1738/39 or even 1678/79).
Scribe: Sesasuri.
Character: Grantha.
The Visnu-Purdna,
It begins:
i
in 6 Ainsas.
narayanan namaskrtya naran caiva narottamam Vyasam sarasvatin devim tato jay am udirayet pranamya visnum visvesabrahmadin pranipatya ca gurum pranamya vaksyami puranam vedasammitam itihasapuraii
i
om
piirvahnikakriyara
bhivadya ca
etc.
The I"* Amsa ends (f. 55): devarsipitrgandharvayaksadinan tu sambhavam bhavanti srnvatah pumso devadya varada mune iti srivisnupurane prathamemse dvavimsoi
i
ddhyayah
ii
prathamomsas samaptah
ii
The II
Amsa
ends
(f.
76):
iti
tir eti
iti
natmamoham
ii
harili
om
dvitlyom^as samaptah
om
The
III'^'i
Amsa
ends
(f.
117):
pumsam
jatabharanaI
narakam prayanti iti srivisnupurane trtlyeinse astadasoddhyayah harih om. The ly*^ Am^a ends (f. 171b): etad viditva na narena karyyam mamatvam atmany api panditena tisthantu
i
itya-
-^
dimaha^rivisnupurane
41
r<$-
caturtthemse
\\
caturvirasoddhyayah
ii
ii
caturttharpsas samaptah
barili
om
(f.
252):
srI-Parasarali
i l
ity
i
ukto-
bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyaii ca tatliarjjunali drstafi caivanubliutan ca sarvam akhyatavams tada Yyasavakyan
ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritam
i
yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam ityetat [sJtavaMaitreyavistarena mayoditam jatasya yad Yador vaipb^ Vasudevasya cestitam iti srivisnupurane paficamemse astatri(m)soddhyayali
i
11
^rikrsnaya
namah
li
The
VI*''
Amsa
ends
(f.
276b):
iti
vividham ajasya
i
yasya riipam prakrtiparatmamayam sanatanasya pradisatu bhagavSn asesapumsara harir apajanmajaradikam .samr-
ddhim
harih
ii
iti
ii
om
sri-Parasaraya
ii
namah
ii
srl-Yedavyasaya
.
om namah
li ii
visnupuranam samaptam bindudurllipi" sajjanah abdesmin kalayuktyakhye jyesthamasy astame dine Hkhitam vaisnavam
samajitas sasthomsah
ii
harih
. .
om
.
om
i
srih
ii
ii
om.
35.
WmsH
Size:
No.
34.
9rX2
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
.!
__
the LaJitdsahasra--^
(from
the
of
a
57,
son
No. 2287.
It begins:
^rimahaganapataye namah
samprapya
te
kataksasaranirn
trayyante -purusah
paratpara
gatir
iti
iti
etc.
Then
lb
2a: advaitavidyacaryya-sn-Verakatadri-
^
tanubhavah
dhili
1 i
42
Hgsusa.
Narayanambikagarbha^uktimuktamanis Yyakhyam Narayana sphutam hasrasya rahasyanam namnam viracayamy aham etc.
lalitade^ikadesad
i
i
vyakurmmahe
srisrimateti
^rir
ai^varyyam,
etc.
sri-Bhatta-Narayanena viracita lalitasahasraIt ends: nama-stotravyakhya jayamamgalakhya sampiirna .4rimahatripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu mama sriramaya paramagurave namah harih om subham astu
|
ii
ii
gurucaranaravindabhyan namali
om
ii
36.
Whish No.
Size: 11
35.
ff.
xH
in.,
(2)
and
+ 176 [really 140, 77115 being missing, + leaves, from 1113 lines on a page.
(1)
Portions of the Mlmdmsdkaustuhha, a Commentary on Jaimini^s Mimdmsci-Darsana, by Khandadeva, the son of Budradeva, extending from the beginning of the second
end of the first Pada of the third Adhyaya. a lacuna from the end of the 2'^'* to the 4*^ Pada in the second Adhyaya. the of beginning
Adhyaya
to the
Besides, there
is
It begins:
haganapate n(a)mah subham astu evani upotghataprasaktamantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena nuprasakte yad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis saiijayata iti nyayena bhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya upasthite, etc.
vrtti syat
ii
See Mimanisadarsana
II, 2, 29.
II, 2, 4.
F. 75:
sarvasyevoktakamatvat
ii
tasmin
kamasruti syat
nidhanarttha punasrutih
P. 76b ends:
phalasambandhah
prayojanam pu.
na vatadaksam gunat
bhavanabheda
iti
-^
Ff. 77
43
H^
f.
11-i
115 begins:
lepi
niril-
(Ihalaksanaya prayogadarsanena,
etc.
ii
F. 115 b:
kartur
va srutisamyogat
(f.
II, 4, 2.
The
2'^
Adhyaya ends
i
127b):
sri-Eudradevasunoh
ii ii
krtir esa
Khandadevasya mlmamsakaustubhrikhyo bhedaddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreli iti ^rl-Khandadevakrtau mlmamsakaustublie dvitiyoddhyayah sriguru etc.
F. 173b: rtthena
It ends
vyavastha
27.
vi-
ram amura
yad dhalahalasamjiiani
sanSya sa parani yah kaustubhakhyo manih sri-Rudradevasunoh krtir esa Khandadevasya mimamsakaustubhakhyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam i^rimatpuryottaramimamsaparavarinadhurina-sri-Rudradevasunoli Khandadevasya
ii
i
ii
padah
li
srimahaganapate namah
ii
subham
astu harih
om
il
37.
WmsH
Size: 2 Vols.,
Nos. 36
in.,
and 36 B.
(ff.
15^xl|leaves.
205 leaves
124205
in
vol. II),
from 6
to 8 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824.' The Krodhin year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. D. 1784/85, but it seems more likely that the MS. was written A. D. 1724^25. Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana.
Character: Grantha.
The
Ujjvald, a
Commentary on
contains the
inasutra.
No. 36
first
second Prasna.'
the MS. 'G. U.' used by Dr. G. Buhler for his second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay
This
is
&
50).
See Part
I, p.
ii.
-5>4
44
H5-
Vol. I ends:
iti
ii
niyamesu sravanyan tapa svaddhyaya upasane maddhvam anne mamaddhyatmikan ksatriyam yatlia katha ca vidyayaikadasa om panigrahanad
ii
om
sivaya namali
ll
atliato
ii
panigrahanad adhi grhamedhino vrapurvasmin prasne adyayoh prayena brahmacarino dharmma uktah uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam etc. iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyayam It ends: ujvalayam ekadasah patalah harih om dvitlyaprasnas krodhisaravatsaram kannimasam yettanteti samaptah sriramarppanam Narayanasya granthas ujvala samapta
tam
ll
ll
ii
ii
ii
samaptah
ii
38.
Size:
9^
x l|
in.,
13
lines
on a page.
(see below)
Material:
probably corresponds to A. D. 1766, perhaps to A. D. 1825/26. Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda. Character: Grantha.
(1)
The
Taittirlya -PrdtisdMiya.
It begins:
atha varnasamamnayah
i
naksarani
It ends:
na plutapiirvam
iti
sodasadita svarSh
catasro dvadasa
ii
atha
ii
iti
harih
om subham
astu
(2)
The
Triblicisyaratna, a
Commentary on the
Taittirlya-
FrdtisdWiya,
->t
45
><$-
bhaktiyuktah pranamyahara ganesacaranagurim api giran devim idara vaksyami laksanam dvayam vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam krtan tribhusyaratnam yat bhasate bbusurapriyam etc.
It
begins:
It
ends:
iti
yaprasne dvadasoddhyayali
om
II
harih
om
srigurubhyo
namah
ii
39.
Whish No.
Material:
(see
38.
17-|x2 in., 175 leaves, 10 Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The Yuvan year
Size:
or 11 lines on a page.
in which the MS. was written below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1755,56, possibly to A. D.
1815/16.
Scribe:
The son of
Sesadri.
&
27.
Character: Grantha.
begins:
om
dradimahasrajah
honuvarnyate
ii
pravarttitah
i
(read
pravrttitah)
para-
nandakrsnakridanuvarnita
ii
tannivrtyii
paranandapararo-
ranaya
ritasakalasurarnsasya
vrttividambanena
F. lb:
anandakaranam krldanuvarnita
etc.
ekadasaskandhasya
vyakhyanam arabhyate tatra mausalaprasamgarttham purvaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena krtva daityavadham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah bhuvovatarayat bharafi javisthah janayan kalim etc.
ii
i
li
The IV^ Skandha ends (f. 134): iti srimatbhagavate mahapurane savyakhyana ekadasaskandhe paramam(read sriparama)hamsyayam samhitayam ekatrimsoddliyayah evam ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadikrsnaya namah
ii
ii
pika
ida-
nln natigiidharttham srimat-bhagavatam kva nu buddhir aham krsne prema kim kin na karayet
i
mandaajnana-
ii
Sridharaddhvantabliitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih yodvayatmacaryyarupena vyakhyanam akarot svayam bhidhanena lokam raksann ajijanat tasya padayugacchaii
i
ii
ekadasaskandhavyakhya pari-
srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya
namah
ii
vatsare ca
i
yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare kalapaksa likhitaikaudabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva dasaskandhatika slokaili prasammita Sesaputrena vidusa
i i
samiihyasabdikair asau
ii
bindusrngaksarair hinani
etc.
The Commentary
It ends
to the 12*^
Skandha begins
i
(f.
135):
etc.
175):
nama
ii
iti
i
bhagavate vasudevaya vyacacakse mumuksave vyacacakse vyakhyatavan yoglndraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine samsarasarpadastam yo visnuratam amiimucat iti ^rimat-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dvadasaskandhah piirnah bhavasaksine
ii
i
ii
11
ii
ii
rtthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham sri-Paranasrigurum Paramandapadabjabhrmgasrl-Sridharokarot nandam vanda anandavigraham yatkrpalavalesena Srii
ii
ii
om
li
om
ii
yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisiramase ghate paksa ihavadataglautarakayam satikan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesalikhitam mayedam drisununa Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam krte
rttubhanaii
i ii
II
harih
om
ii
sriguriibhyo
namah
ii
ii
bindusrragaksarair
etc.
^riparadevatayai
namah
srisarasvatyai
ii
mmaksyai namostu
om subham
astu harih
om
40.
WmsH
Size:
No.
39.
7'ix2l
in.,
Date of
MS
18 tu or 19 " cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The
It
begins:
asya
sri-bhagavatgita^astramahamantrasya
i
Vedavyaso bhagavan rsih anustup cchandah tasam gitanam evamprakarini cchandamsi viskvacin nanacchandamsi visnuh paramatma bhagavan ^riman-narayano variipo devata asocyan anvasocas tvam prajhavadams ca bhasasa iti bijara sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam ^aranam urddhvamukxm adha^sakham asvattham vrajeti saktih prahur avyayam iti kilakara sribhagavatsamaradhanrirtthe
i
i i
jape viniyogah
etc.
(f.
The
text begins
2):
Dhrtarastra
i
uvaca
etc.
dharmmaii
F. 5b:
visrjya
iti on tat sad iti mahabharate ^okasamvignamanasa iti satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhismaparvani sribhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre srlkrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamo-
ddhyayah
It
ii
ends:
ii
sri-
41.
Whish No.
Size:
40.
lOyXll
in.,
Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page, dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years
Ch aracter :
older.
G rantha
->4
48
Hc-
the Bhagavadgitd, by
begins:
I
vande
krsnarjunau
virau
naranarSyanav
i
ubhau
dharttarastrakiilonmattagajarohanavallabhau
i
sara-
tthyam arjunasyajau kurvan gitamrtan dadau lokatrayopasrimadhavam pranakaraya tasmai krsnatmane namah tatbliaktiyantritali kurve myatha devam visvesam adarat gitavyakhyam subodhinim etc. Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74, A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97 b, on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126, A. on f. 151, A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII on f. 190. ^ri-Paramanandapadabjaraja^rldharinadhuna It ends: Sridharasvamina prokta gitatika subodhini iti sribhagavatgitatikayam subodhinyam Sridharasvami-krtayam parasrikrsnaya astadasoddhyayali martthanirnayo nama vilokya bhagaparamatmane namah svapragalbhyabalad vatgitan tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim gurui
XV
ii
"
ii
krpaviyusadrstim vina
asya
svahjalina
rahasyajaladher
karnadharam vina
ii
harih
om
etc.
42.
Whish No.
Size:
41.
9|xl|
in.,
(3)
+ 87 +
(3)
leaves, 7 or 8 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. about 50 years older. Character Grantha.
:
the SaryasdvarnilM-Mcuwantara in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by Mdrkandeya'Purdna, of the The edition by and Kllalristotra. the Argfdastotra the Bombay editions of 1862 L. Foley (Berlin 1831), and (Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas.
,
~$^i
49
HS-
It begins:
nyasam
avahanafi caiva
caiva
kam
ca
I
hrdayan ca
dalafi
mrihatmyafi
sarvasaubhagyam apnoti[m] dehante ca labhet gatim om padayor varabliyo namali nitambe narasimhyai
i I i
namali
F.
7:
etc.
iti
F. 5b:
ii
iti
kilakastotram
samaptam
i
ii
'
hram brim
gayatri
brbi
(?)
camundike
savitri
tridasamakusarasvati
takoti
Tbe
first
F.72:
Adbyaya ends on
f.
30.
manub
suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatraye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nama trayodasoddbyayali Tbe Adbyaya ends on f. 78 b. Ff. 7987 are also
[rjrsabbab
il
iti
ii
W^
fobated separately by
letters, viz.
End:
isanakoneksamksetrapalaya namali
i
astadalababye
i
magurubbyo namab
jayet
ii
pamparamagurupadukabbyo namab
daravatukabbairavaya
pantipu-
iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devimabatmye panntipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (paficaviniso, pr. m.) ddbyayab sriiuabadevyai namab ^rigurubbyo
ii
i i
namab
sivaya
namab
barib
om
ii
43.
Size: llf
X2
in.; (3)
WmsH 4-97 +
No.
42.
(4) leaves,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
-$M
50
is
H$dated 1825.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish about 50 years older. Scribe: Ananta Narayana.
Character
:
Grantha.
(1)
The Kuldrnava{tantra)
Aufrecht-Oxford
p.
in 17 Ullasas
(fF.
195).
See
90 seqq. (No. 147); Iiid. Off. IV, p. 879; Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).
It begins
:
gurubhyo namali
i
(i)
mmama
smaranam gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arca(read acyu?)tain brahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande
i i
svarupayasivaya guruve
namah
i
devyau(5ic)Yaca
i
arupaya on namo
devadeve^a paiicakrtyavidbayaka sarvajha bhaktisulabha ^aranagatavatsala (readla) miilesa paramesana karunamrtavaridhe asare ghorasamsare sarve [da]du(li)khamalimasali|eic.
i
yollasah
F. 27:
F. 17:
ii
iti
srikularnave
urddbvamnayamahatmye
triti-
The
the
f.
7*'^
Ullasa
ends
the
on
10*^^
f.
37,
the
f.
S*'^
U. on
f.
44b,
9*11
XT.
on
f.
51,
U. on
56,
the IV-^ U. on
f.
61b,
the
12*51 xj.
f.
on
the
f.
67 b, the U. on
W^
f.
U. on
the
72 b, the
14*1^
f.
U. on
78,
15*1^
84b,
U^^ U. on
89 b.
It ends
(f. 95): iti ^rlmatkularnave maharahasye sarvagamottame moksapade kiilavivahaprasamsan nama sapta-
dasollasah
ii
(2)
The Mantraksaramald,
It begins:
in 16 stanzas
(ff.
95b
98
b).
kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajanii il
manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratnastambhasahasrauirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye 1 srimantraksaramalaya girisutSm yah pujayec It ends: cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyaui malas-
-^
51
-^
vanivaktrasaroruhc
jaladhijagehe
srimahatripurasundaryyai
namah
i
samkarasya caritakatharasah ksantum arhanti santah candra^ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padasecanam sambhavantu mama janma(ni) janmani idam pustakam
i
guruvanujfia
namah
likhitam
srigurubhyo
44.
Whish No.
Size:
43.
leaves,
lOixll
Palm
in.,
(1)
38
+ (2)
is
+ 11 + (1)
8 lines on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
is
The MS.
(1)
Printed,
with a different
commentary,
It begins:
i
Kavyamala, Part
i
II, pp. 1
20.
harih
nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapabi
nanandadhoramh
i
bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya madhusruta sarasvatih iha vyakhya vitanyate ramya namnSsau sukhabodhini khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahali srisarvajiiasikhamanayah paramakarunikagragaiiyah Samkarabhagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranltabrahii
masiitravyakhyanarupasrlmat
jijhasyafi
bhSsyakaraiiena
mumuksu
janmadikaraiiam sakalopanisatgamyam saccidanandadvayam pratyagabhinnam visnvakhyam brahma mukhyadhikriribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutara pradarjagaj
^ya
mandadhikarinam
anujighrksaya
nirvisesam 4*
parain
-^H
52
H^
sevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakauinodaklrupapancayudhalamkvtasya garudavahanasya sesasrlmahalaksmibhumidevisametasya kaustubliasrlsayinali vatsamuktabharanaklritakatakamgadadisarvabharanabliusitasya sakalalokatisayalusaimdaryyasimnah niratisayadayasudhasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato narayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa-
jagrevastbito bareli
nilasailasikbarudhacandrabimbasriyam
vahan
ii
rupam
llyate
visalam,
It ends:
tatraiva
ii
barib
om
(2)
Tbe
165
in three
II,
seq.
krsnaya vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine It begins: natbaya rukminisaya namo vedantavedine Arjuna uvaca yad ekam niskalam brahma vyomatitan nirahjanani apratarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam etc. F. 4: om tat sad iti srima[t]duttaragitasiipanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yoga^astre ^rikrsnarjunasamvade ai i |
dvaitavasan
nama prathamoddbyayah
ii
F.
It
8:
ii
iti
^rimaduttaragitasupanisatsu
dvitiyo-
ddbyayah
bhavet
ends-.
i
sarvacintavinirmmuktan
iti
niscintam
acalam
para-
on tat sad
^ribhagavatgitastipanisatsu
-^
vasan
bliyo
53
hs-
nama namah
tritiyoddhyayah
i
il
^ridaksinamurttaye
namah
li
45.
Size:
10x2g
An
in.,
36
45.
or 12 lines on a page.
Date:
entry by Mr.
MS.
is
dated
-Calicut 1825.'
The MS.
probably not
much
older.
Character: Grantha.
The Ratirahasya, a
ricchedas,
58
seq.,
&
Ind.
Ofif.
Ill,
p. 362.
Burnell has Vainyadatta, Eggeling Vainyadatta, for VaiIt begins: yenakari prasabham acirad arddhanarisvaratvam dagdhenapi tripurajayino jyotisa caksusena indor mmitram sa jayati niiidan dhama vamapracaro devas sriman
i
malayanilah
Kokkokanamna
i
vilokyatam
i
etc.
iti
kaksaputasarasamgrahali
ii
iti
ii
ratirahasye
ii
^ubham astu
46.
WmsH
Size: 9f
No.
46.
Material:
x2t2Palm
;
in.,
leaves.
Date:
An
MS.
is
dated
'Calicut 1825'
years older.
Character: Grantha.
Ijy
-^
It begins:
54
.<iva dadhatas
jambharatibhakumbhotbhavam
i
sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritatidhatudharadravasya etc. The Commentary begins: jambharater indrasya ibhasya gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhyasambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbhava udbhutir bhuma
yasya tarn, etc. After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the verse, slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena orn sivaya namah suryyasatakabhaktya, etc. It ends:
ii
om
ii
srigurubhyo
i
namah
ii
om
sadatisrastusandhyasu
(?)
vidhivisnupuraribhih
i
tatraupasyo ya svarupena tam adityam aharn bhaje bhavan Mayiiro nama mahakavir antahkaranadisarvavayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha-
pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapaditaoijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryyamandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutirn slokasatena tasya stuter vivaranam balasukhabodhanayapranitavan
i
nvayamukhena kriyate
ii
om
suryyaya
namah
ii
47.
WmsH
Size:
:^o. 48.
leaves,
9f x
l|^ in.,
(1)
137
+ (1)
cent.?
from 10
to 12 lines
on
a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19 th
Character: Grantha.
(1)
the
Padma-Piiram
in
149).
i
Sutah
i
i
varsisattame
abravit
i
harsotphullanana Satya
etc.
madhavam punar
Satyovaca
It ends:
ye
dipan haripujanah ca
-^.
55
H$-
kurvanti
te
svargakutumbina syuh
trirasoddbyayah
ii
iti
^rlpatme purane
karttikamahritmye
ii
srikrsnaya
i
likhitani niaya
ii
namah abaddham
|
va subaddbam va
mama
doso na vidyate
(2)
in
51
rsayab skande purane avigbnam astu It begins: asmakam katbitam bhavata vai^akbasya ca vaibbavam purvam ^rutafi casmabbir eva ca tat bhiiya^ srotukamanam vistarad vaktura arliasi Sfitab pura brahmamgai i
bbiitena,
etc.
It ends: rsln amantrya tan sarviln Sutab pauranikoparan tustali kailasam pratyagat ttamab taili pujitab punab iti srimatskande purane vaisakbamabatmye trimsoddbyayab ^rlgurubbyo nam all barib om
i
II
il
ii
ii
48.
WmsH
Size:
9-r-
No.
(1)
49.
leaves, 7 or 8 lines
x If
in-, (1)
+ 32 + 26 +
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
19tii cent.?
(ff. 132). Mr. Wbisb gives tbe title 'Ruclra-nydsam\ but probably it sbould be 'PaHC(lngarudranydsa\ Tbe Mantras belong to tbe Black Yajurveda. Cf. Stein- Jammu, p. 16: pancangarudranam nyasapurvako japabomarcanavidbib.
It
begins:
orn
ya ya te rudra siva tanur agborapapakasim taya nas tanuva santamaya girisantabbi cakasibi asmin mabaty arnava iti ^irasi asmin mabaty arnaventarikse bbava adbi tesam sabasrayojaneva dbanvani tanmasi
rudra
iti
sikbayara
-^
sahasraniti lalate
i
56
HS"
lalate
sahasrani
i
sahasrani sahasraso
tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi etc. See Taitt. Samh. TV, 5, 1, 1; 11, 1. F. 26: evamrupinam eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato devayajanam arabhet athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhim vyakhyasyamah adidevatirtthe snatva udetya sucili prayato brahmacari suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakde^e tanmukliain stbitva atmani devata sthapayet F. 31b: acaryyaya daksinam ga dadyat dasa gas samvatsarah svarnabharanabhusitah rsabhau cadhikarah asvamedhaphalam apnoti ity aha bbagavan Bodhayanali.il
ye rudra adhi
i
bhumyam
ii
ii
pra^namahamantrasya
samkarsanamurttisvarupo
paramapuruso devata
satarudriye viniyogah
It
i
etc.
(f.
ends or breaks
dasadisi
I
off
gam
tva
om gananan
It
seems to be incomplete.
f2)
An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrmdarvi, with an enumeration of the great benefits, temporal and spiritual, to be reaped by him who reads tliis legend (ff. 1 10).
It begins:
Vrsadarvikulaiu
i i
tasyayam itihasah kula-sidya babhiiya tad yo ha smaimam (read smemam?) adhite sa ha sma raja bhavati sa
i
kihcit
prapyantarhitah
i
sobravit
iti
i
yo
mam
itihasam grai
hayet
parasmai dadyam
(?)
;.
tato
brahmanah
samyogam
i
sayyayujet
I
;:
tam
ya sa enam grahayah cakara tam aprcchat kositi va vrsadarvii- iti tasmad ya imam itihasam adhite adityalokosya
i
kamacaro bhavati tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito manavako grhnlyat grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet medhavl bhavet rarsasatan ca jivet 2 F. 2b: atho khalv ahuh vedasammitoyam itihSsah dharmman carati nadharmmam satyam vadati nanrtam
i
li
ii
"->^
57
r<5-
dirgham pasyati ma hrasvam param pas vat maparam rco ha yo veda sa veda devau yajuuisi yo veda sa veda yajnam samani yo veda sa veda sarvam yo manasam veda sa veda brahma 8 The greater part of what now follows reads almost like
i
|
i
ii
of
Brahmanas, more
On
a
f.
9 the story
is
certain
Brahmana one
avir
that
constantly yields
(?
milk,
which
for
is
shorn
mmejasram
is
viluhyate
viluyate ?).
millstone which
constantly
grinding,
a caiTiage
which
gems of and she says: 'Take the sheep'; then he asks his son who tells him to take the carriage, then his daughter who wants him to take the earrings, finally his female slave who tells him
drives over all the seas, a pair of earrings with
his wife,
while
!
King Yrsadarvi gives him all the five gifts. Then tad idam itihasah brahmadityapurogaya tinues:
con-
puro-
kasyapo bharadvajaya bharadvajo bahutatah pracyavananani dhanapater dvijah bhir auagamaya brahmanakide jatismaro bhavati saptajanmakrtat papan mucyate dyas (?) tu parvabhih dine dine gayatule bha-
gah karsyapaya
ranyam gayapancake
It
:;
30
dhanam arvyanam mantras mantras ca va vratani ca namo namah caiva vratani ca on namah Yrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi ganitman trivrt te siro gayatraii caksu stoma atma sama te taniir vamadevyani brhadrathantare paksau yajiiayajiiiyam puccham chaudamsy auigani dhisniyas sapha yajuuisi nama suparends
(f.
10):
i
ete
dve
garutman divam gaccha suvah pata harih om 30 itihasam samapta srigurave namah srisarasratyai namah sriramacandrasv amine namah subham astu
nosi
.
i
(3)
The
Somotjjatti.
same work
in the
{& 11. 12). a kind of Parisista. The Bodleian MS. YTalker lU, it. 203 204 b
-$H
58
f-$-
forms part of an A^valayana-Mantrasamhita). The Sama-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian MS. Wilson 466, ff. 1113 (see also Weber, Indische
(where
it
Studieu,
vol. I, p.
59; other
MSS.
in
Weber-Berlin
1, p. 78,
Mitra, Notices,
p.
8,
&
Peterson IV,
differently,
seems to be
kautaparipr-
the same.
It begins
(f.
11):
orn
somotpatti
rsaya ucuh
i
halasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha samsayam cchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam katham va ksiyate somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham imam prasnam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah sri-Vedavyasa
i i i
uvaca
etc.
(f.
It ends
12 b):
i
tmane namah
1326).
om vande mahesvaram sambhum (f. 13): ganesan nandimukhyaras guruni sanmukham vighnesam {sic) umajanim umah umapatyam mahamunin ca sivabhaktan vidhim vayam patmam umananandaram comasahodaram
begins
i i i
upasmahe
{sic)
mmunisattamah
i
kin cakrira
i
mahayogi Suta no vaktum arhasi Siita uvSca jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura etc.
i
bhagavaii
It ends
(f.
enam nityam
kadacit pathatisabhaktitah
124^
ii
yas tu va ciyate va slokam slokarddham eva va nityam sivalokam sa gacchati vedas sivas sivo vedo vedatasmat sarvaprayatnena vedaddhyaddhyayi sadSsivah
dam
yinam arcayet krpasamudram sumukhan trinetram jatadharam parvativamabhagam sadasivam rudram anantarui i
It
is
wrongly numbered
121.
^^
pam sivacidambaresam
iti
59
H$-
hvdi bhavayami
i
sivaci[ip]dainbarain
briiyat
sakrjjananavarjitam
i
muktighantamanipadam
nioksara
(f.
26:)
ayan danakrilasuhrndanapritram bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace bhavateva samasnute
i
bhaktim eva sthiran dehi mahyam krpaslla ^ambho krtaharili om vedapadastavam sampurnam rtthosya tasmat subham astu srimahadevyai namab.
i
49.
Whish No.
Size:
50.
IOtXIt
in.,
36
+ 45
leaves,
from 8
to 10 lines
on a page.
19th cent.?
Character
Grantha.
(a)
of
the
begins:
sri-Narada
i
uvaca
i
ii
devadeva virupaksa
trailokySntargatam vrttan ^rutam sarvam mayadhuna tvanmukhambhojanissrtam tatha punyani tirtthani punyany ayatanani ca gangadyas saritas sarva itihasas ca Samkara kaveryyas tii prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya pura prastutam ramgam ity uktara visnor ayatanam mahat [ ] tasyaham
1
srotum icchami vistarena mahesvara mahatmyam aghana^aya punyasya ca vivarddhaye (read ^vrddhaye) etc. pathan ^rnvan likhan bibhran ramgamahaIt ends: tmyam uttamam muktas subhasubhe yata' tad visnoh paramam padam iti sri-brahmandapurane mahesvarai
|
ii
(b)
The KusalavopdWiydna from the AsvamedhiJicqmrvan of the Jaimini-Bhdrata, or the Maliabhdrata by Jalmini, in
I
One MS.
reads
muktvasubham subham
-$.*
60
<-
12 Adhyayas.
(Ff. 45.)
iu
dhika (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785), ff. 531) 70. See also Weber-Berlin 1, p. 115; Aufrecht- Oxford, p. 4b.
citram uktam mahaJauamejaya uvaca It begins: bhaga yad ramakusayor bhrsam tad vaktum arhasi tvara Jaiminih srunu rajan hi srotum kautuhalam hi me mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat vistarena yatha sarvam ram as tarn ravanam hatva kumvadatas tan nisamaya bhakarnam mahabalam etc.
i i i
i
Fol. 2:
iti
vopfikhyane prathamoddhyayah
It ends:
ii
iti
lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah
rave namali
sriramacandraya paraguii
srigurubhyo
namah
50.
subham astu
ii
harih
om
ii
Size:
Painted boards. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. The Dhatu or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. D. 1816/17, but the MS. was probably written A. D. 1756/57. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmaiiya, the son of Sesadri. See above
Material:
leaves.
14-|xlf Palm
in., (4)
10 lines on a page.
Nos. 15, 27
&
39.
Character: Grantha.
viz.
97,
98
--136,
the Svargarohanika
begins:
krtodakan tu rajanam
i
i
gamgaya vyadhaviddha iva dvipah etc. evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe It ends (f. 97): pasyatan capi nas tatra nakulontarhitas mahatmanah
papata
tire
-^
II
61
.<r-
iiamah
ii
om
subliara
astu visargabindvaksarasrrngapridalii-
nam maya
yal likliitam
pramadat
tat
ksantum arhanti
ii
barih
i
om
ii
.sravane
i
tithau
vasare
muda Sesadrisununa
ii
barib
om subbam
ii
astu
om
ii
sri-
gurucaraiiaravindabbyan
namab
Tbe Asramavasika Parvan begins (f. 98): Janamejayah rajyam prapya naravyagbrab pitrpaitamabam mabat katbam asan mabaraje dbrtarastre mabatmani sa bi raja batamatyo bataputro iiiiTisrayab katbam asit gataisvaryyo
I i
i
gandbari ca yasasvini
etc.
It ends (f. 134b): yudbistbiras tu nrpatir nnatipritamanas tada dbarayam asa tad rajyam nibatajnatibaudbai
vah
II
(f.
135:)
iti
ii
masi karkatakanamni paksake syamale jalajaputravasare atrasvinibbe likbitaii ca parvam Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva bastadrutenaiva viramitan jana alokya (alaksya in tbe repetition) santas sabitum
tmasannibitalokacaksusi
i i i
samarbatba
piirnam
ii
ii
biranyavapuse
astu.
subbam
to
mababbarate
samarbatba
is
repeated on
(f.
f.
136.
136):
i
om
sattrimsesv
dadarsa viparitani
ends
(f.
145 b):
i
pravisya
yudbistbiram
prati
11
iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarnbitayam mausale parvani navamoddbyayab mausalaparvam samadbatau samayam kbahi daksinayane varsarttune ptam ^ravanike ca masi pakse dasamyam asucau titbav udau candre kytantapriyavasare bi mausalam parvam etad dbi
ii
11
^^
62
i<-
likhitam Vyasasamkrtam
muda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrahetc.
manyavipascita
ii
harih
om
The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. 146): harih om Janamejayah evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva maulasam pandavah kim akurvanta tatha krsne divarn(sic) ahavam
I
gate
etc.
(f.
It ends
149 b):
yatra
sa brhati
syama buddhisatvasuta
samanvita
draupadi
mama
srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam mahaprasthanike parvani trtiyoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah samvatsare mahaprasthanikain samaptam harih om
ii ii
li
ii
rtau pravrsi mase tu dhatunamni prayate daksinayane ekadasyan tithau varepy atrilocanasarvatarake sambhuvah mahaprasthanikain parvaip samaptam Sesasununa harih om The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f. 149 b): Janamejayah svargam trivistapam prapya mama purvapitamahah
i
sravane
ii
ii
pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire etc. sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva It ends (f. 155b):
i
sucis tatgata-
mahat prapya bhogavan sukham asnute Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam sa gacchati etad
iha kirttim
i
pujaniyas ca
srimanmahabharate iti satatam mananiyo bhavedvijah satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pahsrikrsnaya svargarohanikam samaptam camoddhyayah
ii ii
dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau sravane masi paksecche dvadasyain bhediteh kila tatah dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah svargarohanikain pai'vaiu Yyasena racitam ^ubham idam Yemkadapadajoik-Subrahmanyavipascita harih om srikrsnaya namah ^rlgurubhyo namah om
ii
namah
om
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
51.
Whish No.
12tX2-s Material: Palm
Size:
in.,
(1)
52.
70
(2)
leaves, 12 or 13 lines
on a page.
leaves.
-^
may have been
63
H&1826'.
The MS.
Character: Grantha.
begins:
i
dharmmavarmma
i
ca rajarsir nniculapura-
bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyara bhagavatottamam bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sainpadah (read sarvada?) bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajlvinah katham syat papanirharah ^rise bhaktih katham
vallabhah
i
i
bhavet
etc.
F. 2b:
iti
tulakaverimahatmye
prathamoddhyayah
F. 31b:
It
iti
iti
prasannanananlraja
i
muda
ii
te
Saunakadya
rane
ii
52.
Size:
12|xl6
Palm
in., (1)
53.
9 lines on a page.
Material:
leaves.
1826'.
The
years older.
the
Virdta^jarvan ,
in
srikrsnaya
mama
viratanagare
namah
duryyodhanabhayarditah pativrata mahabhaga satatam satyavadini draupadi va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhii
i
tavasat
etc.
-^
It
i
64
j^.
ends:
tan
i
niahots[y]avasamkasam hrstapustajanavri
tam nagaram matsyarajasya su:^ubhe bharatarsabliaih Janamejayah vrtte vivalie hrstatma yad uvaca yudhisthirah
sarvam katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram srlmababbarate satasabasrikayam sambitayam vaiyasikyam srivirataparvani abbimanyuvivabo nama satsaptaI
tat
il
om
iti
om etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampatsrnvatam sarvapapagbnam anavrstivinaasmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisamanvitah srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramam gatim tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisampadah Syuh kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine asmin parvani rajendra patbite brabmavadina tarn pujayet suvaktaram vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib tasmin prasanne bbagavan mukundab arttarttibanta purusottamas ca sarve ca deva
titamoddbyayab
ii ii
padan sakam
I
nrnam
rsisiddbasamgbais tusta bbavisyanti narendrakale bbarataddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab ^raddadbanasya
i i
puyante
sarvapapany
asesatah
il
barih
om
ii
ii
srikrsnaya
namab
ii
53.
Wkesh No.
Size: a page.
54.
leaves,
17|x2rV
Palm
in.,
(1)
+ 498 +
(1)
from 11
to 14 lines
on
Material:
leaves.
'Telliclierry 1826'.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated may be about a hundred years older.
Character: Grantha.
The MS.
Tbe Rdmdyana, by
Valmlki,
Kandas
ff.
i-vi.
Balakanda,
147
47148 149207 208277 278341
342498.
piijite
ff.
ff.
ff.
ff.
ff.
abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbam
(bbide?)
yas surair
api
sarvavigbnasmide
tasmai
ganadbipataye
-^H
65
kujantani ramarameti raadliuram madhuraksaram aruhya kavitasakham vaude Valnilkikokilaiu Yalmiker mmunisirahasya kavitavanacririnah si'uvan ramakathanadaiu ko na yati param gatim yah karnafijalii
namah
sarapiitair
aliar
ahas
sammyak
madhu janmavyaatyantasopadravam samsrirani sa vihiiya gaccliati piiman visnoli padam sasvatam namostu ramaya salaksmanaya devyai ca tasyai janakatmajayai namostu nidrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candiTirkamarutganebhyali tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samamaraghuvaracaritam munidhuropanatarttliavakyabaddham pranitam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam on tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvl vagvidam varam naradam paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipmpgavam etc. The Balakanda has 77 Sargas. It ends (f, 47): taya sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya ativa ramas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresvarah iti srlmatbalakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah iti srivadanaraviudagalitara ramayanakliyam
dbijaiTivii^attimaranair
i i i i i i
II
ii
madramayane adikavye bahikandam samaptam The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas. It ends
itiva taih prahja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih
il
harih
om
ii
(f.
148 b):
ii
krtah svastya-
salaksmimanis (read laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah srimadramayane adikavye srl(ma)d-Yalmiklye caturviinsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)asriramaya namah nde ekavimsacchatatamas sargah gurubhyo namah subham astu ayoddhyakandam samaptam sriramacandrasvamine namah daksinamiirttisvamine
ii ii ii
ii
II
li
75 Sargas.
It ends
i
(f.
207):
Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsatisahasrikayam samhitayam srimad-aranyakande pahcasaptatitamas sargah aranyakandam samaptam harih om
arse
ii ii ii
It ends
(f.
277b):
5
sa
i
vegasamahitatma
haripravlrah
paravirahanta
-^
66
t<-
punas samadliaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa srlmatkiskiudhakande astasastitamas sarmanasvi iti sriramaya namah kiskindhakandas samaptah gali
li
II
ii
harili
om
ii
ii
tato
The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. It ends (f. 341b): maya vakbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhiprajagama santin tava maithiL~itmaja tavapi sokena sadita
i ii
ii
tathapi pidita
Ff.
316322 are placed in the wrong order. The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas. It ends (f. 498b):
i
ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram subhah ca srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam ayuskaram rddhikamaih evam etat puravrttam akhyanam bhadram astu vah pravyaharata visrabdham balam visnoli pravarddhatam deva^ ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchravanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam ye
i i
ii
arse srimad-
msaduttarasatatamas
namah
bharatanujam sugrlvain vayusi'inuii ca pranamami pimahpunah balakande dvisahasram sasiti(r) dvisati tatha slokanam atha sargaii
ii
sriramaya
gatani
saparivaraya
sitarp.
ii
nam
saptasaptatir irita
i
ayoddhyakandagas sargSs satam ekonavimsatir dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha aranyakande dvisahasram satcchatani sargas tii pahcasaptatir irita
caturddasi
i
i
sarganam astasastis tii samkhyata paramarsinS yuddhakande tu padyanara dasona satsahasrika ekatrirasacchatai
mitas
sarga
api
ca
kirttitah
i
catustriipsat tathaiva ca
i
pa(m)ktyuttaram satam bindudurllipi etc. The following table shows the number of Sargas in each Kanda, (1) according to our MS., (2) according to the Bodleian MS. Sansk. b. 28 (which is also a Grantha MS.),
-^
and
(3)
67
H$-
according
nebst
to
the
recension
called
in
Prof.
Jacobi's
Inhalt
concordance (Das Rumayana. Concordanz der gedruckten Bonn 1893, pp. 220 seqq.):
Gescbiclite
und
B-ecensionen,
Kauda
Bala
Whish No. 54
77
Bodleian
MS.
Recension C.
77
77 119
76
Ayodhya
Aranva
Kiskindba
120 75
68 65
131
119
75 67 68
66
68 132
Sundara
Yuddha
It will
128
be seen that our MS. belongs to the 'C Recension', differs somewhat from the editions representing this recension. It also differs, though not materially, from the Bodleian Grantha MS. The latter MS. contains the same concluding slokas as our MS. (from ayusyam to vasas trivistape), but with a few various readings.
though
it
54.
9| on a page.
Size:
1|
in.,
18
Material:
Palm
ornamented
with coloured pictures, which are partly rubbed off. Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated -Tellicherry 1826'.
The MS.
may
Injuries:
The
of
fl'.
118
partly injured.
(1)
The beginning
It begins:
of a
I,
Commentary on
1,
ValmlJd's
Bdmdyam,
reaching as far as
83.
upadisati
manum
yam
auusarati
-5>^
68
H$-
me devadevo pracinavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair irito ramasantosan netum icchur visayam apanayaras bhadram
sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu lirdaye
i
mahesali
idam adau anusandheyam visnoh karmmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya
ucitan caruramayanasya
ii
tatra-
tyasabdagrahanatadartthavagatipurvakena
tatiDratipadita-
nityanaimittikasadharanadbarmmrinusthanenaistabhavanam arttba iti atomistbeyartthaprakasakatvat puranasya pratisargam anustbeyorttbali prakasanlyab tatra prathamasari i
gena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^rena svavagatopy arttbab guruna gunavatopadista eva prayuktab adrstaii janayati pustenapi guruna yavadarttbam apunab prasnavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate tapa iti tapasi anasanadiriipe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca svaddbyaye svavede ca niratara etc. karmmana ravanavadbantena mabaIt ends (I, 83): teti [ti] sarvalokepsitatamatvad iti bbavab ata evaba sacaracaram iti.
i
(2)
The AdJiydtma-Bdmdy ana, a portion of the BrahmdndaPurdna, in 6 Kandas. Tlie printed editions generally add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayauamabatmya-sarga) at tbe beginning, and an Uttarakanda at tbe end. Tbese are
not found in our
It
MS.
divijais
begins:
yah prthvibbaracaranaya
i
sampra-
rttbitas
cinniayah
i
manusyovyayab niscakrara bataraksasab punar agat brahmatvani adyam param klrttim papabaram vidbaya jagatam tan janakisam bbaje visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betum ekam
ii
nnamami
eva yanti te
addbyatmara-
-^^
GO
H$-
mayanam
ksam
I
icliet
bliavabandliamo-
sa nityam
etc.
srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamaliesvarasamvade balakande sriramalii-dayan nama prathamas sargali The Brdakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. 17 b, the Ayodhyakanda (in 9 Sargas, containing 700 slokas, as stated at the end) on f. 45 b, the Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas, cont. 500 slokas) on f. 67 b, the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas, cont. 555 slokas) on f. 92, the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas, cont. 300 slokas) on f. 106, the Yuddhakfinda ends on
F. 4:
iti
II
f.
160b, as follows:
asakrd yat tarakam ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijhaya bhuteuddhrtyrdchilasarasam graham idam samksepatah svarah srirrimasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha prasphutam priyayai bhavali iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane umamahe^varasamvade yiiddhakande soda^as sargah kande yuddhesarddhaikaddhyatmake sargiX navasapta nllakarnoktah
alodyakhiladeva(read veda)rasim
tat
brahma
ii
dasasataslokanusamkhyaya yuktilh
kari
jayati raghuvamsatilai
dasavadananidha(na)-
pundarikaksah
ii
ii
harih
om subham
ii
astu
srigurubhyo namali
srisambasivaya namah
The
scribe adds:
Udayamurttikumaran
(3)
(follow
out.)
two
make
(The Manimanjarl) a Commentary on Keddras Vrttaratndkara, by the Parohita iS'drdyam, a son of Nrsimhayajvan. The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full, the com-
mentary consists
breaking
off in
in brief
remarks
only.
It
is
incomplete,
namo
te sivasunave
i
nirvighnam kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa svetanibhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham vagvibhiitipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam Nrsimhayaji i
vrttaratnakaravyakhyam
~5H
70
H$-
vyakaroti
yathamati
sukhasantanasiddhyarttham
naumi
brahmaccyutarccitam
samkaram
chando laksyalaksanasaipyutam vrttaratnakaran nama balanam sukhasiddhaye Pimgaladibhir Scaryyair yyad uktam laukikam dvidba matravarnnavibbagena cbandas tad iba katbyate etc. After tbe text of slokas I,
kriyate
i i i
mah dam
tene-
tbere follows
(f.
lb):
i
vya
tamraksl
mo
gata sayo
modaterab prakirttitali sabate sastu sa yati to vrnoti rkarakab bba sidati canas cokto vabatiti gana smrtab bbumyambvagnimarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tab jneyas sarvadimaddbyanta guravotra catuskalah etc. Tben follows text of I. 8 18, fben again a sbort commentary. Tben text of I. 1922. Tben (f. 2b): vrttaratnakare pratbamoddbyayab F. 4: dvitlyoddbyayah om uktayam cbandasi gu srili etc.
i
ii
ii
ii
It ends
(f.
7):
sabny
durgban
P
I
maddbyabbage
pinan
tu
i
netre
nirmmalam
gSm
laksmlm
oo.
Whish No.
Size:
56.
ITa-xSj
in.,
Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The
Tbe Uttara-Rcimdyana
or
Uttarakcinda
of tbe
Ecimd-
The
III,
editions have
Pavyeka or Pabbeka
as the
name
of Kedara's
father.
2
34 in Borooah's edition.
Anundoram Borooah,
-^^
71
H$-
krte
ramasya raksasanam vadhe raghavam pratinanditura kanvo kausikotha yavakrito narebliyas ca vaua eva ca
It begins:
I
praptarajyasya
mmunayas
ajagiuur
tatra
casritali
i
dattatreyotha
atreyaputro dharmma-
tma
rsis
sarasvatah prabliuli
etc.
It ends: idam akhyanaiu ayusyam Ipatban ramayanan narah saputrapautro lokesmin pretya svarge mablyate ayoddbyapi piiri ramya siinya varsaganan babun i-sabbam prapya rajanam ni[va]vasam upayasyanti etad akbyanam krtavan pracetasah ayusyam sabhavisyara sabottaram (sabodarab p'. m.) putrab sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata
i
il
ity firse
mayane
astu
I
sargah
ii
barih
om
subbam
sltabxksmanabbaratasatrugbnabanumatsametasriii
ii
ii
56.
Whish No.
Size:
57.
12^x2
in.,
(1) -f
192
on a page.
1826.'
Material:
Palm
leaves.
The
50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe
XJpadesagrantliavivarana,
of)
a Commentary
on
(tbe
?)
metrical part
Ind. Off. IV,
It begins:
i
a pupil of Yidyddlidmnii.
p.
See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 90. Hall, p. 99. See above No. 24(b).
paficatmakam vande bbaktyastadasamgavargonavimsatya bbaktair nnavabbir asritam on naraas on namab on nama srigurubbyab sivaya caitanyani sarvagara sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam cetanam yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namab eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidyil kalpitadikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity
sabbedaya
i
vismira
ii
li
gamyam
astiti
asamka
ma
bhud
ity
aha
sarvam
. .
iti,
etc.
It ends:
janmanusaprakaranasya padarttbavivara-
nam
krtan devatagurubhaktipreritena
i
maya
ii
iti
saptadasa-
^loka yatlndrasrimukbotgatab
i
brabmatmabodbakah iipasya dbamammies ciram srimatpadambujan tasya prasadan na svabuddbitah yena me nikbilad vedad akrsya mana atmani stbapitan munimukbyena yavajjivan namami tarn
|
i
ii
yatbbasyasagarajayuktimanin prakirnan prfipyadbuna katipayan kavayo bbavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamarttbanidbanaya yatlsvaraya iti srlmadi ii
Vidyadbamasisyena Bodlianidbina^ sraddbabbaktimatrapreritena krtam upadesagrantbivivaranam samaptam yatpadakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan abam sarvantaratmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasab ^ubbam astu
li
i
ii
om
II
Whish
Size:
Xos. 58
vols, of (2)
(1)
&
58
(2).
12|x2
in.,
two
+ 200 +
(2)
and
(2)
196
(i.
e.
MS.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wliish are dated is probably about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
'Telliclierry 1827."
The
or tbe Commentary on Veddnta- Sutras, by Sahl{ara, in 4 Adbyayas. Including tbe text of tbe Sutras.
Tbe SurlralMmlindmsdhlmsya,
begins:
yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor
etc.
visayavi-
vanupapattau,
Tbe
first
Adbyaya ends
ii
bliasye
li
-5>^
73
Vol. I ends
(f.
II,
3,
edition p. 612).
The
f.
2"^"^
Adhyaya ends on
4*1^
f.
tlie
3^'^
Adhyaya on
iti
355 b, the
It ends:
sutrabhya-
sa^ sastrapansamapti(u)
iti
^rimatparamahanisri-
saparivrajakacriryya-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasisyasya
mac-Chamkarabhagavatah krtau srimacchririrakamlmamsabhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah samasrigurubhyo namah brahmanandara pta^ caddhyayali paramasukhadam kevalam jhanamurttim visvatitam gaganasadrsam tatvam asyadilaksyam ekan nityam vimalam acalam sarvadhisaksibhutam bhaviltitan trigunarahitam satgurun tan namami vedantasutrabhasyam samaptam
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
harih
om
58.
Whish No.
Size:
14x2
in.,
(2)
215
+ (1)
leaves,
The
years older.
The Uimdesagranthaviraram,'' a Commentary on the Pahcadasl (ascribed to Sdijana), by Rdmalxrs]ia, a pupil of Bhdratlt'irtha, and Vidydranya.
These
1.
fifteen chapters
Citradipa (Tatparyabodhini).
Trptidipa.
2.
3.
Kfitasthadlpa.
4.
5.
Dhyanadipa.
JSTatakadipa.
G.
Tattvaviveka (Padadlpika).
Aufrecht CC.
title
'
p.
title
Tatparyalodhim, which
is
only the
~$^
74
f"^
7.
Pancabhutaviveka (Tutparyadlpika).
Pancako^aviveka.
Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana).
8.
9.
10.
Mahavakyaviveka.
1785,
Brahmananda in five Adhyayas. The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863, Sake
11
15.
& Bombay
It
IV^
p. 745.
natva
srl-Bhriratitirttha-Vidyaranyamunl-
svarau
tmaniti
kriyate
citradlpasya
vyakhya tatparyyabodhim
ii
cikirsitasya granthasya
nispratyiihaparipiiranaya parama-
padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropapavadabhyan nisprapahcam prapaiicyata iti nyayam anusrtya
sthitiprakriram sa-
Bharatitlrttha-Yidyaranyamunisricaranasisyena
Bamakrs-
Bharatitirttha
Vidyriranyamunivaryyakimkarena
Rama11
samapta
Eamakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadiiti 791) pavyakhya samapta ddhyanadlpasya vyakhya samapta F. 98 b: iti F. 102 b: iti ... srinatakadipavyakhya samapta tatvavivekasya padadipika samapta F. 119: iti
. . .
ii
ii
ii
II
F. 133b:
iti
paucabhutavivekasya tatparyyadipika
ii
samapta
li
harih
iti
om
.
.
F. 143 b:
paiicakosavivekavyakhya samapta
ii
F. 151b:
F.
153:
ii
iti
.
ii
iti
mahavfikyavivekavyakhya
samapta
i!
harih orn
natva srl-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau
I
brahmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye etc. F. 176b: brahmanaude yoganando nama jn-athamoddhyayah
u
-^
F. 193 b:
75
f<-
ddhyayah
F.
208b:
ii
iti
dvitlyo-
iti
trtlyo-
ddhyayah
ii
F. 212 b:
(f.
iti
ddhyayah
It
i)
ends
215):
ii
iti
pahcamoddhyayah
makrsnrdvhyavidusa
iti
^ri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunivaryyakirakarena srl-Raviracitam
etc.
upadesagranthavivaranam
samaptam
ii
harih ora
59.
Size: 10^
xU
Palm
in-,
(2)
(2)
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
ou a page.
Material:
leaves.
1828.'
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
Injuries:
The MS.
The MS.
is
slightly
damaged by
(1)
The
It
Surijasiddhdnta, in 14 Adhyayas.
(Ff. 40.)
begins:
^ubham
i i
gunaya
gunatmane
acintyapy
mane namah
alpavasiste tu krte
rahasyam paramarn punyam jijnasujhanam uttamam 2 sarvebhyah pradadaii pritah grahanafi caritam It ends: mahat atyadbhutatamara loke rahasya(m) brahmasammivedasya nimmilam (read nirmakim) caksuh jnatva satarn ksad vivasvatah viditvaitad asesena param brahmadhigaiti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdasocchati subham astu gurubhyo namah ddhya(yah i) harih om
ii
(2)
The A^tddhydyi,
by Panuii.
(Ff. 43.)
^
It
I
76
:^
**
begins
yeuaksarasamamnaya
dhigainya maliesvai
yyakaranam proktan tasmai Paninaye namah yena dhauta girali pumsam vimalais ^abdavarim** masvas cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namali vakyakaram Yararucim bhasyakaram Patanjalim Paninim siitrakarafi vanlra Paninim acaryyam ca pranatosmi munitrayam Katyayanamunin tatha krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavantam Patanjilim (sic) yogena cittasya padena vacam malani sarlrasya vaidyakena yopakarot tam pravaram muninam
rat krtsnam
i i
ajuanatimirandhasya
jiia-
namah
It
I
ii
un
padah
addhyayas ca samaptah
i
astaddhyayl
i
sampurna sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi
gurave
barili
i
om
sivam astu
namah
sivayai
namah
govinda
(3)
The
is
In Burnell,
p.
Tanjore,
I,
p.
103)
it
ascribed to Sankara.
It
begins:
cidamsam
vibhun
nirmmalan
i
nirvikalpan
gunatitam avyaktam ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1 visuddham sivam santam adyantastinyam jagajjivanam jyotiranandariipam adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyarn triylvakta (read trayivaktram ?) yam veda tasmai namas
nirahan nirakaram
1 i i
omkaragamyam
te
It ends: mukhe mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare carucakram suresabhivandyam bhujarage sayanara bhaje ramganatham barer anyadaivan na manye na manye 17 bhujamgaprayatam pathod yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte bhavantam murare sa moham vihayasu yusmatprasadat sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvam vi.
i
^i
77
K-
GO.
WmsH
Size:
No.
61.
8 or 9 lines on a page.
19tii
lOfXlf
in.,
(1)
96
+ (1)
leaves,
18tii
or beginning of
century.
Skanda-Purdna,
in
20 Adhyayas.
begins:
i
yam
i
i
khasrilinah
karatmajam srl-Siitah sivara hari(ra) vidhatarani tatpatnis tatsutan gurun natva samastapraytuhasantaye maragalaya
ca vaksye ^rniiddhvam sarvajnah sivatatvasudhanidhiin
I i
etc.
adipurane
ii
tatvasiidhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah
F. dlb:
il
iti
iti
srisivatatvasudhanidhau
ii
sivabhiksatanaka-
iti sriskande mahapurane Sanatkumarasamhisakaladdhyayasaramahimanusivatatvasudhanidhau tayam srlgurave namo namah virasoddhyayah nama varnnanan
II
ii
srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h
ii
harili
cm subham
astu.
61.
WmsH
Size:
No.
62.
foliation
14X2
154
in., (1)
from
1 to 306),
leaves, 10 or 11 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha
1827'.
The MSS.
^H
78
Hg-
32,
45)
is
III: The Vanaparvan or Adhyayas. The beginning (III, missing, and the Nalopfikhyuna (III, 5378)
,
in
300
is
omitted
(see
below).
The MS.
is
full
of clerical mis-
takes. '
Yol. I begins at the end of III, 32, 45: mayor api anyesum karmmani phalam asmfikam api va punah viprakarsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam
i
F. 25 b:
ity
ii
Bombay and Calcutta brhadasvah asid raja nalo nama virasenasuto ball upapanna(read nno) gunair istai riipavan asvakovidah vidvan danapatir daksah sada sllapuraskrtah atisthan manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir yyatha uparyyupari sarvesam aditya iva tejasa brahmanyo
ddhyayah
editions.)
(End
^rikrsnaya
namah
i
i
li
vedavic
I
mahipatih upari anyapustake asti etat Janamejayah bhagavan kamyakaprapte game prapitamahah {sic) kim akurvanta partthas te tarn rte savyasacinam etc., i. e. the beginning of the TlrthayatraParvan, or III, 79 in our MS. III, 80 in the editions.
nisadhesu
i
churo
ii
The
III,
first
183
(=
f.
III,
Vol. II,
III,
End
of the
Markandeyasamasyaparvan,
222
(=
F. 277: The Savitryupakhyrma begins. III, 281 (=111, 292 in the editions).
na caj)y adharmmena suhrdviyojane paraparadaramarsane akayabhave ca rame manas sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca sriwatam (This is the end of III, 313 in the editions.) ity arse srimanmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam Vaiyyasikyam srimadaranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatatamoddhyayah iti aranyaparvas samaptah
It
ends:
svahare
ii
ii
5 seqq.,
this
MS.
is
given.
-^
79
62.
f^
"Whish Ko.
Size:
C3.
17x1-7
in.,
(l)4-9i
(l)
leaves,
from
to
10
lines
on
a page.
1827'.
The MS.
may be about
50 years older.
damaged by
insects.
Commentary on
including
1
Vdhu'iJa's
Rdmayana, by Rdmdnuja
the
Acdrya,
the
Arau>/a-Kdij(Ja,
Kiskindhd-
3
i
of the Sundara-Kdijfja.
begins:
atha
atmavan
yavat
i
dhrtiman
etc.
(f.
40):
iti
Erimanu(ja)caryyaii
aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah harih om firanyakandarn vyakhyasamaptam The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. 41): sa tarn iti kharadisamharena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn iti ranianiyataya prasiddham saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena sltaii
vikx-
It
ends
(f.
80):
iti
Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindhaii
kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah Then tlie Sundara-Kanda begins: atha sundarakande vyrikhyeyuni vyakhyayante purvasmin sarge manasa gamanam krtam ity uktam idrmim kayenapi gamanam karttum aicchad ity aha tata ity adina atra gantum iti padam addhyaharyyam etc.
off
at
the
ii
beginning
advareneti
i
of
the
fourth
vil
iti
tritlyyas
sargah
gramam
nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi visesat samaye sa umyana carena visan nrpa ity uktaprakarena adviirena pravistavan pravisyeti pravisya pravestum upakrammya sa^^am padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayanakale ca grhai
pravese vivaha.
-^
80
63.
H$-
Whish No.
Size: lO^^xlgin.,
64.
(2)
+ 55 +
Material:
Palm
leaves.
(1)
The
nanda
VdkyasudJidtlkd, a
Commentary on
the Drgdrsya-
Ananda Bhdratl
harili
(ff.
55).
Cf.
Margin
of
f.
li^drkdrsyavivekaip
om
It begins:
karanam
majjata
samupasmahe atmastham yah karoti mSm tarn sarvasaksinam vande Hamanandamunisvaram yatkataksaI
sam
varanananam
atmanam advayam
abliisicya
krpavarsair
punyapapakatah(read papatali?) maya jhanamanir llabdhas tarn Auandagurum bhaje natva sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau mayii vakyasudhatlka yathamati viracyate na khyatilabhaptijeccha tlkakaranakaranam na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi karanam praripsitasya granthasyavighnena i^arisamUptasudhasindhaii
i
i
i
ity
iti
srimatparamahamsaparivra-
mananda
harih
ii
Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika
ii
samapta
il
om
(2)
fragment,
of
described
1
chapter
the
(ff.
Dharmmam"
Margin
vaih
of It begins:
I
f.
1:
atharvanain
ca
harih
om
bhagavan
dustagrahopaghatais
sarvakalam uxjadravaih
-$H
81
f<-
rihicaraka(read
i
ribhicarikajkrtyais
ca
sparsarogais
i
ca
etc.
mardaya maraya maraya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara samhara yaksagraluin pretagrahan pisacagrahan samhara sainliara l)lianjaya bhanjaya ave^aya ave^aya aksaya aksaya hrani hnra brum krom sarvamamgalini svSha
ends
(f.
14):
marddaya
j^osaya
sosaya
dahaya
ii
(3)
The
107
Anandasdgarastava
(ff.
by
Nilakantha
in
Dllsita,
in
stanzas
15 26b).
76-94.
Printed
the
Kavyamala,
Part
XI
(1895), pp.
Margin
It
of
f.
15:
(f.
begins
mandodyame mayi
1
II
ends
(f,
26 b):
iti
sri-Nilakantha-Diksitaviracitoyam
ii
anandasagarastavas
samaptah
(4)
s^ubham
astu
ii
gurubhyo
namah
il
The Advaitamakaranda
27 verses
(ff.
by
Lalmmdhara
Off.
Kavi,
751,
in
2728).
27:
See Ind.
IV,
p.
Mitra,
Margin of
f.
advaitara.
It begins (f. 27): aham asmi sada bhami kadacin naham apriyah brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidanandai
laksanah
ii
It ends (f. 28 b): Laksmidharakaves siiktih saradambhojasambhrtah advaitamakarandoyain vidvatbhvmgair nniplyatam advaitamakarandam samaptana
i
ii
ii
(5)
goddess Parvatl.
of Devi.
The Lalitastavaratua, 209 Arya verses in praise Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in
This
is
of the
praise
in the
Aryya
1
metre."
18.
-5H
82
f<-
Margin
of
f.
29:
29):
Aryyadvisati.
vande
i
It begins
(f.
gajendravadanam vamarpkarukuvalayinija-
dhavallabhaslistam
kumkumaparaga^onam
rakorakapldam
ii
etc.
209
lalitaya stavaratnam
i
arjyabhib
li
rajesvaryyai
namab
ii
(6)
Tbe Hastdmalakaiwakarana
See Aufrecbt, CC.
pp. 205
p.
in
v.
14 verses
(ff.
4950).
In
765,
s.
Hastdmalakastotra.
207,
of
f.
it
is
ascribed to ^aiikara.
Margin
kin
49:
49):
hastamalakaprakaranam.
It begins
(f.
nama
te
tvam siso kasya sutab kva jatab tvam kuta Sgatosi etad vada tvarn tava cari
kas
bbakatvam matpritaye pritivivarddbanosi 1 It ends (f. 50): upadbau yatba bbedata sanmanlnan
ii
ii
14
ii
bastaii
malakaprakaranam samaptam
ii
barib
om
subbam astu
64.
Whish No.
Size:
65.
12tx2
Palm
in.,
(2) +
74
+ (2)
leaves,
from 10 to 12
lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
7'.
older.
Tbe
Maliablidrata: tbe
Pauloma-Parvan
(in
i.
8 Adbyayas),
e.
Adbyayas
No. 115
(12)
reads adarunao
--3^
83
H$-
and extracts have been given from it in my articles 'On the South- Indian Recension of the Mahabharata', Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVII, 1898,
Tliis
fully described,
pp.
65
GG.
or 9 lines on a page.
'Tellicherry
7tii
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character : Grantha.
Nov. 1827'.
The
Vdkyiwrtti'praTxdsilm ,
a Commentary on ^aulara^s
Fauclita,
p.
Vdhyavrttl,
by Visvesrara
Ind.
p.
pupil
of
Mddliava
Mitra,
Off.
IV,
738
(No. 2302);
begins:
srutismrtipurananam
sargasthitipralayahetum,
It
etc.
ends:
brahmavitbhyah
11
bhavisyatiti
i(ti)
sadasaditaparimitanandajhanasvarupa-Visvesvarapanditaviracita vakyavrttiprakasika
samapta
11
harih
om brahmaham
11
sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesvarapanditakhyas tasyanighripatmam
pranatosmi
sana
1
nityam
11
svasvadesakulacaradyagraho
lokavaI
pathertthabodhenusthane
vyasanam
sastravasana 6*
^^
84
H$-
ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana
dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah
ii
jivanmuktiviro-
harih
om
ii
66.
WmsH
Size:
No.
G7.
Sf-xlf
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry, November 7th The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character
:
Grantlia.
i.
The Mahandtu'kasHldisudhdnldld by Immadi Devardya, Devarmja II. of Vijayanagara. See e., probably, King
I,
Hultzsch
It begins:
jato
vainse
raghunam munivaravacanat
ta-
takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur piTipyayoddhyam niyogat pitur mmaithilivallabhobhut
i
atavim
agad
vltasitostavrdi
baddbabdhir
ii
ddhvastalaiiiko
ii
asty arabhodbara-
dhama param
-
srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad
ii
bhumer
ayoddhya purl
ii
ii
Amma-
kandas samaptab
F. 17 b:
viracite
.
.
srimad
.
.
srimad-Ammadi(s?c)devainaharajaii
dvitiyakandas samaptab
.
F. 31b:
srimad srimad"
.
srimad-Immadideyarayaviracite
ii
trtlyakandas samaptab
F. 36b: F. 44:
. .
srimad-Immadidevamabaraja
ii
caturtthakandas samaptab
srimad"
srimmadidevamabaraya"
paiica-
vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ced ahisvamina nirddhute
'
wanting.
-^H
85
H$-
sirasi
kva
bliuli
199
srlman
Imraadidevarayaiii'pati
svarllokaka(l)lolinikallolai
pratimallasuktivi])liavo vidvajjanaslaghitah
varenyakandavisayanyastan
kramojvalataiTin
malianatakaslokaii
sriman sastliavarnapadai
akarsit prabhuh
200
srimadrajadliirajaparamesvara-sri(ma)d-Immadidevamahanatakasidctisudlianidliau yuddliaka-
maharajaviracite
ndas samaptah
ii
srlgurubhyo
namo namah
ii
harih
om
07.
Size: 125-
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
Yuddha-Kdnda
It
in 131 Sargas.
begins: atha
1
krauiate
tatra
banu-
mantam
stanti
krtam
iti
bbuvi durllabbam,
It ends:
vainayakas
apadisyate
.
samhitety
11
iti
srlmadyuddbakandavyakbyane
11
ekatrimsaccbatatamas
sargah
sriramacandraya
namah
11
yuddhakandavyakhya samapta
!l
68.
Size:
13fxlf
Palm
in.,
8 or 9 lines on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
tu
Date of MS.: 18
cent.?
Character: Grantha.
->4
86
(1)
K-
The VakyakaranaiUpilca,
sikd, laghudlpikd)
a short
Commentary
(Layhuiiralia-
on the Vakyakaram, in five Adhyayas, by Simdararaja, the son of Ananta Ndrciyana, dedicated to Somadeva, the son of BanyandtJia.
of the Arya school, seems have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar pauchdhgs in the Tamil and Malayfilam countries
to
even to
some similar work of the Arya school is so used." R. Sewell and S. B. Dikshit, The Indian Calendar (London 1896), p. 8. Mr. Whish has the following entry: "The Vdkya-Kdranam. The astronomical work used in the Carnatick with the astronomical Tables of the Sun and planets &c. annexed."
It
begins:
sriganesaya
ii
namah
srigurucaranaravindaI
bhyan namah
jyotirddarssaya
bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte namah sriNilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri - Somadevanujighrksayaiva vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam
I
laghiyah
namaskarapuraskarena
ciklrssitam
iti
i
arttham
pratijanite
pranamya karisailastham
dc.
iti
Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane sphutaddhyayo dvitiyopi samksepena samapitah iti Sundararajaviracitayain Somadevadrtayam vakyakaranadlpikaF. 32 b:
| i
yam sphutadhikaro nama dvitiyoddhyayah Adhyaya III ends 50b, A. IV 63b. Adhyaya Vends (f. 72b): iti srimatkeralasatgramanivasiii
f.
f.
Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana satdarssaniparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena Rivakalyandajatena Golacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe Sundararajaprasnottarakhye granthe pratipaditam tena gatiyogenaiva vibhajya sthitidalani jfieyam sasthaddhyayah
(f.
73)
-$H
87
f<-
pratharae dvitiyeddliyfiye praycnokta iti iia punar idaniiu vyakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya paficaddliyayyara api baliava slokal.i praksiptah samjfiite sarvo nirastah
srimanti puiTijakfde padavakyapramanajfio jyotissastravisfi-
Padma?) garbha iti prasiddliotasmad evasmatpita prakscpavyatiriktam suddhaiii vrdcyakaranam auyany api kificit adhitavaii sri - Nrsimhasisyabliutajyotissastravic - chri - Vanchyajanmarado
yatisvaral.i
pratraa (read
ivasit
paro brliaspatir
Bharadvaja-Varadaraja-tad]"gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadevasarapradayasuddhavakyakarai.ian
casmakam sampradayasii
ddhavakyakaranena samam tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasiddliam yan miilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jfieyain Sundaresakrte vakyakaranasya prakasane Somadevadrteddhyayah pancamo lagbur iritab Ananta-Narayanasununa piinab
i
i
kaverakaiiyatatavasina
maya
dvije^adevauujigbrksaya laghu
yaiii
vakyalcaranalagbudipikayaiii
paficaraoddbyayab
i
oiii
suryya-
Astronomical
F.
1
tables,
called
Kiijddipahcagrahavdkyam,
i
margin:
kujasya
mabavakyam
Beginning:
maragalasrir bbusunub
40
80
150
atmajayisantanub
Isamganasarapannab
bbiimir girisamlagna
F. 14:
ii
180
ii
kujasya vrdcyam samaptani atba budbasya vaF. 28: atba kyam F. 27 b: budbavakyara samaptam F. 34: guruvakyarn samaptam F. 33 b: guror vakyam F. 38 b: bbrguvrdvyam samaptam atba sukravakyam atba saner vakyam F. 39: It ends: nirado raseccbuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 vaii
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
kyam 19
ii
-^^
88
69.
H$-
Whish No.
Size: ISi
69 B.
8 lines on a page.
Xlf
in.,
(1)
144
(2j leaves,
astu
va sreyase nityam
vastu
vamamgam
|
aisvaram
param mahah
i
sarvasiddha-
brahmanandadayatmakah
ayatanani
i
cacaratbhutahetuni
ca
sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah
l
janapadan api
P. 2b:
tesu tesv akhilah jantiln ajnanatimiravrtan sisnodaraparan drstva cintayam asa tan prati etc.
i
iti
brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade
ii
lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah
F. 9b:
ii
ii
It ends:
akhyatam
'
vahanti sadabhitrptim
ii
srimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade lalitakhyane mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catustrimsoddhyayah srimahadevyai namah samaptas cayatanakhandah harih om subham astu
iti
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
70.
Size:
^Ixls
in.,
(1)
70.
lines
on a page.
A
ship
*
manual of
of Rudra.
rites
and
The
title
seems
to
be Rudravidhi.
Read
te
It
syllables.
vata?
-^
89
r<-
(li".
33
b),
and
gives
(ff.
45
88)
30b Mantra
incomplete,
as
it
does
not
contain the
7),
Prayoga
for the
Camahmuvdlms
after
(Taitt.-samh, IV,
which
(See the Namalcdimvdkds. (juotation below.) An entry by Mr. Whish says: "This volume contains the Atirudraprayogam; being an extract
the
of the
we should expect
Bhashyam
of the Yajurvedah."
It begins:
atha
sru-udravidhih
i
tatra tavad
upayukte
i
tu viniyogadikau cintyate
viniyogo namabhisainbandhah
anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamgabhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani viniyogo jueyah evah ca yady api caramayam istakayara juhotity adibhi(r)
I
brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi vihita iti homakhye karmmani amgatvam rudranuvakanam etc, atha maharudra-ahutisamkhya F. 15: athatiF. 20: sthandilakiindamandarudrahutisamkhya iti F. 30 b: panirmmanadividhih atha BodhayanoktapancamgarudranF. 33 b yasavidhih atha rudraiti pahcamgarudranyasah
rudranuvakair homo
i
ii
ii
bhisekavidhih
F. 45:
atha
taittiriya^akhanusarena
namakanuvakah
pradarsyante
namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas sahamanetyadayah' camakanuvfika agnavisnii^ jyaisthyara-5 ity adaya ekada^a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayoi
gah Bhaskaradivinirdistakamyadrstyabhidhasyate F. 88: iti namakesu namo rudrebhya^ ity asya prayogah iti namakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) atha purvo-
ii
F.88b:
iti
jihirsayai staumi
stamberamadhi^acarmmanirmmitavasasara
5, 1
ii
1 See Taitt. Samh. IV, sahamanayetyadayah. 2 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 3 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 4 Taitt. Samh. IV, 5,
seqq.
Read namas
te
rudra
namas
1.
2.
11, 2.
-^
It
90
H$-
ends:
anavaratadhiraddlivana
i
gambhiragharghara
(read gunadharadharesa kanyakakantisamkranta (read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa akbilajagadadbisa ranta (read santa?) mabesa namas te namas
gunarajivi
rajiva?)
galabhavai3hutkarabbinnagahvara
riijamana
te
srigurucaranaravindabbyan namab
ii
om
subbam
astu.
71.
Whish No.
Size:
71.
to 15 lines
181x28
Palm
in., (2)
+ 201
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'. The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is A. D. 1819y20, but the MS. looks older, and may have been written A. D. 1759/60, possibly A. D. 1699/1700. Scribe: Kaghunatha, son of Ramakrsna. Character: Grantha, very small, sometimes difficult to read.
Mr. Wbish Sangraba-Bbaratam of Mabeswarah compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. Tbere are really only 17 Parvas, wbicb are made up in tbe following way: Parvans I IX correspond to tbe usual P^rvans of tbe
Tbe
Maliahlidratasamgralia, by Mahesvara.
it
describes
as 'tbe
X
XI
XII
Gada-Parvan,
Sauptika-Parvan,
Aisika-Parvan,
XIII XVII Asvamedbika to Svargarobanika Parvans. Tbe Strl, 8anti, and Anusasana Parvans are not represented. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata, II, 1 seq.,
Ill, 46 seq.
R.
v.
23.
suklainbaradbaram
prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye raumabarsinab ugrasrava nama punyam naimi^aranyam agamat varttamane saunatatraslnan munln sarvan kasya satre dvadasavarsike pranamat samprabrstadbib katbas citra srotukama munayas
bbujam
-^
1
91
H6-
fan
[)apraccliu.s sa
abhinandya samasinas tarn alius samsritasanain kuta ayasi ko desas tvaya, cavita ity api vipiTm sa piTilia supritan tatragacchan yadrcchaya sarpasatrani yatra raja cakara janaraejanah (sic) ya vaisanipayaiiat tatra
i i
i
^ui^iTiva
s[y]amantapancakan nama tan desam gatavan ahain kurui.iaiu panclavanan ca sarvesan ca mahibhrtam bhavatam
ca
1
i
tasmad didrksur aham agatah srotum kim luunayas sutaiii abruvan pariksitena Vyasokta ya vaisarapayanac chrutah tab katha srotum icchamo mababliaratasamjnitab etc.
vividhaii (?)
i
icchathety
ukta
srimahabharatasamgrahe Maliesvarakrte saiiinama prathamoddhyayab F. 10b: iti srimababbaratasaragrahe dusyantacaritan nama astamoddhyriyah iti snmababharatasamgrabe bakavadho nama F. 21b: paficadasoddhyayab F. 26: iti ^ribharatasamgrabe paficendropakbyanan nama astadasoddbyayab
F. 2:
iti
bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan
ii
ii
ii
ii
Parvan): iti snmababharatasamgrahe sambbavaparvaiii mandapalacaritan nama paficavimsoddbyayah F. 44 (end of the II"*'^ Parvan): iti sabbaparvani Pandavadyutaparajayo nama astanioddbyayab srdvrsnOya
F. 32
(end
of
the
I"'^*
ii
ii
namab
ii
sabbfiparva
samaptam
ii
barib
F. 54:
om
ii
barib
om
ii
iti
riraiiyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir
ii
nnama
iti aranyaparvani aranibaranan nama dvattrirasoddbyayab F. 95 (end of the IV^^ Parvan) iti virataparvani uttarabhimanyuvivaho nama dasamoddhyayab srikrsnaya
.
.
.
ii
ll
namab
ii
virataparvam samaptam
ll
iti
udyogaparvani
ii
Doubtful
reading.
Read
tarn
papnicchus te?
-5H
92
H$-
bhlsmasaratalpasayanan
ii
iti
ii
dronaparvani
ii
dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dronaparvam samaptam F. 160 (end of the VIII*^ Parvan) iti karnaparvani karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah karnaparva
ii
ii
samaptam
ii
Parvan): iti salyaparvani saptamoddhyayah salyaparvam samaptam iti gadaparvani F. 173b (end of the X*^ Parvan):
F. 169b (end of the IX'^
li
ii
tritiyoddhyayah
gadaparvani samaptam
ii
(XI moddhyayah
F. 176
ii
*'^
Parvan):
^'^
iti
sauptikaparvani pratha-
ii
samaptam harih Parvan): iti asvameF. 190b (end of the XIII dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah asvamedhikam samaptam asramavasike parvani F. 194b (XIY"' Parvan): iti
ii
aisikaparvam
II
caturtthoddhyayah
ii
ii
iti
mausalaparvani dvitlyo-
ddhyayah mahaprasthanike parF. 198b (XVI Parvan): iti prathamoddhyayah vani It ends (f. 201): iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro^'^
. .
li
srikrsnaya
namah
i
sita-
kiksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandraya subham harih om namah sri - umapataye astu srigurubhyo namah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnuvaty api capam hamse daksinakhyayane pakse site tatha svatitaraastavim^akhyake hy anhi somavasarasamyute samayukte dasamyain minalagnake ^ravanat sarvapapalekhanat ^rlpradam ghnah pathanan muktidam subham sammyak mahabharatasam graham Ramakrsnasya putrena raraabhaktena vidusa hkhitam Raghunathena dhimata bhadram astu vah krsnSya vasudevaya devakinandanaya
namah
ii
ii
ii
ii
ca
riikmiiiisatyiibliaiii:ibhyrii)i
ii
^rl-
gurubhyo namah
Whish No.
Size:
72.
Material:
12HXlff Palm
in.,
(1)+10
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on
a page.
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated December 1828. The MS. may be about 50 years oldei*. Character Grantha. The leaves are numbered by letters ka (= 1), ksya (=70), kha, ga ... ha, la, ksa (=35), kya (=36), khya Ira (== 104), ksra (= 105). This foliation begins kra (=71), khra from the second leaf.
:
:
The
liitd,
with a Commentary (SamJiUdvivrti) by Bhatfotpala. fragment only, extending from III, 1 to XXVI, 8.
It begins:
athadityacaro
vyakhyayate
aslesarddha(d)
daksinam uttaram ayanam raver ddhanisthadyam nunarn kadacid asid yenoktam piirvasastresu raver adityasya a^lesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam uttaram ayanam, etc.
F. 8:
iti
caras trtiyoddhyayah
F.
It
51:
iti
Bhattolpahiviracitayain
ii
sarphitavivritau
^ukracaro navamoddhyayah
ends:
nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna tadvasa *** *** ** (Wank) sesadravyany atraarupasthita[na]ni naga hastinah dantair
bliiipas
dantair
sikthakena
dvijadyani
hanti dentaih
romna gohayanyani go
(sic)
ii
73.
WmsH
Size: 125-
No.
39
73.
X it
in.,
(1)
155
30
(1)
leaves,
7 or 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry December The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character' Grantha.
1828'.
94
f^
a)
The Rgveda-Pratimkliya, by
Pdmidairttl
to
(ff.
(ff.
133),
called
the
MSS.
of
Max
and translation
das
alteste
of the
Egvedader
Lehrbuch
Phonetik.
pp. 22
is
Sanskrittext
mit
Ubersetzung und
(Leipzig 1869),
states,
Anmerkungen
herausg. von
Max
Miiller
32.
not
As
Prof. Eggeling
the
name
mentioned in this Commentary, which differs considerably from Uvata's Commentary as known to us, and probably contains an older and more authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya, than that of Uvata {I. c, p. 23 seq.). A complete collation of the text given by this MS., and an edition of this Commentary would be very desirable, though the MS. is unfortunately incomplete. The text breaks oft' after XVI, 52 in Prof. Max
of
Uvata
Miiller's
edition,
wdiile
the
Commentary
only reaches to
The
catvari
text
begins:
astau
i
sandhyaksarani
text
ete
The
rcotra
ends
(f.
ii
nidarsanam
ii
manye dvadasa
patalah
ii
iti
i
etc.
harih
om
(f.
34):
astau
samanaksarany
155):
pa(rsa)davrttau kramapatalan
sriguru"
etc.
nama
dvadasam samaptam
(2)
->4
95
H^
NCigadeva, son of Yajnand-
(Ij
the
Blsarvasamdndm by
(ff.
rCiyami
(2) (3)
(4)
5);
same author (ff. 5 81j)
is
;
The
title
of this tract
(ff.
(ff.
915)
not given;
raddntadljiml
1517);
(7)
Avarnadlpa
(ff.
(f.
18);
(8)
19 21b);
(f. 22); (9) Tdntalalimnn, or Tapara, or Tdntasamgraha (ff. 2335); on No. 8 Commentary a Naparavydldidna, (10) (11) Taparatlkd, a Commentary on No. 9 (ff". 35-39).'
The
kriyate
first treatise
begins:
i
visarjaniya
ghosavatparah
i
vyahjanasprkcchasaparo hipyate samhitaksane yesii varnananapadatvam kramat tani pravaksyami padany aham amgyanam (read iingyanam?) purvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah
i i
nimittana
grhyate
yat
tat
padam
evatra
laksa\ie
praI
thamas ca
antasthas
jiaribhasa
It ends
ii
dvitlyas
ca
hitviX
ca hakaras
etc.
ca
ghosavantah
iti
(f.
5):
YajhanErayanakhyasya yajvanah
ii
priyastiii
Then the Vilahghyahiksana begins: harih om snddliadataram sarvasphatikasamkasam pundarikanivasinam Yajfianarfiyanat siirer vidyanani hayagrivam upasmahe Nagadevo vadisyami vilimghyani utpannas somayajinah padany aham etc.
i
i i
It
ends
(f.
8b):
proktani
ii
prit3^a
ba-
lakaloktivat
tu
vihxmghya-
laksanam samaptam
Compare
(a).
-^
96
f-
The next treatise begins (f. 9): vam devya vrttapuroliitau devam
i
rtvig
i
yajnesu
kam
vi^-
sabdo
bhavet
uti
rkaravat
I
marutan
tvararacchevas
sato
visnuli
samudrasyeva
varmmana
i
asyendrettha
15):
purvesu maliima
etc.
(f,
It (?) ends
atra
harih
i
om
bhutesopi
ta-
prasadartthi
yasyabhutipurantakah
1
i
karunyanidhaye
nas
i
sarasvati
2
I
kaumudl
krtim
i
rgvedapathe
Sakalyadrste
tadvartmana
padantadipinin
1
nlm
3
i
Tivrnomy atimiidhopi mndhanugrahakamksaya 5 tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varataIt ends (f. 17): kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhruvam sabdah pada bhadha bhfiyad iti sarvam snmamgalam
tnatah
ii
Then begins the Trisandhalaksana: harih om trisandhavargam vadet kascana tan ca sarve padam laksanam sarve punah ptirvavad eva vardvitiyasya sa capi sarve
i i i
trisandhalaksanam samaptam the Rksamfollowed by the two small This 18: rksamkhya samapta harih om khya, ending on and the Avarnadipa, which begins: gurum gunabdhin
It ends
is
(f.
gam kramam
dvitiyasya vadet sa te ca
etc.
ii
17b):
treatises,
i
f.
ii,
nikhilaptavanmayarn
graha,
tises
(ff.
19
22
i
b),
(ff.
2339).
begins:
F.
19
bhrasannibhara
maya
ritam
etc.
F.
F. 22 b:
i
iisyam
ii
(?)
iti
taparam samaptam
F.
F. 35:
naparavyakhyanam
II
samaptam
-^i
97
(3)
i<-
(1)
of the
1);
same
kind,
viz.
(2) (3)
3);
Avamilaki^ana
3);
(ff.
(4)
3b-24);
(5)
Commentary on No. 3
(ff.
243013).
F. 1 begins: gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavaumayani pranamya samsarasamudratarakam padadyavarnavagamaya vacmy roam avarnadTpfikhyam aham sulaksanam etc. (like the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. 90, 1. 23). But it ends (on the
i
same page):
F.
3:
il
ii
sridaksinamiirttaye
namah
ii
F. 3b:
F. 24:
il
Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana begins: akarasamgrahavyakhyam svayam eva karoti ca asmin
i
ii
il
namo namah
ii
srimahadevyai
namo namah
ii
74.
Whish No.
Size: I23 xlg- in., (2) + 256 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?
74.
+ (1)
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
The Smrtlmuktdpliala, by Vaidyandtha DlWita of the Vddhdla family; Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmanirdpana. See Burnell, Tanjore p. 134.
7
-3^
It begins:
I
98
H$-.
suklambaradharara visnum sasivarnaii caturprasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye amke viliarinam anuksanam adrijayas tarn kevalam kalabham atbhutam asrayamah nityarn. ya esa baliubhir nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaih paritosam eti pari! vatlvidhimukliavalisaiidhapankter mmayaviliinajanamanasarajahamsam yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvariipa vati(read vani?)svari disatu me vacasam samrddhim sarabham upaimi sadliu sevyam sadayam kaficaiia devatavisesam dasakantliarupam vande dasasyandana nandanami (read syandanan iiamami?) Yaidyanathaddhvarlnaniadaso Yadhiilavamsajah smrtimuktaj)halan nama kurute sarasamgraliam uruvistaradliarmmasastravarddher upalabdlier minabata parisramena sravanesu nidblyatam kirn anyaih smrtimuktriphalam ekam eva satbbili kva nu visakalitan tu dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane mama pravrttih sa(ka)lamatijiisas tathapi santas satatam idam mama sabasam sabantam tatradau dbarmmapramanani
bliujam
ii
i
ii
niriipyante
F. 10b:
atba
i
Manub
vedokbilo dbarmmamiilam
i
etc.
smrtikarttrnirtipanam
F. 21b:
F. lib:
atba
yajaI
dbarmmadesab
atba
i
srstib
F. 36:
ity
nam
ii
F. 39:
iti
addbyayauam
atbaddbyapanam
F. 63:
nam
F.
F. 78 b:
86:
atba
iti
dauam
i
atba patranirupaii
iti
jativivekab
F. Ill:
iti
yajiiopaYltanirmmanadi
atba dandadbaranam
F. 149b:
iti
snutakadbarmmab
i
atba vivabab
mmab
brabmanadiyivababbedab F. 195: garbbinidbaratba vidbavadbarmmab F. 196 b: F. 201: iti stridbarmmab grbastbadbarmman aba Daksab F. 209 b: atba yatidbarmmab F. 224b: atba gurvadinirupanam
atba
F. 170:
II
Vyasab
sam (read
srayate)
san) samkalpitabuddbiyuktab
anindbanam
sruyate
brabmabbavam
(read
dvijatii-
iti'
iti
Yaidyanatba - Diksita-
6.
-^
viracite
99
^^
smitimuktiipluilc
varnasramadliarmmanirupanan
ii
iiama
prathamali
i,
pariccliedah
harih
om
srigurubhyo
namali
75.
Size:
lllxlg
Palm
in., (1)
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. AVhish dated 'December 1828.' be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
Tlie GrJnjavrtli, a
Commentary on
is
the Khadira-Grliyasuof
tra
or
Drdhydyam- Orhyasutra
It
the
EudraslMndha.
III, 4.
p.
incomplete,
of this
S.
ending
56.
It begins:
athato grhyakarmmani
athanantaram
kas-
deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhyayananantaram yattetta nadhitavedasya mantraparijhanat' vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmanusthanayogyataya pratipattiim
mad anantaran
iti
gamyate
etc.
h
The first Patala ends (f. 36b): pahcamah khandah iti Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamali patalah The Il'^'i Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. 65.
"
ii
It
breaks
off
at
the
jjjTd Patala:
sthalipakasya
ii
carutantraprakrtir ayam homah tritlyasya patalasya caturtthah khandah navamin dasamini vanvastakyam harih oin subham astii etc,
vrtyartthain
i ii ii
i
76.
AVhish No.
Size:
76.
18?><2
in.,
(1)
132
(1)
leaves,
from
to
11
lines
on
a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5*1^ January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. may be about 50 or 80 years older.
Character: Grantha.
I
Read with
Ind.
Ofi'.
MS.
yatonadhitavedasya mantraparijuauat.
->i
100
H$-
Four Khandas
Bu-
rma
^ivamdlidtmydklmmla in 13 Adhyayas (ff. 124), i\iQ Judnayogakhanda m 20 Adhyayas (ff. 24 48 b), the MiMiManda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 48b 68b), and 43 Adhyayas and part of the 44*^ Adhyaya of the Yajha,
viz.,
the
vaihliavalilianda
It begins:
(ff.
68b 132b).
i
i
i
sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam anantanandabodhambunidhim atbhutavibhramanj ambikapatim isanam anl^am satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya pranamamy aham bhrsam naimislya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah papracchus samhitam enam Siitam pauranikottamam evam
i
ii
mahadevam
samahitamana
bhutva vilokya munisattaman vaktum arabhate Suta(h) samhitam vedasammitam sii-Sutah biTihmam puranam prathamam dvitiyam patmam ucyate trtlyam vaisnavam proktam caturttham saivam ucyate tato bhagavatam proktam saptaman naradiyaii ca bhavisyakhyan tatah jDaram
i
i i i
skandam
anuttamam
raatsyan tatparam
ucyate
tu caturllaksam
F. 24:
iti
khande trayodasoddhyayah
F. 132
Siitah
I
iti
athatas
etc.
satah
132b) in the middle of tlie 44*'' Adhyaya with the following words: asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati sarlrades tu cetanah vyavahare yatlia candro niscalopi
It breaks off
(f.
calaty api
->i
lUl
H$-
77.
Whish No.
Size:
77.
12tX1s
Palm
in.,
(1)4- 190
-|- (1)
leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
'Telliclierry 1829".
The Batndpana,
son
of
Mallindtlia,
(?),
Pedddcdrija
karanas.
Cf. Biirnell,
Mackenzie (1882)
It begins:
kalyanani
gadantavalo
crdayan
i
dyamah vastiikalyanadan divyam astu nririnaratmajam svopajham vaumayam yasya viharagrhavedika ** nim (read vanim)^ kanabhujim ajlganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas vacam ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphuram lokebhiid [sjtriskanyadupajiiam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah dhasastrajaladhim ciilukikurute sma yah tasya sri-Mallinakolacalapeddayaryyah (read thasya tanayojani tadrsah pramanapadavakyaparadrsva Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) yah
i
|
tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapanatasyanujanma svami vipascid vitanoti tikam prataparudriyarahasyabhettrim punya^lokagunoktisanakasanad iittejanalambhitam safijagraha rasadiratnanicayara vidyavinathah puril sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kihcit karomy apanan tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhauya janah yady asti gudham akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate namulam likhyate kihcit nanapeksitam ucyate atha tatrabhavan Vidyanathanama mahfikavir alamkarasastram arabhamanah, etc.
mmrah
Comm. on
the Rag-huvamsa.
^H
102
H$-
pratapanidravyrikhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan nirupanan nama sastliaprakaranam It ends: vistarabliirubhir iiparamyata sarvam avaF. 139:
i
iti
datam
il
iti
prataparudrlyavyakliyane
ratnapanakhyane
ii
Whish No.
Size:
78.
Material:
12,|xl8 Palm
in.,
94
-}-
57
-)-
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'. be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Bhdsfjaratnaprabhd, or gloss on Sahkara's Commentary to Bddardi/ana's Vecldnta-Stdras, by Govinddnanda, with Notes (ff. 1 It is incomplete, containing only 69).
the
portion
corresponding
to Yol. I,
pp. 1
90
in
the
'TdtparyyabodhinT
In the margin of f. 1 the title and Mr. Whish states (f. 69): "Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. This appears to be annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah". See below No. 93.
is
given,
It begins: yam iha kurunikam saranani gato hy arisahodara apa mahat padam tam aham asu harim varam
i
daropity anvayah
(i)
-^>
103
f-
tanu
'
pi^MJyaljliojyritipujyasrigaurlnayakribhitprakatana - 8i-
varainriryya-labilh[v]atmabodhaih srimat-Gopalaglrbhilipralcatitapai\imri(lvaitabhrisriR[t]mit5sya-srimat-Govindavrinica-
ranakaiiKilago
kriucyfuii
nirvrtohaiu
yatludili
moksapuryyam
sri-
srikamaksya dattam payasaiii devair api shitaiu prajyani sampfirnain prakr^tr>jyayuktam va yat bhojyam aima(i]i) teiiatipiijyas SivaiTimayoginah kifica sivas casau ramas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti
tebhyo gurubliyo kabdha atmabodho srimat-Goprdasai-asvatibhili tail- ity artthali kSamkarani bhasyakrtain prunamya Vyasam harira sutrakrtan ca kurve sribhasyatirtthe parahamsatustyai
vagjahibandhacchidam abhyupayam
(')
atra bhasye,
etc.
F. 20:
F, 32:
It
ii
iti
bha-
vah
ye
II
om ramanamni
namo
pare
namali,
dhamni
etc.
krtsnamnayasamaii-
vayali
II
karyyatatparyyabadhena
sadbitas
suddbabuddha-
srigurubbyo
(2)
e.
the
Commentary on
the Aitareya-Upanisad,
by ^afikara
It begins
(ff.
70
94b).
70):
om
brahmavisayavijfianenaisa
hrtaitat?) satyam
It ends
(f.
94b):
loke
sarvan
ity iipa
iti sri-Govindabhagavatpiijyapadasisyasya sristam (?) iti matparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkarabhagavatah krtan bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivaranara samaitareyopanisatbhasyam sagurubhyo namali pfirnam
ii ii
maptam
I
II
reciuircs
-^- -^^.
The Edition
reads
-^
104
(3)
f<^
Tlie
This
is
23).
his
Sahkhayaua-Grhyasutra. See Indische Studien, vol XV, p. 4 seq.; Sacred Books of the East, vol XXIX, p. 6 seq.
edition
the
It begins: utthaya pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayam adhiyitadya no deva savitar iti dve, etc. (see SankhayanaGrhyastitra I, 4).
F. 12 b, 13:
F. 19:
iti
kausitakagrhye prathamoddhyayah
ii
il
srlguru"
F. 21:
iti
kausitakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhil.i
ii
chapter contains Mantras with accents (the udatta only being marked by the sign '>- placed on the top of the letters), beginning: ayusyam varccasyam
last
The
rilyasposam autbhidam
visatad
mam
(f.
ii
Asv. Grhy.
Ill, 8, 21.)
It
ends
23):
i
priyam
ma
bliiitesu
(4)
metrical
or
Sdmhavya-
Orhyasutra
It begins
(ff.
57).
f.
bavyam siitrakrttamam
i
Kausitakacaryyam Samguhyan tadiyyam samksipya vyakhyasyai bahuvismrtain yathakramam yathabodham pahcaddhyayasamanvitam vyakhyatam vrttikaradyai srautasmarttavicaksanaih utthayosasy athaplutya sandhyam karmma samapya ca kurvita nityam svaddhyayam arabhyadyan na {sic) ity a(r)thah
(f.
1):
i
natva
F. 43b
(=
i
f.
20b):
yasammata
{sic)
11
harih
om
etc.
->^
It
105
H$-
ends
(f.
57
f.
34)
Ekoddista ^ruddha begins f. 55 b): daksinurtthaii ca giirave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read "ki-dadyarthena?) sistakarmma samapyagnim iipatisthec ca sannarites (the
met
II
harih
om
etc.
(5)
The Asvaldyajia-Grht/asntra
It begins:
(ff.
29).
etc.
uktani
The
ends
12*1^
f.
first
Adhyaya
22 b.
The fourth Adhyaya breaks off in the middle of the Khanda (corresponding to IV, 8 in Stenzler's edition)
the
i
with
words:
(IV,
patram
vijiiayate
8,
palasena 18 Stenzler).
vapani
juhuyad
iti
(6)
The Sarvdnulmunanl, by Kdtydyana, divided into eight Astakas (ff. 30 54). Incomplete.
nava Madhuscbanda Vaisvamitro, etc. X, 105: tristub antyadya gayatrl va 5 ubhau bhutam srigurubhyo namali srlmahatripurasundaryj^ai namali barib om subham astu ^riganaIt It breaks off after Rv.
II
begins: agnin
II
ii
ii
ii
dbipataye namali
ii
(7)
and
86).
appa-
55
In the margin of
kramani'.
It begins
f.
55
it is
ganadhipan namaskrtya gurun devih 55): sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vilikhyante padany atha ejante ca visargante pade ci parato yatah vigrhya tulyariipa syat sarahita tatra samsayab ya rjra mahyam mamalie ko no maliya aditaye yo vo mahya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra iidhany urddhva
(f.
sarasvatlh
^
usuna
106
f<-
iitaye ubha iirunanta dina blind ublia u arasave nakarante makarante parayo^ ca tavargayoh ntanade sat tulyarupa sarahitatrapi samsayah etc. kaniyan tvasta avagra paficadasa It ends (f. 86 b):
i
rupakam ahali avenat ranan akrnvan sindhun atisthan sukarmmah dharttali nali avagra iti trini rbliur vibhvali caturdasa rbhub agmata
satyam
uciili
i
uta
srir
agriyah
vSjali
avagra
i
dasa
iti
dve
anavatah
i
naye
n
gnas patnibbih
daivena sindhubbih
ye
ra-
jabhih
79.
WmsH
Size:
No.
131
79.
leaves,
ll-sXl^
Palm
in-.
(1)
31
+ (1)
8 or 9 lines on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
1 67b
(Parilsara-Smrti I
IV) wbich
The
yas.'^
Adbya96 seq.
|
by Burnell, Tanjore
p.
madly arasanaramge natanesu samutsukah esa sarasvati bhiiyat satam anandadayini samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah etc.
i i
It ends:
bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam
ksiptam etan narah
sahcintayanty
anvaham
labdhva bhuvi
ii
sampadah ca
ii
sakalam
ante
labhantemrtara
iti
Samkarilcaryyacarite
harih
desikacaryyasayujyapraptir
nnama navamoddhyayah
ii
cm
I
II
acaryyavilasas samaptah
is
cm
The author
-^,
107
(2)
r^
The
Commentary
of
Mddhavd-
cCirya, in
It begins:
Maniih
i
srutim pasyanti
munayah smaranti
i
tasmat pramanara ubhayam pramitani sa bhuvi yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah ParasarasaJhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka iti smrtav asya (read asyaiu?) granthaklp.tir vivicyate dve kande
ca tatha smrtiru
I
dvadasaddhyaye sloka astonasatsatam etc. (See edition of the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica, I, p. 12 seq.)
i
F. 40:
iti
1
vedrdvsaravicrirena
. .
i
sCidras
.
caiKlalatam
vrajet
madyani bahuvidhani spastam anyat iti mahrirajadhirajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttakasrivira - Bukkanabhupalasammrajyadhurandharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Parasarasmrtivyakhyaya Madhavlyavyakhyayas sanigrahe prathamoddhyayah sivaya
I
ii
agamya
bhaginyadayah
namah Adhyaya
li
II ends I 49,
A. Ill
f.
58b,
A.
IV
f. f.
67b,
A. A.
f.
70,
f.
A.
VI
f.
78b, A.
f.
VII
f.
84b, A. VIII
f.
93b,
IX
99 b, A.
X
ii
108,
A.
XI
119b.
Adhyaya XII ends (f. 131): yathaddhyayanakarmmani dharmmasastram idan tatha adhyetavyain prayatnena niyasrimaharajadhirajaparamesvaraiti tam svargagamina
i
santah
i;
srimahatripurasundaryyai
namo namah
li
harih orn
il
80.
Wiiisii No. 80.
Size:
12lxls
Palm
in., (1)
196
+ (1)
leaves, 10 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
'Telliclierry
may
1829.'
The MS.
The
HarihhaJdisudlwilai/a
^
It begins:
i
108
H$-
suklambaradharam visniim ^asivarnan caturprasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bliavaroginam nidhaye sarvavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye namali yasya bhavanaya daityas tatara bhavasagaram dustaran tad aham vande narasimham mahat param sakalasancitan duritasamtati-
bhujam
ii
samanadvarakaprriripsitaparisamaptiphalakaparadevatanu
ekam
yaj jana-
ekam
yaj janayatiti
ekam
i
va noptan na siktan
jalaili
bhuja no
F. 10 b:
iti
ii
kbyane ekadasoddhyayab It ends: Saimakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe brabmasunur Nnaradab etan Naradlyapuranasravanakatbanayoli pbalam aba ya idam iti ya idam srunuyan nityam baribbaktisudhodayam katbayed va sa papaugbair mmukto moksaii ca gaccbati saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrtsravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas siddbyatiti sarva(m)
ii
ii
ii
samafijasam
ii
iti
kbyane vimsoddbyayali
srikrsnaya
namab
ii
etc.
81.
Size:
12.7X15-
in., (1)
8 lines on a page.
Tellicherry.'
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5tii January 1830 The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
or
Veddntasdraxn'alMrana ,
by Sadd-
^^
It begins:
109
<-
on
i
dam avanmanasagocaram
bliTstasiddliaye
i
artthatopy
advayanandfin ati[m]tadvaita-
guriin araddhya Yedrintasrira(m) vaksye yathfibhanatali vedrmto namopanisat pramanan tadupakarini sarimati
I
rakasutrudini ca
It ends
ii
etc.
(f.
17b):
vimuktas
ii
(2)
The
etc.),
18110).
citrapate
18):
yathfi
drstam
avasthanafi
|
catustayam
cidan-
ranyamunivaryyaviracitam
citradipakhyam
prakaranam
-
sampiirnam
F. 56
ii
srilaksmlnrsirphaya
namah
il
iti
srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya
viracitam
ii
sri-
Yidyaranyatirtthamunivaryyena
kutasthadipa-
f.
66 b, the
Tattvaviveka
viveka
f.
f.
f.
Mahabhuta(in
76 b, the Pancakosaviveka
f.
79 b, the Jivadvaita
85,
the Mahavakyaviveka
85b, the
Brahmananda
five
Adhyayas) f. 110. ends: tatvamos sarngatau satvaram dvaitaparoksyavarjitarn viruddham dasatyagat piirvabodho parisyate(?)
It
ii
i
harih
om
srigurubhyo
namah
(3)
ii
The Pratyalhijndnasaliuntala,
Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts.
It begins:
or AhhijmnasakiintaJa, by
yil srstis
srastiir
adya vahati
etc.
-^i
110
The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions, and are followed by a Sanskrit version. The following are the two first speeches of the Natl: ama iam hmi aryya iyam asmi and: suvihidampaoadae araamsa na kim vi parihavairasidi suvihitaprayogataya aryyasya na kimapi
i
i
parihapayisyati
F.
13 b: iti
pratyabhijiiana^akuntale
at the
prathamomkah
ii
begins: ha hadohmi bhavena ha hatosmi etasya mrgayasilasya bhavena aam miao aam varaho etc.
i i
vayasya4*^^
The
f.
2'^d
f.
f.
33b, the
Act
ends:
ii
Act
f.
75.
pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le
.
. .
ii
saptamomkah
i
harih oiu
sriguru"
Srdiuntalam samaptam
82.
Whish No.
Size: 111
82.
X It
Palm
in., (1)
+ 89
(1)
leaves,
11 or 12 lines on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Wliisli dated '5th January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. was either written for Mr. Whish in the Virodhin year (see below) corresponding to A. D. 1829,30, or perhaps in A. D. 1769/70. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsua.
Character: Grantha.
The Sdhityasarvasva a Commentary on Kalidasa's Ahhijhdnasakuntala, by ^rlnivasacdrya, sou of Tlmmaya Arya, of the VaikJidnasa family.
,
sadricudamanih
rtti
Vaikhanasanvayapayodhimrga(ii)kamu-
Timmayakhyah tasya
i i
putrosti
anvartthauama vikhyata-Srinivasagunakarah (yam) Srluivasam akhilagamasarasiudhukumbhotbhavam budhajauah pariklrttayanti soham vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastrain kavindraracitani
i
-^
ca natakrini
ca'
i
111
f^
(read tikam karoiui?) vidusam paritosanaya ^akuntalasya Phanisailapateh prasadat vyfikliyane kalpite kificit nutauaii
natra kutracit
etam sajjanaranjanaksamagunopeta(read badliyate?) magliam tikrim yatnavata maya viracitam, etc. F.30:itisrlramana-VemkatesacaranambujasamaradhakaTimmayixryyaputrena sakalakalapakusalenayaikliana(sa)kulavatamsena iSrinivasacar}'}'ena viracite praudhavedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkali
ii
sriramana- Verakatesacaraiiambujasamara-
vedye
sahityasarvasvasamakhyane
ii
Sakuntalavyakhyane
.
saptamomkah
ii
srigurubhyo
uamah
ii
n
.
anandavallisameta-
srlcandramaulesvarasvamisahaya
sakuntalavyakhyanam
masi
tithau pahhy aslesasamjnayan tarakayam krter(?)dine camasamjfmyain Eamakrsnasya sununa Eaghunatbena vidusa likbitani bhadram astu vah harih om etc.
il
83.
WmsH
Size:
No.
83.
(4)
19^x11Palm
to
in.,
(5)
174
+ +
2
is
leaves,
or 9 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
An
The MS.
lias
(seriously),
been damaged by insects on ff. 17 32 43-45, 79-80, 102-106 (f. 103 154 (seriously), and 168169.
chapters.
refutation
-^
of the
(see
112
f^
Uttara Mimamsa'. According to Aufrecht CC. p. 630 Mitra-Bikaner p. 519; Hall p. 112) it is 'directed against the Samkhya doctrine'. See also Hultzsch II,
145 sqq. (No. 1532).
It
p.
begins:
i
sriman
Verakatanatharyyali
kavitarkkikai
sannidhattam sada hrdi samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(in) layah pratyuhanam laharivitatir bodhajaladlieh kathadarppaksubhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam hayavadanahelahalahalah idam prathamasambhavatkumakesari
vedantacaryyavaryyo
me
tijalakularakasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah
ksa-
ranty
cirantana-
matam
asrayantah
yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchannabauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam padahavesu nirbhettum vedamargavidusakan prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadtitatra tavac chastrarambhe sani etc.
i i
I i
F. 3:
iti
kavitarkikasimhasya
sarvatantrasvatantrasya
F. 38 b:
ii
iti
satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpakaii
bhamgavada ekadasah
F. 64b:
iti
satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada
atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah
.
ekavimsali
F. 95:
F. 128:
iti
li
iti
vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarira-
sah
II
It ends: iti kavina casti samvada iti darsitam iti tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkatanathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate
ii
ii
harih
cm
srimate
vedantagurave nam ah
ii
namali
^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave
containing some fragment of
Then
a
Vedantic
beginning:
i
jhananandagunopetam
jnananandamayam mahah
etc.
ii;]
U.
Whish No. 84 a.
Size:
14xli
in., (2)
+ 134
leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Cadroor be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
1827'.
Parvaii
v:
The
Utlyoga
begins: Vyasam
i
Farvan,
akalmasam iParasaratmajam vande Sukatatan taponidhiiii Janamejayah vrtte vivahe hrstatma yad uvacaYudhisthirah
tat
sarvaiii
i
i
kathayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram Vai^ampayanah ki- ***** (bhmk) kurupraviras tathabhiraanyor mmuditas sapaksrih visramya catvar}7 usasi pratltas sabhain viratasya tatobhijagmuh etc.
i i
udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah Vaisam tam bhuktavautam, etc. (v, 92 in Bombay edition). It breaks off with the words: sarvadha hi mahabaho
ity
ii
i
F.
133b:
(v,
prabha
92,
28 Bombay).
85.
Whish No. 84 B.
Size: 18s
x Is
Palm
in-, (2)
+ 208 +
(2)
leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
1830'.
Material:
leaves.
MS.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August is of the same date as No. 8-1.
Character: Grantha.
The
v:
The
Udyoga-Parvan,
te kihcit vfica
begins: Dhrtarastrah
vidyate
i
the Parvan).
anuktam yadi
^usrusate
vidura
F. 77:
dharmmam
bridii
vicitrani
vibhasase
etc.
iti
sri-udyogaparvani caturimavatitamoddhyayah
i
ii
Vaisam
iti
-^
114
H$siikrsnali yatha
i
ity
vadayanti sma sambrstas sabasrasataso narah udyoge mababbarate satasabasrikayara sambitayam udyogaparvani paiidavayuddbasannabo namastanavatisatatamoddbyayab matrkadosato vatba likbitur ddosatotbava nyimatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas satbbir anjasa barih om, etc.
ii
ii
ii
86.
Whish Xo.
Size:
85.
leaves,
12|xl-s-
in., (1)
+ 81 + 16 + (2)
8 lines on a page.
'Tellicherry 1830",
be about 50 years
older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Heinricb Stouner for bis edition of tbe I^.Iantrabrabmana (Inaugural-Dissertation znr Erlangung der Doctorwiirde),
Halle
It
a.
S. 1901.
begins: pranipatya gurim adyan vedavedarttbakovidan yatprasadena jananti pravaktum madrsa api sada
i
ccba)i
abam
l^adyavisalarttbapramavakyoptiYisvatab^
tatbapy asraya-
aditenumanyasvety
yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam adityadidevatakam aditir devatS sapi sarvatra karmmany anujnrman dasyati etc.
i
F. -lib
stbiram anugrnbatu
parvani pratbamoddbyayab
I
ii
etc.
~>
It
115
f^
ends
i
vedartthasya
yan
iti
srimatrajadbirajaparamesvaravaidikamrirgapravarttakasrivi-
kbandab
II
srigurucarana
etc.
(2)
Tbe Mantraparran,
or MantrapdtJia ,
or
Mantra -Brd-
hmana
Sdmaveda, in 2 Patalas, containing the prescribed by tbe Gohhila-Orliyasidra. See Dr. Mantras
of
tbe
Stonner's Dissertation,
p. xi.
deva savitah jira suva yajnam pra suva It begins: yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvab ketapub ketan nab punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatu, etc. pra nu vocan cikituse janaya {sic) ma gam anaIt ends:
gam
om
utsrjata
ii
ii
barib
manman-
trapatba samaptam
ii
87.
Size: 13f
Xl?
in..
f.
68
is
missing] leaves,
lines
on a page.
of the
Drona-Parvan
(VII),
It begins:
om
i
yyaparakramam
^ikhandina
F. 67:
i
etc.
iti
dronaparvani dvatrirnsoddbyayah
ii
ii
dvitlyopa-
haras samaptah
It breaks
off in
the middle of
words:
-^
116
f^
i
draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampa^ah Yudhisthirah evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam yas tvam utsahase bhettum dronanikam su. See YII, 35,
i
i
2629.
88.
WmsH
Size:
No.
87.
ISxSj
in.,
(1)
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli dated '1829' and 'June S^d i831 Tellicherry.' The MS. was i^robably written A. D. 1792. See Xo. 103.
Character: Grantha, very small.
the
The ^ivarahasya-Khcmda, from the Sankarasamhita of Skamla -Parana. Vol. I, containing _the SamhhavaKanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 1 53), the Asura-Kanda in 15 Adhyayas (f. 53 74), the Viramahendra - Kanda in 7 Adhyayas (ff. 74 84b), and the Yuddha-Kdnda in 85 129 b). 35 Adhyayas For Vol. II, see No. 103 (Whish No. 102).
(ft'.
gajavaktrah caturIt begins: omkaranilayan devam bhujam picandilam aham vaude sarvavighnopasantaye pura kancyaii catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah srastukamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh tasmin mahesacaranaparicaryyaparayane munayah katicit punye sthitva
i
garhasthya uttame
F.
etc.
adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisamvado nama prathamoddhyayah F. 53: om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pahcasoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om sambhavakandas samaptah sivarahasyakhande asurakande pahcaF. 74: om ity da^oddhyayah asurakandas samaptah
lb: om
ity
il
II
ii
ii
ii
ii
F.
84b: om
ity
sivarahasyakhande viramahendrakaii
nde saptamoddhyayah
on tat pdas samaptah
brahmarpanam
ii
-^-
117
ity
f^
udiinaluipuiTuie
It
ends
(f.
129 b):
om
srDikande
igamkarasaiphitayrini sivarahasyakbande
yuddbakande surali
iidas
yuddbakfi-
etc.
89.
Whish Ko.
Size:
88. 108
IItXU
Palm
in.,
(2)
+ 84 +
(lo)
+ (H)
leaves,
9 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
'Telliclierry
1830.'
The MS.
may be about
by Vidi/dndtha.
It
is
incomplete, ending at
begins:
vidyakairavakaumudlm
srutisirassimantacu-
iilamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam
samaptam
i
ii
saj^. 84: iti Yidyanatbakrtau virarudrayasobbusane bdalamkaraprakaranam atbarttbalamkarab upamanopameIt breaks off (f. 84b) witb tbe words:
i!
yasadbriranadbarmmasadr^yapratipratipadakanam
prayoge
purna
See
f.
74b
(2)
Tbe ^ivdrcanasiromaui, a manual of Saiva worsbip, by Bralimdnandandtlia, a pupil of Lolidnandandtlia, composed by order of Amrtdnandandtlia (complete?) in seven UUasas.
~^i
118
H^
It begins: santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasadatah matamgavadanam vande devim tripurasundarimj yasya svatmavabodliodayavigatamahamoliagadliandliakaiTis sanmargan darsayantah khalu caranajusara santi cante vasantah satyam brahmeti dehady akhilam id am asad
i i
tasya
dbimatab
i
sri-Brahmanandanatboham
bitayalpai
sri-Lokanandanatbasya sisyavargapurogamab arabbe vitantrany alokya sarvani kulariiavamukhani ca staram karttum sivarccanasiromanim santas santas samlsadbako rajanituryyayame ksyaitat santu santustamanasah
dbiyam api
vibuddbva cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalyacamya svasane samupavisya pujamurtter nnirmmalyara
i
visarjjya praksalya
etc.
Tbe
4*^ U.
2d Ullasa
f.
ends
f. f.
U.
30b, tbe 3'^ Ullasa f. 45, tbe 82, tbe 0'^ U. f. 98b.
eby ebi varuni devi mama siddbim kuru priye apavitram parityajya sadbake siddbim arpaya sarvapatramaye devi sudbarilpe namostu te
It ends (or breaks off witb?):
i i
90.
Whish No.
Size: 13f Xl"5^
in.,
89.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The MS.
Tbe Adhikaranaratnamdld, by
Printed under the
vol.
title
Bhdratillrtlia, incomplete.
II of P.
Eama Narayana
pranamya
|
paramatmanam
vidyatlrttbasvaru-
pinara
Vayyasiki (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais saiiigrbyate spbutam praripsitasya grantbasyavigbne(na) pa|
->*
110
H^
(read
am iiamaskrtya) grantham
i
pratijanite
pranamyeti
athato
va-
etc.
3b:
tatra
ii ii
sastrasya
prathamara
siitram
ii
brahmajijnasa
F. 12:
pratliamadhikaranara riracaya(ti),
sarvatra siddhopade^at
etc.
i
prathamasyaddliyayasya
iti
pratliamah padah
ii
sudevaya namah
Ff. 28b, 29:
srimatparamaliamsapanvrajakacri(r)yya-
maddhyayasya caturttbapadali It breaks off after tbe 7"' Adhikarana in Adbyaya lY, Pada 2 witb tbe following words: saptama + ti jfiasya vagadaya svasvabetau linab paretbava agnim vag ity
ii
nadyabdbilayasamyokter anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag ity udabi'tam tatvajnani no vagadayah prana viliyamanab pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mabatmani yatrasya purusasya mrtasyiXsti vag apy eti vatain pranas caksur
adi^astrat svasvalietusii tallaya(li)
i i
adityam
prapte brumab
(See edition
p.
tatvavido drstya
72.)
91.
WmsH
Size:
No.
90.
leaves,
llTXlrr
in.,
(2)
+ 70 + 58 + (2)
or 10 lines on
a page.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830'. be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe
It
is
Gylii/rqmrisista,
compendium
of domestic rites.
incomplete,
aiitbor
is
not
mentioned.
Amongst tbe autborities quoted are Satyayani (ff. 6, 65), Ranayana Muni (f. 24b), Salibotra Muni (f. 51b), Rauruki (f. 66b), and aunaka (ff. 66 b, 70).
-^
The
following are
120
:-
this work:
saucavidhi
sanavi''
(f.
(f.
(f.
1),
mrttikasnanavidhi
(f.
(f.
2),
sandhyopa-
3 b), brahmayajhavi
4b), jiratisarabandhavi"
6 b), ankurarpanavi
(f.
santivi
9),
kavi
(f.
13),
satabhisekavi
(f.
14),
parjanyasuktavi
(f.
(f.
15),
arkavivahavi
(f.
15 b),
agnivivaha
17
b),
grhasantivi"
18), ankurasya vidhi (f. 22 b), apamrtyuhjaya (f. 25b), ayurhomasya laksana (f. 27b), grharcanavi (f. 32), aghamarsanasukta (f. 36 b), garbhinivi (f. 40), vrsotsarjanavi (f. 41), ekoddistavi (f. 42), nandimukhasraddha (f. 44), pindapitryajhavi" (f. 45b), krcchravi" (f. 56b), candrayana
(f.
58 b), sarpasanti
It
(f.
68).
begins:^
athatas
diirataram
ki'tva
gatva
yajhopavitam
F.
Satyayaniproktani
grhyagniprayascittani
vyakhyasyamo,
The
Khandas) ends
f.
17 b.
F. 51b:
iti
grhyapari(siste)
ii
dvitlyaprapathake
ekona-
vimsah khandah athatas sampravaksyami karmma prstaSalihotrena nmnina prokta(m) (read vrsti?)pradayakam
i
lokahitaya ca
F. 61
(II,
40 begins): athatas sampravaksyami vivaham margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi pipalasya tu va vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam vrksai I
civayam praticyan tu
F. 65b:
mandapam
krirayec
chubham
etc.
iti
ii
sarvaristasanti
F. 66 b:
iti
vidhuragnisandhanam
F.
70:-
iti
Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta
i
ii
sarpasanti-
homamantrah
It breaks
etc.
(f.
ofi"
kayantararjjitan
ii
suryyayedam
om
ii
~>-
121
(2)
i^r-
The Sdraraliasijacciturvarnakramavihhdga, a
civil
treatise
on
law,
extracted
from Vaidyandtha
D'lksita's
work
{Smrtlmulddphala?).
It begins:
gurubhyo
Di'pasya prajapalanan
namah dbarmmah
i
abliisekadigunayuktasya
i
tac
ca dustanigrabam
na vyavabarena vineti vyavabaradarsanam abarabab karttavyafni) ity uktam (i) vyavabaran nrpab [,] pasyet sabbyaib j)arivrtoiivabam iti sa ca vyavabarab kidr.sab etc. F. 10 b: iti vyavabaramiXtraprakaranara atmasamipaiu netavyab mocaniya ity arttbah It ends: iti Vaidyanatbadiksitievafi caturvarnakrama vicaryyab yoddbrtasararabasyacaturvarnakramavibbagas samaptah
antarena na sambbavati
dustaparijfianafi ca
i
i
ii
ii
sngurubbyo uamab
i:
:subbam astu
ii
92.
Whish Xo.
Size:
91.
(3)
ISixls
Palm
in., (2)
+ 172 + 50 + + 2 +
(1)
leaves,
12 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
is dated 1831. In the colophon, containing the date, 'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'. The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1823/24, but
Date:
An
tlie
written in A. D. 1763/64.
(?j
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Commentary on Jaimini's 2Ii))tdmsda pupil of Visvesvara, iJarsana, by Khandadevamiira Adbyayas I VI, and XI XII. Our MS. begins witb
Tbe
Blidffacllpikd, a
Sutra of Jaimini, wbile tbe MSS. described by Aufrecbt- Oxford p. 353; Burnell, Tanjore p. 83 b; Ind. Off. IV, pp. 704 seq.q.; and Mitra, Notices, vob VII, p. 271 (Xo. 2521) begin witb tbe second Pada
tbe
first
Hall
p.
179;
-^
It begins:
122
f<-
Yisvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas satam mude tanute tatprasadena saniksiptarn bhattadipikam ilia khalii nikliilapumartthan artthasadhanaii
i
om
ii
dharmmadharmmau
saragopamgavedaddliyayanaikasama-
dhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavan Jaiminir acaryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamimri(m)srim athato dhar-
ranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakaticakara adhikaranaii tu vedavat sadamgam yad ahuli vil
i
saragatis ceti
ceti
pancamgam prancodhikaranam
viduli
iti
prayojanaii
bahuvidha itatredam
i
adyam adhikaranam
F. 18b:
athato dliarmmajijnasa
(I,
1,
1.)
sarapurnali
ii
The
the
4*1^
2""^
Adhyiiya
f.
ends
5*^^
f.
f.
38,
the 3^^
Adhyaya
f.
f.
98,
A.
120, the
A.
172.
ll'^^
foliation).
The
41
12*'^
Adhyaya begins
27 b.
4,
XII, prasamgat brahmanasyaivartvijyam uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam brahmanasyaivartvijyam iti siddham tad evan nirupitau dvadasabhir addhyayair ddharmmadharmmau ^rliti Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah
(f.
It ends
sqq.: prabhutvat
il
ii
ii
harih
om
ii
The
scribe's
colophon:
ambhomuksamaye
i
svabhanutithav
underneath the
anasite
prathama
nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat
om
ii
-^:
123
(2)
r^
F, 50b
contains
the
following
eight
stanzas,
called
at-
BrahmdmibJiavdstaka:
ritmavadhujanakaraksasunyo hy
i i i
atmaniketanakamksasunyas parani eva paran naparam tusyati tusyati tusyaty eva evam prabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih upasamsriram sainprakrtipumaikye prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati lirsyaty eva drsyam sarvara sphiirati caracaravupara vis vara iti medhavi tatvani asi jivannmktim gacchati gaccliati gacchaty eva
i i
matanubhavakamksasunyah
vagvrtter vastu jhatva soham soham itiva satyam yyo laksyam kurvan divyati divyati divyaty eva jfianam suddham anantara brahmaivaham tad ahan tv
srutilaksyam
samskrtabuddhi's sarvara pasyati pasyati pasyaty atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahlno mudho jantuh iha sarasare paiTivare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva kiiii va jfianam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh
eva eva
I
iti
prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat
iti
vai
bralimaii
iti
brahmanubhavastakam samaptara
(3)
ii
om
ii
Two
of
Conjugation,
i
beginning:
sapi
pacati
i
bhii
sattayam
ity
Paradigms edha
i
vrddhau
jDecitha
i
dupacas papaktha
luiii
pake
i
pacata
adi
liti
etc.,
and ending:
luiii
aciicurat acu-
curata
luti
ii
corayitety adi
purvavat
arccicat arccicata
n.
Whish No.
Size: 134
92.
X2f
Palm
in.,
(2)
-f 248
from 12
to 14 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
^
,
124
H$-
Date: Entry Ly Mr. Whish dated 1831. 50 years older. Character: Grantba.
The Bhdsyarainaiorahhd a Commentary on ^ankara's Bhasya on BadardyamCs Veddnta-Sdtras, by Govinddnanda, a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvatl. The name of Govindananda
is
I,
1; II, 2; 3; 4;
end of the first Adhyaya Rdmdnanda, the pupil of Govindananda, is mentioned as the author of the work. In the Berlin MS. (described by Weber-Berlin I, p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are marked by 'Ramanandi' in the margin. According to Hall p. 89 (see also p. 202) the real author of the work is
while
in
IV,
the
colophon
at
the
Sarasvati, who dedicated his work to his Guru Govindananda. But it seems, we have to distinguish between the original Bhusyaratnaprabha by Govindananda (as printed in the edition of the Yedanta- Sutras, Bibl. Ind.), and a Tippana or brief notes on it, by Ramananda. Our MS. might be described (See Ind. Off* lY, p. 724.) as containing 'Ramananda's adnotated edition of Govindananda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. See also Aufrecht CO. p. 386, and above No. 78 (1).
Ramananda
om sivaya parabrahmane namali avighnam srigurucaranaravindabhyan namah yam iha karunikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn
It begins:
I i
astu
aham
srimat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaitabhasasmitasya-srimat-Govindavanlcaranakamalago nirvrtoyathalih moksaijuryyam srikaucyam srikamaksidattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam prakrstajyayuktani va yat bhojyam annam tenatipiijya sri-Sivaramayoginah kihca sivas casau rfimas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih fair ity artthah sri-Saijikaram bhasyakrtam in-anamya Yyasam
i i i
ham
^harim
bhasye,
siitrakrtaii
25
-^
ca
kurve
sribhasj'atlrtthe parahara?ai
atra
ii
om
il
ilia
khalu
svaddliyayocldliyeta(vya)
etc.
sq.
I,
2 ends
f.
64b,
I,
f.
85b.
-
F.
100:
iti
srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasii
Go-
ii
II,
f. f.
ends
f.
118b,
f.
II, 2
f.
146b,
"^3
II,
f. f.
166b, II, 4
220, III,
173b, III,
231, lY, 1
It ends
(f.
1
f.
179, Iir, 2
f.
f.
189b, III, 3
f.
^
237, IV, 2
241, IV, 3
245 b.
248 b):
atoktadososakyasya
i
- Govindanandabbagavatkrtau bbasyaratnaprabbayam caturttbasyaddbyayasya caturttbab padah addhyayas ca samaptab era sivSya parabrabmane namah
sanat
ii
iti
srlparamabarasapavivrajakacriryya.sii
ii
94.
Size:
Ul X IgPalm
18*1^
in.,
(2)
(2)
leaves,
9 or 10 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
(1)
The Dvaklhasutra, a portion oi Bodln'ti/ancCs Srautasfiti-a, in 4 Prasnas. MS. No. 1571 in Mitra, Notices IV, p. 146 contains Prasnas 3, 4 and 5. But Eurnell, Tanjore p. 20a only gives 4 Prasnas, like our MS. Cf. Mitra, Notices X,
p.
266 (No. 4159). katbani u kbalupavasatba iti vijanlyat sandbya svid evopapadyatho *** *** *** (blank) lusandher
It begins:
^i
upapadanan nanu
tv eva
12G
H^
klialu sandliyasupapadaya iva sarvesan sandbyasu ha smaba Bodhayano yatraitad u pavaita aditye purastat
candram alohiti, etc. vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad vai kathana iti Sallkih 33 iti dvaidhe prathamah pra6nah srImad-Yajfiesvaraya namali liarih om caturmmatostam
F. 22:
dhenum
ii
II
ii
ii
syani vyakliyasyamas,
etc.
F. 37 b: pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubiiyad iti Sabkib 27 iti dvaidbe dvitiyab prasnah atbatognikalpam vyakbyasyamab, etc. F. 49 b: kuryj^ad iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Sabkib 21 dvaidbe trtiyab prasnas samaptab atbata istikalpam vyakbyasyama sva basma + neb, etc.
II II
ii
ii
ii
It
ends
eveti
(f.
62b):
nityani
ety
ii
ca
dadyad
Sallkih
ii
iti
ii
Bodbayana
18
i
etany
Salikir
ii
anye
ceti
dvaidbe
caturttbab prasnah
samapto dvaidhab
siibbam astu
sri-Kanvaya Bo-
dbayanaca(rya)ya
namah
ii
23.
Two fragments of the Mahdgnisarvasva, a Commentary on the Agnikalpasatra, Dvaidliasutra, and Karmdntasutra of BodhdyancCs 6raidasdra, (by Vdsudeva Dik.^ita). I could
not find the author's
p.
name
II, p.
in the
27
sq.,
Hultzscb
13
74 (No 695).
comjilete
Sansk.
d.
contains
of the
work
in
19 Adhyayas.
It begins: Bodbayanam pranamyagneb kalpasutram yatbamati dvaidhakarmmantasiitrabbyam saba vyakbyasyatetaram agner anarabhyadbltatvad adhltanan ca prakrtagamitvadiksadisu sambandban darsapurnamasayos ca
i
i
diksadyabbavat
vati, etc.
jyotistomamgataddhyavadbiyate
diksadi-
F. 19 b: F. 28: F.
F. 40:
iti
mabagnisarvasve pratbamoddbyayah
ii
ii
om
li
etc.
atha
gSrbapatyaciter itakah
ii
-S><
127
i^
It
breaks
off
(f.
ildyentye
samvatsaran tisrah sat dvadasa va diksa iti diksakalpavyavasthitah ekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti
tasmat.
Then
new
foliation) begins
i
srayaddhvan taya deva tayamgi + sidateti (f. 1): anuvyiiagniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah mahagnisarvasve savyrikhyatam grirhapatyacitau liati
.
cita
II
ii
ptamoddhyayah
F. 12:
F.
li
42:
iti
iti
ii
F. 58 b:
iti
mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah
(f.
ii
It breaks otf
iti
kuryyad iti caturgrhitam grhitvajyasya piirnam sruvau juhoti sapta te agna iti ajyasya piirnam iti punarvacanam caturtthe sruve yatha sruk piirna bhavati tatha prabhiitam
sruci
67b) with the words: sruvahutyo karana Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha
anayatity eva.
95.
Size:
U\xli
Palm
in.,
(2)
from 10
to 13 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wbisli dated 1831. or even 150 years older. Character: Grantba.
(1)
the Pari-
Panini's
the
son
p.
D'lMta
also
Hultzsch IL
that
in
arrangement
122 (No. 1254, see the Paribhasas is somewhat similar to See The ParibhaSiradeva's Paribhasavrtti.
of
ed.
See
The
sendusekhara
by F. Kielhorn, Part
II, pp.
529537
^i
128
K~
In Hultzscb I, p. 26 (No. 311) Siradeva is given as the author of a Paribhasarthasamgralia. vijeyyanas sada sambhiir jjaragaccbat girijam It begins: muda sancancuranab pasima tantantad vaggatim mama
mtirttir
yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dba tatha vakyanara krd api svadharma'' vitanute vag yasya sisya yasya virodhivadimakutikuttakavagdasyam sada
i
dbatikas tasmai matula-Hamabhadramakhine bhtiyo namo me bbavet pranamya paraman devam bbavanlpatim avyayam kriyate Vaidyanatbeua paribbasarttbasamgrabab
il ii
i
Ff. 6b, 7:
iti
srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyana-
ddbyayasya pratbamab pildah ekayoganirddistanam saba va pravrttis saba va nivrttib^ Adbyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. 14; A. II (in 4 Padas) Ill (in 4 Padas) f. 22; A. IV (4) f. 25b; A. V f. 17b; A. f. 26b; A. VI f. 34b; A. A^II (4) f. 47b; A. VIII f. 49b. Last Sutra (f. 55): purvan dbatus sadbanena jmjyate
ii ii
pascad upasargena^ It ends (f. 55 b): iti ubbayatha bhasye vyavabaro drsyate 125 iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanatbasaiti strinab krtisu paribbasarttbasaingrabe nyayamulaparibbasa samapta barih om srimatgurubhyo namah
ii
II
II
ii
Ii
ii
(2)
the Parihhdsdrthasam-
by Svcujamp'akdsdnanda, a pupil of Advaitdnaiida See Ind. Oil. II, p. 180 sq. (Nos. 674, 675); Sarasvatl.
It
Mitia-Bikaner,
begins
(f.
jaladbiplavam
grabaip
1
i
56):
grantbadau
sista
mamgalam
retjuires only
acaranti,
etc.
two
syllalsles (yj-).
3
4
II, p. 537.
->^
129
f^
F. 94b: iti paribhasarttliasamgralie vyakhyane pratliamasyaddliyayasya tritiyah paclah saki-t gatau vipratisedhe
ii
ii
vidhir nnasti
F.
F.
ntrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravinda-
bbrmgayamanasya
srimat-Svayampraka.saiiandasya
krtau
paribbrisarttbasamgrabavyakbya(ya.)fi
il
yab
grabanavata priitipadikena tadantavidbis tasti Adbyaya VI ends f. 136; A. VIII ends f. 172. Last Sutra (f. 186): purvan dbatus sadbane yujyate
II
pascad upasargena ubbayatbeti tatba ca bbasyakaravacaIt ends (f. 187): napramanyat sarvestasiddbir iti bbavah iti srlparamabanisaparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitanaii
ii
barib
om
ii
f.
187b:
iti
mimamsa-
96.
"Whish No.
Size:
95.
(2) leaves,
12tX1|-
in.,
(2)
83
+ +
15
from 8 to 10
lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Tbe
talas.
Candrajmndgamasamgralia
(Tantra)
in
15
9
Pa-
.^
130
Hg-
srisivah athatas sampravaksyami tripuraIt begins: ndasya laksanara yad uktam purvam astiti saktam andam asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiranliiranmayam mayam rathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sami i
i i
sthitam
F.
1
etc.
:
marg.
iti
ksane sadamnayalaksanan nama prathamah patalah Patala II (tripurandalaksane pithalaksanam) ends f. 20 b; P. Ill (sripurandalaksane srlcakralaksanam) f. 41b; P. IV
ii
(tripurandalaksane
P. P.
sr icakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f.45
f.
49 b;
P.
VI
(srlvidyasandhyanusthanam)
f.
f.
50b;
VII
(srividya[n]nyasa)
52 b;
P.
VIII
(srividyajapa-
f. 55b; P. IX (pujadesakalanirupanam) f. 57; P. (cakraradhanaphalam) f. 63; P. XI f. 67; P. XII f. 69; P. XIII (saktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 75; P. XIV (dl-
kalpab)
ksavidhih)
It ends
f.
79.
(f.
83 b):
ii
vidyamantrarabasyajfiasambbogan
ii ii ii
mu-
ktim apnuyat iti candrajnanagamasaragralie mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasab patalali barib om sriparambayai namah sripurnanandanatbante barib om yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc.
i
rahasye
II
II
(2)
See Aufand kauladarsa. It begins: natva srigurupadukan ca vatukam vaniii ca vigbnesvarani kame^an tripuram param bbagavatim devlin sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadburttadambhikasatbadinam kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam kramat kaulagamatantrarttban samgrbya srikularnavarttbams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando bitSya kaularecbt CO.
s.
ii
vidani
ii
It ends: srimad-Visvanandanatbapranitam kaulacarasesadbarmaprakasam kaulasastranusaram kauladarsain kaulacaryyas samyag alokayantam iti sri-Visvanandanai
ii
tbaviracitakauladarsatantrara sanipurnara
ii
srimabatripura-
sundaryyai
namab
ii
subbam astu
-$H
131
97.
<-
"Whish No.
Size:
96.
7 or 8 lines
lOfxlT
in.,
(2)
71
(2) leaves,
on a page.
PraiKiHcasdra.
is
pupil
of Visvcsvara
Sarasvati,
who was a
Tanjore,
Amarendra Sarasvati,
p. 232.
see
Burn ell,
207b; Stein-Jammu,
It begins: om agajananapatmarkam gajananam aharnnisam anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe on natva sri-Samkaracaryyam Amarendrayatisvaram kurve prapahcasarasya sarasamgraham uttamam tatra prapancasare yad yac Chamkaracaiyyair uktam mantrayantraprayogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapidanim mandaprajfirivata vistaraso jhatum anusthanaii (read atuh) casakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhiitan tad alpagranthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragrahanam syat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsampradayasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra punah prasaragat tatra tati'a mantrakalpantare mantrasarakramadipikaSanatkumari[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevataprakasikadau yad yan man tray antrady uktam tad api kificit tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat kiucid vaksyate
i
ksirabdhau,
It breaks
etc.
off
evan
dhyatva
nyaset
om hrim am narayanah
aham
m.
parajyotisi
WmsH
Size:
No.
97.
leaves,
lOlxlj
in-,
(1)
+ 133 + (1)
from 7 to 9
lines
on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tt or
19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
-^-
132
(1)
Hg-
The
Dciksinamurtisamliitd ,
in
43 Patalas
(ff.
111),
i
described as a 'Kaulasastra' by
It begins:
Mr. Whish.
dvitiyena
indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih sadamgani nuyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) tatha kavacan netram astran ca namah svaha kramena ca vasat vausad
i
i
astraii
etc.
F.
2:
ll
iti
sridaksinamiirttisamliitayani
ekaksaralaksml-
pujavidhili patalah
prathamah
ii
tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita It ends (f. 111b): iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayain niadana(read dabhavet mana?)ropananaimittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpatasubham astu lah iti daksinamurttisamhita samptirna
11
ll
ll
(2)
The Kumdrasamhitd
in
10 Adhyayas
(f.
112
133),
yudhasampiirnarn satbhujah cadayanvitam adhastad vanitarahjitadrivare ramye karam adyam vande gajananam kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hemamunivrndanisevite
i i
i
puto
sivaya devaya,
etc.
iti srikumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasamvidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah vade 129: iti srividyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgraF. mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah
F. 113b:
ii
It ends
(f.
ll
133):
iti
kim
ll
kaman
avapnuyat
srikumarasamhitayam
srigurubhyo
rahasyatirahasyan
ll
nama dasamoddhyayah
namah
etc.
^H
133
H$-
99.
WmsH
68 Size: 12f xl-j- in., 100 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.?
Character: Grantba.
No.
98.
8 or 9 lines on a page.
+ 65
leaves,
(1)
A
the
Bites, viz.
New
of
(darsapuriiamasau), Laying
1
(pasubandha),
100).
i i
vyakhyasyamah pratar agnihotram hutva darbhesv asino darbhau dharayamanah patnya saha praiian ayamya sanikalpam karoti
begins:
athato
i
darsapfirnaraasau
darssena yaksye
animirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha
i
i
pii-
rnamasena yaksye tena paramesvaram prinayani darbhan nirasyapa upasprsya vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idani sarvai i i
i
yajuesupasparsanam bhavati
F.
etc.
17b:
ii
prathamah
prasnas
i
namah
bahur
F. 35b:
dvitiyaprasnas
samaptah
ii
idiim
eke piirvam
samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya, etc. atha yajamano F. 49b: trtiyah prasnas samaptah daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman pracah kramaty uttaram uttarah jyayamsam etc. F. 56 b: atha naksatrani etc.
il
F.
71: harih
oni
ii
subham astu
ii
li
(71b:)
adhanam
i
trivi-
etc.
i
harih
(f.
om
vrtpaurnamasyam
etc.
amavasyayam
:
It ends
100)
sarasvati
ii
idam havih
sarasvan idam
i
agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih ity adi sarvam samanarn harih om etc.
havih
1
deva ajyapa
-^
134
(2)
H$-
Text of the Manual of Srauta rites, on which the preis the commentary (ff. 1 28). athato dars^apurnamasau vyakhyasyamah It begins: darbhesv a + patnya saha prapratar agnihotrara hutva nan ayamya darsena yaksye anunirvap(y)aindravaimrdhena saha paurnamasena yaksye vapanara vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya asyam istySm addhvaryyun tvam vrnimahe etc. F. 17 b: caturtthah prasnas samaptah adhanaprayoga ucyate uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognin adadhiran etc, F. 23b: pasubandhaprayoga ucyate pravrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va, (pra)tar agnihotram hutva, etc. F. 28: ayan te yonir iti punar agnim samaropyagnyagaram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya upavarohya dhrstyadanadi samanain harih om subham astu
ceding work
il
ii
il
ii
(3)
Manual
of Srauta rites,
viz.
to the school of
Apastamba.
F. 28b begins: pratar agnihotrara hutva pranan ayamya samkalpam karoti tripiirsasomapithavicchedajirayascittarttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham. a^vinara pasuh cagnistomiyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena
i
dvih
etc.
F. 48 b:
patnisamyajantognlsomiyas
iti
om
II
ye deva manojata
vratayati
agnim parityajya
ii
(4)
Commentary on
It begins:
om
kratusanikalpukale
hotil
ko yajuah
-^-
135
r<-
rtvijah
ka
daksineti
prativacanaiu
bruyat
mahan me
i
voco bhargo roc voco yaso me voca stomam me vocah klptim me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti' japitva sa
vrto japet
i
agnis te hota,
etc.
ii
F. 28b:
ity
(f.
ll
agneyakratu(h) samaptab
athosasyab
etc.
|
It ends
65 b):
vacaspatinetyadi
namab
ii
ilanta santistbate
il
barib
om
srlgunibbyo
100.
Whish + +
No. 99.
+ 29
i^age.
leaves,
from 6
to 9 (in the
Material:
Palm
leaves.
(see
Date: The Siddhfirthin year in which the MS. was written below) may correspond to A. D. 167980 or A. D. 1739/40. Scribe: Sesfidri Siiri. See No. 34.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
(ff.
30).
See
IV,
p.
605
sq.
yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena vancbaty alasasrutena samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa pramrinai)rameyasam.sayaprayojanadrstantasiddbantfivayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpabegins:
i
balopi
vitandahetvabliasaccbabxjatinigrabastbananan
nisreyasadbigaraa
bbavatiti
It
iti
tatvajnanau
i
nyayasyadimam sutram
tatvajnanau
asyarttbah
pramanadisodasapadarttbanan
i
moksapraptir
iti
etc.
(f.
ends
30):
etavataiva
etc.
. .
balavyutpattisiddbeh
ll
yadrsam
siddbarttbyakbye tu varsesmin
bbaskare
sirribasaiiistbite
n
tbam
1
Sesadrisiirina
Cf.
Cf.
4.
25, 10.
-^
136
(2)
K-
Fragment
of
tlie
Tarkdblidsdpra'kdsika, a
Kesavamisra's Ta7-JaqxirMdsd,hjCi7inaml)hafta.
See Aufrecht-Oxford,
It begins
(f.
nr. 606.
30 b):
i
om
sakrn natvapi
yam
santisampadah
nrkesarl
i
sa
nab payad
apayebhyah
yogananda-
nidhaya cikirsitam pratijanite balopiti etc. It breaks off (f. 37) with the words: laksye tv apy avarttanam asambhavali yatha gor ekasapbatvam kratvi
antarvarttadhi
(?).
(3)
The
(ff.
Kdrakavdda,
begins:
i
by
Jayardma
Bhatta
Acdrya
1 12).
padambhojah Jayaramas iha samkhyavatam atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradanavisnoh
karoti
It
natva
samasatah
karakavyfikhyiim
muda
ends
il
(f.
12):
tatra
saptamiti
tat
sutrarttha
ity
tu dehi
me
ii
harih
om
ll
113).
p. 562.
It begins:
kavitarkkikasimhaya
i
kalyanagunasaline
srii
mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu bhasyam yadabharanabhasitam eva jatam yatsutanisvasitam eva bhavanti vedah yadvajivahavaca eva 2)uranajalam tarn srigirisam anisam saranam bhajami vagdevatan namaskrtya vadibalavinodinim vadaratnavalim kurmmas tarkkabhrisanusO-rinlm nanu grauthadau mamgalam avasyam acaraniyyam etc.
ii
i i
^4
It breaks off
137
-^
words: atas
ii
(f.
tatkahlvrtti-
bhavatvam piTigabhavatvam iti purvoktadoi?abhavad iti sarvam sustham iti kriranatavadah naiiu yumi mi^sranami^ranayo.
(5)
the YddaratncwaU
It begins:
29).
pratyaksaniriipananantaram
upajivyopajlva-
kabhavasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti athasabda anantaryyavacanali pratyaksanirupanasyfirttliad avadhitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api nirupyata iti varttamanrirtthakalasaprayogena canumananirupanasya saddhyatvalabhah evan ca siddhasiiddhyasamabhivyahare siddham saddhyayopayujyata iti nyayena malinan te vapu snaya ity atrevatrapi pratyaksanumananirupanayoh
upajlvyopajivakabhrivalilbhah,
It breaks off
(f.
etc.
niscitasaddhyavadasadharanasatpratiuiatenaital
la-
vrttatvat
asadharanyapattih
paksayor
anityatadosatvavadinani
pracam
ksanad
iti.
101.
WmsH
Size:
leaf
No. 100.
IGjXH
ft'.
in-,
(1)
between
81 and 82)
+ + (1)
(odd
from 6
to 8 lines
on a page.
Date: 17 th or 18th cent.? Character: Grantha (one leaf between ff. 81 and 82 in Malayalan). Injuries: The first two leaves are slightly damaged.
begins
(f.
45):
yat
kimcit saddhyanisthadheyatvani
rupakadhikaranatvam va adye kevalanvayiti kevaliinvayisaddhyaka ity artthah avyape **** (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti dvitiyenane(ne)ti vahniman dhiimad ity adau adye dosantaram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta-
-^
138
Hg-
nisthadheyatvauirupakatvasya
samanyadau
ii
satvena
i
tatra
jatyadbikaranatvabhavasya satvad iti bliavah etc. F. 51: iti pancalaksanarahasyam paribhasikam evety evakarena yoganadaras siicitali, etc. F. 72: pragalbbiyalaksanam aba saddbyeti gunanya-
tvavisistasattavan
iti
misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati tv sajatyam sadrsyam, F. 85: sarvabbaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddosanam alagnakatety asayena, F. 102: tipu^ sattavan dravyatviid vabniman dbumad
F, 76:
keci(t)
etc.
etc.
I
Titer
ity
F. 106:
ttba
I
etc.
r. 111b: F. 112:
tipu-
tatra
samavayena gunasamanyabbavaetc.
syotpattikalavaccbedena,
kecit
(f.
vrttikabbinnatvam
It ends
114):
nanu
pratiyogitavaccbedakavisistajna-
nam
namab
ii
102.
Whish No.
Size:
101.
Ufxll
Palm
IStii
in.,
(2)4-19
+ 147
(1)
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
or 19th cent.?
in 3
Adbyayas
or 29 smaller
May
be tipu.
-^
It begins:
^ile,
etc.
139
Ktadvidafi ca
snij-ti-
vedo
dharmmamula(m)
In I, 44 this MS. supports the reading srehu adopted by Stenzler from his Telugii MS. See 'The Institutes of Gautama', ed. by A. F. Stenzler, p. iv.
The
The
^i^rsi
Adhyaya ends
f.
9 in Stenzler's ed.),
7:
acaram
ends
ed.),
f.
after the
9**^
chapter ('Adhyaya'
ii
prathamoddhyayah
the
19*^
13:
second
Adhyaya
after
chapter
dvi[ti]-
('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's
vyavaharan
is
tiyoddhyayah
ii
Then
follows
the
20*^
chapter which
not found in
Stenzler's edition.
atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany It begins: anubhuya tatremani laksanani bhavanti, etc. The chapter ends: visuddhail laksanair jjayante dharmmasya dharanad iti dharmmasya dharanad iti 20 Chapters 21 29 correspond to Adhyayas 20 28 in
ii
ii
ii
Stenzler's edition.
It ends:
iti
trtlyoddhyayah
kotigodavarisnanam makararke sitaphalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat dSntam ksantam jitakrodham jitendriyam akalmasam tam agryabrahmanam anye sesat (read manye sesah) sudra iti smrtah
pratarahutih
ii
I
tat
ii
yac caitanyam anasyiita (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasusuptisu tad eva tvam idana [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam
1
param
ii
sriguru^
namo namah
(2)
il
The
first
Mitalisara,
Commentary
It
on
is
the
Gautamiya
Dharmasdstra, by Haradattamisra.
incomplete.
The
and end
Adhyaya
of the
It
I
begins:
Commentary. pragupancanayanat^
kamacaravadapaksah
->4
140
H$-
manasya prasamgosti,
etc.
(f.
9):
Haradattamisraviraf.
cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautamadharmmasastratlkayan
39.
End
(f.
of the II^<^
Haradattamisraviracitayam mitaksarakhyayam Gautamiyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani
1021)):
iti
ii
and beginning
of the III'<^
Adhyaya
durllabham It breaks
i
etc.
off
Stenzler):
yatoyam
one
Sutra
(28,
51
yogesu
(tathaha).
103.
Whish No.
Size: 15x2-gin.,
102.
of No. 88
= Whish
Palm
(1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation No. 87) + (2) leaves, about 13 lines on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: The MS. was written in theParidhavin year, corresj^onding to 967 of the KoUam era, or A. D. 1792. Scribe: Subrahmanya.
Character: Grantha.
The Sivarahasydkhanda from the SahkarasaniJiitd of the Bkanda-Piirdna, continued from MS. Whish Xo. 87 (No. 88), and containing the Devakdnda (ff. 130 141), Daksakdnda
(ff.
(ff.
182289).
It begins:
matamahamahasailam
vande
uparivaranam sivaya on namah atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha bandhitan anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih sa tatheti vinirgatya guhajham sirasa yahan etc.
I
ham
karanah jagatam
kanthad
srigurubhyo
ii
namah
srisarasvatyai
namah
-^
141
H$-
The Devakanda (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. 141b: om ity adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande devakiinde saptamoddhyayali om sivaya namah devakandas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc. srlsomaskandaparamesvaiTiya namah Subrahmanyasya
ii ii ii
ii
svahastalikhitam
ii
The Daksakanda begins (f. 142): harividhimukhyavandyam sarvakarttaiam isam padanatadiuitaghnara sasvatain
vaktratundam abhayavaradahastam sambhuputrara ganesani hrdayakamalamaddhye santatah cintayami rsayali daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read ah) pura suta tapodhana jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih etc.
i
ii
ii
This
Kanda
ends
(f.
181b): om
ity
adimahapurane
daksa-
sriskande
samkarasamhitayam
ii
sivarahasyakhande
ii
manyasvahastalikhitam
ii
sridaksinlimurttaye
(f.
namah
ii
182):
i
om
|
visvesvaram
visvavandyam vimakijhanabodhakam upadesakandam miiktyarttham umaputran namamy aham subrahmanyam suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabharn sukumaram aham vande sada sarvamgasuudarara etc.
I
|
It
ends
(f.
289 b):
om
ii
iti
srimatskande mahapuranc
ii
ii
likhitam
sarakarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam
i
ii
om
ii
On
"100
967 825
This copy written in 1792
AD
April/May
of
Here ends
Samhita."
tlie
7"'
&
Last
Kandam
the
Sankara
-^
142
104.
.^
WmsH
Size:
No.
103.
leaves, 10
12|x2
in.,
(1)
-f 10
lines
+ 80 +
(2)
or 11 lines on a
Malayalam page, 8 or 9
Material:
on a Grantha page.
Palm
leaves.
two works
(10 leaves) in
(1)
The
(ff.
SanJcliyasai^tati, or
SdukhyaMriJ^d, by I^varah'sna
13).
It begins:
harih
drstavad asravikas
tertthah
ends
capi
(f.
3 b):
saptatyam
ca
khalu yertthas
tatha
rajavarttikam
i
ii
iDradhanastitvam
ekatvam arttliamatvam athanyata parartthyan catmano naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikartthas tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava tustayah karananam asaniartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah namah iti sastih padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih Kapilaya sub ham astu
i
ii
'
ll
ii
ii
(2)
Yati,
the
(ff.
4):
harih
10).
namah avighnam
sriganapataye
ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva[bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srlmatbhasyamrtambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) Lamkurv
astu
I
naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtitibrahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha pravrttih kesaiicit parinamadrstyanusarini anyesam vivarttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini, etc.
ahcane
(?)
liasapuranani hi
"All this
(tatha ca
-5H
14:5
Hg-
It ends (f. 10): atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na gamanadisaraka iyam evaitat sutrasamdarljliapratipadya bhasyakaradyabhimata ca iti sri-Visvesvaranandagurupra-
sadasriditasarvajnatvena
Brahmanandayadina
ii
(sic)
krtasrl-
matbhasyrirttliasamgraha(h) samaptah srimatbhasyalivayo visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma-
^rlsfivj'--^^---
(3)
A Commentary
(ff.
on the
SdnJ:]ii/asaptati,
by Vdcaspatimis7~a
145).
ajam etam lohitasuklakrsnain bahvih prajas It begins: srjamanan namaraah aja etafi jusamanam bhajante jaliaty enam bhiiktabhoga asamastan Kapilaya mahamunaye sisyaya tasya tasya casmaraye Pancasikhaya tathe^varaiha khaki pratipitsitam arttham krsnayaite namasySmah pratipadayan pratipHdayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bhaI I l
vati ipreksavatam apratipitsitan tii pratijiadayat nayam lauuniuuutavau upc^v.^jcra kiko na parlksaKa ixi preKsa(vajT:unu-
purusartthaya kalpate sa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah paramapurusartthasadhaity adipsitasastravisayajnanasya tadvisayajijnasam avatarayati dulikhatraya-
natvahetukan
bhigbriLaj
jijnasa tadapaghatake
na syat, etc. sayo na jijhasyeta ofnc aryyamaUK soyam yyasya 'f. 45: ity aryyamatir sarakhyasaptativyasri-Vacaspatimisraviracita ca sastram sa harih om khya sampurna
yadi dubkban
ii
ii
(4)
The Sauliliycmvaranatativalmumndi,
on Vacaspfdimisra^s work (No. of Badlifiranya' (ff. 4580).
It
3),
nam
X
namami
karuiirikaran
^rimatsaipkl^^
The
author's
name
is
Bodlmranija.
(Prof. Aufreclit.)
-$H
14:-i
H$-
etc.
It ends: saktitustisiddhakhya ity arttbab yah padarttha iti sa>^tih padartthab kathita ibety matih me kva sri-Vacaspate(h) suktib kva ca mandasya iti subuddbibbib kayitam etac ca yat tat (?)' ccboddbyam
i
arabhya viparyy(ay)Jida-
ii
105.
WmsH
.~i Material:
^.
No. 104
^-i;
.-4
-.,
y^-j
oo -T
icttvca,
ur
lines
on
a page.
Palm
leaves.
18tii century.
Tbe VedmitasdstrasiddMntalesasamgraha^
das,
in
4 PariccbeDiksita.
of
Rangardja
On
the oxitoiae
titles
talesasamjraha, or Siddhdntahhedasanjgraha,
tasdrasamgraha.^''
in
vol. I, Part I of tbe Yizianagram Sanskrit Series (Benares 1890). See also Ind. Off. IV, p. 790 sq.
It begins: yadviksanam sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya srstir yyasya smitam sakalabbautikasrstir esa yanmayaya vilasitaii jagad indrajalam tasmai namo bbagavate paramesvaraya adbigatabbida purvacaryyan upetya sabasradba sarid iva mabidesan samprapya sauripadotgata jayati bbagavatpadasrimanmukbambujanirgata jananabarini siiktir brabmadvayaikapariXyana etc.
i
ii
sanmatam tattvam
iti.
->
145
f<-
It ends:
iti
tthah paricchedah
^rlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhina
sritacandraraaulir asray Appadiksita
iti
prathitas tanujah
dayasiddhantabhedalavasaragraliam
ntaritisu
akai-sit
siddhalikhitara
samsodhane sasrayas
ii
(?)
sadaya bhavantu
satsarapiadayaparisilananirvisamkah
liaiih
om
ii
sabda-
isvarah
ii
^rimanmahadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai brahmane namali om brabmaiva satyafi jagan mithya on
ii
tat sat
II
siva tsiva
^ri
il
subbam
astu.
106.
WmsH
Size:
No. 105.
14TX2g
to 12 lines
in., (l)
+ 23
jha]
+ 30 +
1 [single
leaf inserted
from 9
on a page.
Date: The MS. consists of old and modern parts. The first leaf, and ff. 22 41 at the end of the MS. are written by a different hand and have a more modern appearance. The older parts may have been written in the beginning of the IS^i century, the modern parts at the end of the 18 1^^ or beginning of the 19 th century.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
philosophical treatise, or fragment of a larger work (Gddcidhau?) called Yog ijatdv Martha (ff. 1 13). See Aufrecht CC. p. 482.
The
sarge
*
first leaf
(marked
f.
13) begins:
ekapadartthasam-
aparapadartthanisthatyantabhavapratiyogitvapraka-
2 3
mulam Ed.
10
-^
rakapramavisesyatvTibhavo
146
r<~
yogyata[m]
etc.
ii
idr.si
ca
yogyata
varttate,
harih om.
See
Aufrecht CC. p. 147, s. v. visayatavada and visayatavada19). rtha), called Lauhikavisayatdvdddrtlm (ff. 14 ghatam saksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisayaIt begins: taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah etc.
See
the
beginning
of
the
Laukikavisayavicara
p.
in
MS.
245.
ends
19):
samapto
ii
p.
648.
Hall, p. 41 sq.
laukikavisayatavadartthah
ii
srivemkatesaya namali
etc.
(3)
The Fardmarkivdddrtlm another treatise or fragment from the Gadddhari (ff. 19 b 23 b). See Aufrecht-Oxford, Nr. 611: Navlnamatavlcdra. anumitim pratiparvatiyadhiimaA'yapako vahnir It begins: ity akarakali paramarsa eva hetuh, etc. dhumiya ity akarakabaIt breaks off with the words: dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakarataya.
,
(4)
of
TheVeddntaparihlidm, by Dharmardjddlivanndra, a pupil y eiikatanatha, and the author of the Tarkactidamani, and of several Commentaries (ff. 1-12). See Aufrecht CC, p. 269.
The
first leaf
first
Pariccheda
(as far
as p.
while
ff.
F.
begins:
yadavidyavilasena
tan naumi
paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham
i
yadan-
srimat-Vemkatana-
-$^
147
f<-
thakhyan
vibhanjani
tika
vilarakutinivasinah
i
sarvatantrapravarttakan
i
jagatgui'un aliam vande yena cintamanau tika dasatikatarkkacudamanir nnaraa krtiX vidvanmanorama
i
sasadliarasyapi
balavyutpattidayini
i
padayojanaya
tatlia teiui bodhaya mandanam vedaDharmraarajaddhvarmdrena paribhasa vitanyate iha khalu dharmmartthakamamoksakliyesu caturvidhapurusrirtthesu moksa eva paramapiirusartthal.i, etc.
pancapadika vyfdvrta
i
ntartthavalambini
i
F. 8b:
(f.
iti
Dharmmarajaddhvarindraviracitayam vedaii
ntaparibliasayaiu visayaparicchedah
It
12): iti siddtiam prayojanam iti Dharmmarajaddhvai'indraviracitayam vedantaparibhasayam astamaparicchedah harih om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasarapradayakarttrbhyo namah vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa
ends
il
ii ii
likhita
maya
etena vaudito
devali
kesabhyam priyatam
harih.
(5)
paribhdsd, by
Commentary on the VeddntaRdmakrmddhvarin the son of the author Dharmardjddhvarlndra (ff. 13 30, 1 41). The two first
Veddntasikhdniani, a
,
The
Paricchedas only.
A lithographed edition
vagisad yas sumanasas sarvartthayan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami gajananam naidaghabhanukiranesv iva varipilras sarvo vibhati yadabodhavasat prapahcah malaphaniva ca nimllati yatpi'abodhat tat brahma naumi sukliam advayam atmarupam a setor a sumeror api bhuvi viditan Dharmmarajaddhvarindran vandehan tarkaciidamanimanijanauaksiradhims tatapadan yat[sa]karunyan mayabhiid adhigatam adhikan durgraham siiksmadhikair apyantam sastrajatana jagati makhakrta Ramakrsnahvayena vedantaparibhasakhyara sohan tatavinirmmitam vyakaromi
It
begins
(f.
13):
nam upakrame
i
etc.
After
f.
30,
-^
148
H$-
End of the MS.: va mithyatvam bodhyam anumanarupena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti iti Dharmmaraii
jaddhvarindratmaja-sri-Kamakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta-
ii
ii
107.
Whish No.
Size:
106.
8 or 9 lines
Material:
years older.
121x1-8 Palm
in.,
(2)
95
(1)
leaves,
on a page.
leaves.
One
f.
lost, so also
part of
f.
89.
The Prapahcdlirdaya, in 8 Patalas, described by Mr. Whish as *an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of
Science.'
lokadehadikaryyanarn karanasyadikaranam It begins: athedaprapancahrdayadharam tan namami sada harim sakalaprapaiicoyam iha praasesapurusartthasesataya nlm
i i
darsyate
sa
tu
trividho
vedyavidyavettrprapaiicabhedena
sthavarah,
etc.
P. II
(tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. 18, (vedaprakaranan nama) f. 23 b, P. Ill (sadamgaprakaranan nama) f. 34b, P. IV (caturttham upamgaprakaranam) f. 48 b, P. Y (upavedakaranan nama) f. 59 b,
Patala I
athedanim asesapurusartthagryas saP. VI (beginning: kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttako moksopi [vi]pradarsyate i) ends f. 66, P. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. 74b.
It ends
:
vai^vanara
gatah
santapayati svan
najananam vidvajjanamanoharam
prapancahrdayrikhyam
-^
hi
149
f<-
prapancottamabhusanam samyakjnanapradarasaii ca jnanam saivavastusu aprakusyam idan tantram samharavanadahakam iti prapancahrdaye astamah pai
da
(?)
ii
talah
II
prapaficahrdayam samfiptam
li
om
srlgurubhyo
namah
108.
Whish No.
Size:
107.
15tX2
in.,
(1)
+ 266 + (1)
leaves,
from 8 to 10
lines
on
a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Two
(ff.
1 to
The
leaves are
num-
bered by letters, according to the system mentioned above to No. 19. After f. 247, a new foliation begins, by the letters ka, kha, ga, etc.
by Kumdrila Svdmin, and ending with the end of the second Pada of the third Adhyaya.
,
beginning with
It begins: harih idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokarudhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anumanikakaranatvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sambhava[n]titi pui
rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv Sjyai stuvate prsthai stuvate bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany udaharttavyani tatha hi utpattau namadheyam va guno vapy avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatain yati saivodaharanaksama sa tu nodahrta siitrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunavakyasyasritatvat,
etc.
(f.
The
rttike
1"*
Adhyaya ends
ii
30b):
iti
mimarasatantravaii
sama-
the second
f.
Pada of the 2'^'^ Adhyaya ends on f. 114 b, Pada ends on 175, the third Pada ends on 196 b. The second Adhyaya ends on f. 205 b. The MS. ends with the 2'^'^ Pada of the 3"^ Adhyaya:
first
f.
The
-^-
150
H^
ii
travat bliaksanam
iti
siddham
ity
acaryya-Kumarilasva-
miviracite
guruvakyalesasaingrahe
mlmamsatantravarttike
ii
109.
Whish No.
108.
Size: 7| It in., 84 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Diksita.
See Auf-
113.
It begins:
sngurubhyo
i
namah
parasparatapassarppati
prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu sasvatika(m) mukundah alamkaresu balanam avagahanasii
ddhaye
yesaii
lalitali
kriyate
tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah
laksyalaksanaslokah
i
i
candraloke
drsyante
prayas
etc.
gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah pavanatvaguno varnitah gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditivarddhamadyasyodaharanam (sic) tatra pativratamahima gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah iti kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam
i i
I
ii
haiih
om
110.
Whish No.
Size:
109.
Material:
6|-Xls Palm
in.,
(2)-|-41
on a page.
1831.'
leaves.
The MS.
is
much
older.
Character: Grantha.
Samr/itasdstra ,
->
151
re-
acting, but chieHy of the various motions of the hands used by female dancers (ahhinaya).' The title Ndtijalakmna given by Mr. Whisli is doubtful. work called Ahhina-
is
The
tatha
1
jNLS.
begins:
hastabhavasirodrstirekhapuspanjalis
dvadasamgam atah param
ii
i
p. 60.
mukhacriliyacrdlya
i
pata-
kalaksanara
rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake kucasthale nisayan ca nadyam amaramandale etc. F. 30b ends: ity abhinayadarpanam harih om srigurave namah
i
il
F. 31 begins: hamsasyahastalaksanara maddhyamfidyas trayomgulyo virala prasrta yadi tarjanyaipgusthasainslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet etc.
i
F. 35 ends:
vame
ii
pitthakam
F. 35b
srigurubhyo
namah
begins:
ramgalaksanam
i
ddasahastaparakramat
puratas tatha
i
devalaye
etc.
F. 36b
breaks
off
with the
i
caiva brahmahatyadipatakani
ii
makaras
tu
mahadevo
dakaro
danuja-
ntakah
etc.
Bharatacaryyo narttakivakalavati astau sad va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) vibhramanvitah iti natyalaksanam ucyate harih ora F. 39 begins: tantriraja namas tubhyam tantri layasamanvita gandharvakulasambhiita sesakfira namostu te etc. The MS. breaks off" (f. 41) with the words: starabapralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca asruvaispuryyam
F. 38 ends:
i
purato
ii
ii
ity
is
the Ahhinayadar-
-^
152
f^
111.
WmsH
Size:
No.
no A.
4
14|x1t
Palm
in.,
(1)
233
37
37
43
(1)
leaves,
Material:
leaves.
Date: Probably end of 18tii century. Character: Grantha (the first three works), and Malayalam (the
two
last works).
(1)
The Horasdstra,
i.
e.
II XXV.
(Ff. 233.)
begins:
atha
grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
rajadiriipatvah
irarusasyatmadisvarupam
caha
kalatma
dviti-
yoddhyayah
f.
ii
Adhyaya 4 ends
151b, A. 16
f. f.
f.
48,
177,
233 b.
It
ends:
minantyadrekkanarupam
aha
svabhrantike
i
coranalavyakulitantaratma
vikrosatentyopagato
jhasasya
ii
ayam sarppadrekkanah
purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca
ii
36
li
iti
horasastre pancavim^oddhyayah
om
ii
ii
(2)
Fragment
of an astronomical treatise
(ff".
4).
It
ends:
mukhyamsas
ii
tv
avisesarajapadavlparavatam
ralios tu mitrani
vadanti ta(j)jhah
-$
153
<-
(3)
Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti, with numerous grams in the text. (Ff. 37.) Mr. Whish describes
the
'-first
diait
as
In
the margin
trilokasaravyakhyanani
mann's
p. 303.
p.
list in
page we read: siddhan namah ahan namah See Professor Leuthe Vienna Oriental Journal, vol. XI (1897),
i
in
Poona Cat.
108 (VIII, 599); ib. p. 411 (XVIII, 268); Peterson, IV, No. 1431; Bhandarkar, Sixth Rep. (1897) Xo. 1002. (Prof. Leumann by letter).
It begins:
srivitaragaya namah
siirir
i:
tribhuvanacandrajinen-
yam
kincijfia
Ii
ggunabhiiriramalavrsadhari
ii
anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati
F. 20b:
ii
samkhyapramanam
(f.
samaptam
ii
atha samkhya-
pramfinavisesas
It ends
35b):
etavat
khandanam
9 ''
8 vanitanu-
lab-
(4)
harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: ^itam *** (blank) nnamamy adya divyam vacam sarasva-
tim
sahasranamavyakliyeyam brahmajnana *** (blank) na nirmmita adis tvara sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas
I
tatha bhavan,
It
ends:
samadisampatsamyuktair
etc.
ddhyeyo
yah puii
-^i
154
r^
jakacaiyyasya
srimac
hasranamasaragraliabhasyakhya
prathamasatake
vrsakapir
iti
iti
ksetrajnoksara
i
dvitlyasatakasyadih
yugavartta
caturtthasya
i
vira
iti
pancamasya
saptamasya
i
kavlnsaktety
dra
iti
iti
sasthasya
i
srivatsavaksa
iti
iti
astamasya
II
aksobliya
srjgurubhyo
namah
namah
ii
(5)
Commentary
on
BaitlxarcCs Vimiipddddil^esdntastidif
incomplete.
(Ff. 43.)
The text with a Tij)pana has been printed in the Kavyamala, Part II (1886), pp. 120.
It begins:
harili
srigurubhyo
astu
nir-
apy agamair jjatyayam pasupalam Tiptavacasah krsnam grnanty akhyaya srisani jhaninam isvaram suyasasam viram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gataii ca karmmabhir aho devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankarapiijyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati mayyam hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir athapi visnupadayoh pusnati me dhrsnutam tatra tavad atma va are drastavya iti, etc It ends: harim manisyamarucini tatra svairancarantistha trnrmi gosthasauri (?) svayam bhukta ivapatrptin trpyanty udarah paratarppanena 42
nnitam
ii
il
II
112.
X2
in.,
(2) -|-
38
-)-
1)
+ 35
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
->^
5")
H$-
(1)
tlie
EdjarCi-
C).
i
sridevy uvaca devadeva mahadeva sacciIt begins: dananda vigraha paucakrtyaparesana paramananda dasrirajarajarajesi ya ris tripurasundarl yaka tasya mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi etc. ddhyanara It ends: ity umamahesvarasanivade rajarajesvaritantre moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah u
i
i
(2)
of
the
It begins: srimahadevyai namah Agastya uvaca asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravi.sarada kathitara lalitadevyas caritam paramatbhiitam piirvam pradurbhavo devyas tatah pattabhisecanam etc. It ends: iti sri - Markandevaviracite brahmandottare lalitopakhyane stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade laHsampurnam srimahatripurasundaryyai tadevistotram
ii
ii
namah
The
ii
(3)
Trisatl
Stotra
(from
the Lalitopdklujdna
in
the
cm
parasaktyai
namah
sri-Agastya uvaca
i
hayagriva
bhagavah chisya vatsala tvattas srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat rahasyanama
dayasindho
i
harih
maya etc. ends: iti sritrisati nama mahastotram sampurnam om srigurubhyo namah
i
ii
il
(^)
The Ambdstava
It begins:
(ff.
2224).
nlm
vidyeti
-^
vitasamkararupamudran prapadye 1
ii ii
156
f<-
devlm
ananyasaranas
harili
saranam
ora
srl-
It
ends:
ambastavam
ii
sampurnam
(5)
gurubhyo namah
The Mantraksaramdla,
latter
title
is
or
Mdnasajmjd
(ff.
f.
25
27).
The
25,
MS.
No. 43
(2),
s.
v.,
p.
452.
It begins:
kalloloUasitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye virajani
manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanarn bhavaye 1 phalasruti srimantraksaramalaya girisutam It ends: piijarcaye cetasani' sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatara tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamanclape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamil
ii
gala
II
16
II
harih
om
srir astu
(6)
(ff.
27b
Incomplete.
begins:
mandoii
ii
ends:
kaiiclgunagrathitakancanaveladr^yan
canda-
bam
II
69
ii
(7)
The
(ff.
3436).
It begins:
saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatyai
ete kavitvakumudaii
prakaravabodhajDiirnendavastvayi jagajjananipranamah
It ends:
ii
ii
iti
harih
I
om
subham
yah pujayec
cetasa.
-3H
157
H5-
(8)
(ff".
37
38).
kalyanavrstibhir
namah
ivamrtapuritabhir llak^mli
svayamvaranamamgaladipikabhih sevabhir amba tava pa1 dasarojamulenakari kim manasi bhaktimatafi jananam Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam It ends:
ii
il
il
^rimaliadevyai
ii
srimahatripurasundaryyai
namo
namali
ii
om
(9)
The Faramarthasdra, by ^esandga, with a Commentary. See Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353 (MS. Wilson 535), Mitra, Notices, voh II, p. Ill, No. 698, Hall p. 105, Ind. Ot^'.
Part IV,
It
p. 841.
ranam
vandeham
vasudevapriyani
sistacaraparipalanaya
ii
paramatmasmaranalaksanam marnparamparasyah prakrter anadikam ekan galam acarati nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthiasyayam 1 tam tam eva visnum saranara prapadye
i
ii
ii
artthah,
It
etc.
ends:
ity
evam
danandam brahmasvariipan tasmad upadisya gamayati 85 aryyavedantasastram akhilam Sesas tu jagadadharah paramrirtthasaram babandha) (read pancasitya baddhah
i
idam
vikare
ii
iti
paramartthasaram samaptam
tirobhavati
sopi
ii
dantini
iti
ii
darutatha
^esa-
darii
tatraiva
jagad
paramatma paramatmany
viracitaryyas samapta
ii
iti
^rigurubhyo
namah
ii
(10)
The Kdrtavirydrjimaliavaca,
Udddmaresvaratantra
(ff.
the 12*^
Adhyaya
of the
2335
113).
-^.
158
Hr-
It
begins:
yolafi
caracaragurur bliuvanam
i
bibhartti
vidhata
rudrasya
devata
iiculi,
mtirttir
akhilam
i
sivam cchando
i
mahavirat
It ends:
sambhiir
tatra
jabalopanisat
atha
hainam brahmacarina
etc.
[i]
ity
uddamaresvaratantre karttaviryyarjunakaii
karttaviryyarjjunamahai
mantrasya
dattatreyabhagavan
devata
i
rsili
anustup cchandali
i
karttaviryyrirjjuno
prom bijam
i
i
namas saktih
karttaviryyarjjunayeti kilakam
karttaviryyarjjunaprasadai
am prem cchrim am im bhrum I sirah urn am hrlm um sikha em krom srim aim kavacam om hum pbat uetram am srikarttaviryyarjjunaya namali ah astram midam orn prem cchrim kllm bhrum arn brim krom srim hum phat srikarttavlryyarjjunaya namah
siddhyartthe jape viniyogah
kllm
ii
ii
113.
Size:
15tX
It
in.,
24 leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on
a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: At the end of the first work the date is given (in Malayalain language), viz. January of the Kollam year 985 i. e. A. D. 1810.
Scribe: Krsnadvija.
Character: Malavalam.
(1)
Jaijudeva's Gitago-
See No. 142 (Whish No. 144) for another copy of the
same work.
It begins:
harih
^riganapataye
namah avighnam
astu
kanah janubahun dalitanatajanarttin daksinamiirttim ide Laksmidharena vidusa kriyate siutirahjini vidvatkavii
-^
niude
159
^^
i
gitagovindasyaittliadlpika
dayam viglmaih'
ksamyatara
varnnitair^
mmayi
na
buddliyate
siutirafijinim
etc.
It ends:
saddhvl
maddhvika
drakse
esi
cinta
sarkare
sarkarasi*
asi
draksyanti
moce ma jiva jayadliaradhai-akuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitaipgya yad ilia bhuvi gira sthiyate jiiyadevya he maddhvika iti dvadasasarggah srikrsnaya namah kollam 900 ayiI'attaempattan camata makaramasam aficantiyaticoppac
nirtam
ksiraniratvam
ii ii
ii
Ii
kutiyadivasampataleyesanugrahena
ii
K]-siiadvij ena
likhitam pustakam
srigurubhyo
namah
etc.
(2)
Fragment
margin
is
of
1,
an astronomical treatise
(ff.
17).
In the
of
f.
and on the
title
page the
title
Krmvjam
;
given.
It begins:
harih
"ena traikalajfianain
phalarttham
rirainbhanam
tasmad
yatnah
unispanna rasayo
F. 10:
etc.
II
iti
jivayonih
ii
candras
catuspadastho
dre-
kkano,
It
etc.
ends
(f.
17):
caturtthadivase
labhyante
maddhyahnarkkena
mrgyamanais
tah
bruyat
suskanadikulagata
1 2
3
4
MS. Whish No. MS. AVhish No. 144. budiiair, MS. Whish No. 144. karkarasi, MS. "Whish No. 144. ke, MS. Whish No. 144.
dvitayan tad dayanighnaih,
panditair,
144.
-^f
160
r<r-
tisr-
by
svabkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe divaseccbagostamesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame
divase svayan deta ^asisukrabbyam drste
sitir
ggavo bbutas
sagopalah
(3)
Tbe Veddntasdra,
autbor
is
in
22 Adbyayas.
Tbe name
of tbe
not given.
It begins: barili sriganapataye namah avigbnena parisamaptir astu[h] suklambaradbaram visnum sasivarnnam
caturbbujam prasannavadanam dbyaye sarvavigbnopasanajnanatimirandbasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srlgurave namab atbasadhanacatustayasamvakyanantaram atmanatmavivekam ucyate
taye
i
atma sariratrayam
ddbabuddbamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam nama kalattrayanasanarabitatvam nama kalattrayavidyamanaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodbi svabbavatva (read tvam nama?) tasmad anantariipatvam satvarajastamogunasvarupam ajiianasaccidanandasvarupam brabmanab ubbayab (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor
mama
etc.
iti
:
vedantasare prapaiicarabasyapratbamoddbya-
yab F. 7 iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama trtiyoddbyayab F. 15b: iti vedantasare bbaktilaksanasampranaye trayodasoddbyayab
ii
ii
It
ends
(f.
24):
iti
vedantasare videbakaivalyalaksane
ii ii
samsararabasye
dvavirasoddbyayab
i
upadesavedantasi-
ddbyarabasyam saniaptah
srigurubbyo
114.
namab
ii
Size:
IGjXlgis
in.,
to 12
lines
on
a page.
1
"It
->*
Material:
IGl
.^
Palm
leaves.
18tii cent.
stotra, in
The BhaJdaprii/d, a Commentary on the XdrCujanlyaThe author of the Stotra is Nd12 Skandhas.
See Aufrecht CC.
p. 294.
harih
namah
sriganapataye
i
srlgurnbhyo
gajananam
giran
karasahanam gurim bhiitesam isam a.sasitartthadan pranamamy aham srimatbhagavatartthasamgrahamayanarayaniyahvayam stotram hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastandhakfirodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pratyagrara utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vyakhya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mraatkrtriv anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtyaprasiddhaye (i) iha khahi samadhigatanikliilanigamartthasatatvatayli sabdaparabrahmapara[vara]vurinataya paramabhagavatataya ca saka]asahi-da3'amahitayasris sri-Narayanakavih
maptipracayagamanabhyam
srotrj ananikhihijanasamlhita-
siddhaye ca stotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakaLaksanaliLaacarati nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupamaragahim brahmaguruvacanapure saksat bhatiti sandrety adina sambandhah brahma sarvam asrayam sarvanusyiitam suddhacaitanyam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre
i
saksat bhati,
etc.
F. 41b:
iti
narayanlyastotravyakhyayam
ii
bhaktapriya-
yam navamaskandhaparicchedah
It
{sic)
ends:
sribhagavatavyakhyadrstanarttliat
ii
padanyepi
stotravyakhyanarupena racitani parara mayayan namna sammatani stotrah janiinam antarantara tabhyam eva iti narayanlyahrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih
stotravyakhyayam
bhaktapriyayam
dvadasaskandliaparii
cchedah
ii
ii
Vasudevena likhitam
idara
harih
etc.
11
-^
162
115.
HS-
WmsH
Size: 12 j
No. 112B.
from 8
to 11 lines
in., (1)
+ 49 + (1) leaves,
on a page.
Character : Grantba.
A
titles
Collection
of
of Stotras,
the Stotras
beginning of each of
and sundry fragments. The in the margins at the them, and in a list on the first leaf.
are
given
(1)
14). apratyaksakatham akrtrimarasam arkapraIt begins: kasakramam asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyajaniryyatkrpam aksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvantagam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi daksatmajam 1 It breaks off (f. 4b) in the 37*^ stanza with the bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte manwords:
(ff.
The Mdtrkdstava
math e.
(2)
The Mdtrkdnydsa
It begins:
(ff.
6).
i
atha
i
balrisampiititamatrkanyasah
i
Daksina-
miirtti(r) rsih
gayatri cchandah
vati devata
etc.
The Triimrddottara
It
(ff.
78).
begins:
kalyani
breaks
tripura bala
maya
tripurasundari
i
sundaryy
It
uma
(or
blias[v]avati
off)
omkari sarvamamgala
with the words:
etc.
ends
te
sariracesta
i
mama
pranama
stutis
ca vag indriyavrttir
(4)
The ^yamaldmhavarmaratna,
title in
e.
the
->4
1<J3
H$9
(ff.
10).
Soe
b.
senapatitvan devanam pura prapya sadanasadasivam upagamya pitarara vakyam abravit etc.
i
ends:
iti
srisaiibliagyalaksniikalpe
caturllaksagran-
thavistare
skandesvarasamvade syamalambavarmmaratnan
patalah
ii
nama dasamah
sri:iyamalambayai
(5)
namah
ii
The MataUgyastoUara
Jt begins:
nipapriyiX
It ends:
(flf.
1112).
i
raatamgi
etair
The Bdldsaliasrandman
It
(ff.
13
sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya bala paramesvari devata aim bijam ksim saktih etc. It ends (or breaks off) with: kamkalapatni kalindi kaumarl kamavallabha panodyukta panasamstha bhimarupa bhayaprada
begins:
asya
16).
i i
Daksinamurtti(r) rsih
i
paukti cchandah
(7)
Ff. 17
21
19
F. 17 begins:
sirasi Antaryyami
i
anustup cchandah
mukhe
On
f.
we
i
read:
asya
srisaktipahcaksarastotramahapankti cchandah
i
umamahe-
F. 21 ends:
harir
yaya
The
(ff.
Tripurdmahimastotra
11*
ff.
-^
It begins:
164
f<$-
srimatas
kimaliasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbhavasudhapiTicurvyaA^a
rnojvalam
i
udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan
'
te
vanmayam
It
etc.
ends:
bhusyam
vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranaka-
ram akriratejassammanam (bhurimargam Ed.) nigamanigamanam durgamam yogamargam ayusyam brahmaposyam bariharavisadam kirttim abbyeti bbumau debante brabma54 bhuyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan
i
ii
ii
(9)
The Dalmndmurttiimnjara, or tbe 18* Adhyaya of the Brahmdmla-Purana (ff. 28 29). pranamya sambam isanam sirasa Yainiko It begins: vinayavanato bhutva papraccha skandam adarat niunih Narada iivaca etc.
It
ends:
iti
daksinamtirttipahjaran
namah
Ff.
ii
(10)
3(1
36
contain various
(Tantric?)
fragments,
too
small to
make anything
of them.
(11)
begins:
asya
iti
Sadasivo
bhagavan
etc.
rsih
anustup
cchandah
ganapatir
sarn-
devata
It
ends:
ii
Sadasivaproktam
(12)
gane^astakain
piirnain
The Lalitdstavaratna
(if.
37
49).
(5), (2) and 174. same 63 (5). See above and end the as No. Beginning
]60
p.
->t
1G5
116.
H$-
Size:
lls-x2
in.,
9 or 10 lines
on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. AVhisli dated 4th December 1831. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The MS.
The ISrutisnktliiifdd, or Caturvedaidtimryasamyralia, in 149 verses, by Haradatta, together with a Commentary. Mr. Wliish gives the title ' Caturvedabhasya' (Ff. 102). See Steiu-Jammu, p. 359 seq.
.
tvanirvahakavaidikripasata(readprasasta?)mimamsakalpitaualpavikalpajalpasravanonmisitakahi'>akahiia->lkrtavrsrimka
-
karinim
samastakalmasapaharimm
abhedapurusartthapii-
ranlm
riniin
i
topasyatvagayatripratipadyatvalaksanani kratusesitvalaksaiiani
tisiddhaui
nam
nama
darsayann aha yasmai yasmai namo bhavati yasya gunas samagra uarayanopanisada yadupasanokta yo na(h) pracodayati buddhim adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir isvara samjsravami 1 namo namaskarah, etc.
stety asyaivasrayaniyatve hetutvan
iti
ii
i
ii
ii
-$H
166
r<r-
Amongst the books and authors quoted in the commentary are: Jaimini, Badarayana, Sudarsanacarya (f. 5),
Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'), Aditya-Purana (f. 15 b), Markandeya-Purana, Parasara-Purana (f. 59), etc. It ends: bhaktani bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitam mahyam mahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannani bhunjana eva tad aharn ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam abhinnah^ 149 stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam artthara asya nikhilena janatam grahyam annyad api navasisyate jiieyam anyad api va na kincana om harih
ii
ii
il
om
etc.
(2)
Vrttara-
tnakara, by the Purohita Ndrdyana, son of Nrsimlmyajvan^ in 6 Adhyayas. Ff. 31. See Nos. 54 (3), and 170.
vigraharn
i
begins: svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharara Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah vrttaratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati P. 14: iti sodasamatraprakaranam It ends: iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam sasthoddhyayah srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah
It
i i
ii
ii
ii
ii
om
117.
Whish No.
Size:
114.
(f.
14x If
as
f.
(numbered
Material:
Palm
leaves.
The
first leaf,
and
f.
damaged.
The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: hari^i 1,
sri
2,
ga
3,
na
4,
pa
5,
ta
6,
ye
7,
namah
= = 8.
'
quite corrupt.
"5^4
167
f^
"This
An
entry by ]Mr.
Whish
says:
volume contains
Nyaya
or philosopliy of Gauta-
same
(1)
The TarJcacwJdmani
chapter of Biicidatta's
(a
Commentary on
the
Anumana
by the
TattvacinUimanipraJxdm),
grama (our IMS. has Kantaramanikka), and son of Trivedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell, TanThe MS. is incomplete (ff. 56). jore, p. 115),
It
begins:
kaverivaripanapratihatatamasara
(?)
mandite
panditanani nyandai
sri-E,amacandra smrtibalavisada-
Bahvrco Dharmmarajali
tretagnidhumakulavithikam karne
lia
sarvasrutayah kathantare
vrtir
nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah
i
tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina
maniprakasavi-
Dharmmarajena tanyate
i
ii
gam kurvan kvacit kvacit anumanaprakasasya vivrtim arabdhaparisamaptaye maragalam acakaravany aham
ii
vi-
ghnaddhvarasam
niya tatha sati
56b):
tadaiiiistaiti
i
ata eva paramate anaanagatajhanrirttham ity artthah gatapakajhanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bhavah uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve sthap(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah
I
'numaneneti
anumanenety artthah
-^
168
H^
(2)
A
p.
rycCs Tarkahlidmhhdvdrthadqyikd
misra's Tarkahlidsd).
607.
See Ind.
Off.
IV,
namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini It begins: tvam aham prarttlia(y)isyami vidyadanan tu dehi me Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam talirdayam na ranjayati yat praudhasya ceto yatha
i
ii
ddosaya bhavaty atali prakatayan bhavam vicaryyanaya kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param cikirssitasya granthasya vighnasantyai krtam mamgalam sisyaatra omkaras cathasabdas ca siksayai nibadhnati om iti dvav imaii brahmanab pura ka[m]ntham bhitva viniryyatau
i
tasman mamgalikav iti siksavaeauenonikriraprayogasya pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahmanas
trividha smrta
iti,
etc.
F. 2:
nanv
thavyakhyacaturyyajanitahamkaramCdakalajjarupadrstapra-
tibandbakad
iti,
alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakbyane
ity ata
svabhara-
tyah pravrtyanupapattir
etc.
aba matar
iti
kim
lajjasa
F. 11:
sistacaroUamgbinali
sistair
katham
F.
97
ends:
dravyeti
dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa-
dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya
dravyavisayakalauki-
gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse
dravyasa-
-^
169
:^
karyyatavaccliedakam
mavetavisayakalaukikacuksu^atvam
ity uktaiu riqiiidika.
(3)
A
Avlio
bered as
fragment of the PraJcri;/dsarvasva (9 leaves, num112 120), apparently the work of Ndrdyami ff. is described by the Maharaja of Travancore (in the
JRAS.
vol.
Xyi,
etc."
dlidtdkdvyam,
ndrdyamyam,
pullim-
nadyas sesasyanyatarasyam nyantavarjjitasya nadisarajfiasya nyantesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syilt etc.
i
F. 120 ends:
vatir
ddhitev}^ayam
I
ta-
taii
iti
vacyabahutiX hetor abhud vistarah spastatvepi krte svabhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah evam vyaktim iyan padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan harih gurubhyo
i i
namah
ii
(4)
Fragment
of a Oanapdtlia
(ff.
8),
preceding work.
athapatyaganah It begins: utsodapanavikaravinadatarunatalunadhenupilukunasuvarnebhyah autsah audapanah vaikarah vainadah tarunah talunah dhainavah pailukunah sauvarnah bharatakurusatvadindravasanajanapadapahcalo^inarebhyah etc.
i i
It
ends:
i
yatfinah ca
saikayatya
iti
->4
170
H^
118.
Whish No.
Size:
(1)
115.
(1)
ISg-Xlg
in.,
(1)
156
leaves,
from 9
ff.
to
13 lines
in.,
11 leaves (numbered as
7989), 11 or
Palm
leaves.
Date: The MS. of the first work was probably written about the middle of the 18 th cent. The MS. of the second work seems to be older. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19. Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book.
(1)
The Naukd
liamihira's
or Horduivarana,
Commentary on VardDasddhydt/i,
ac-
Brhajjdtaka.
Also
p.
2-18.
called
jayati
harih sriganapataye namali aviglmam astu bbagavan gajfisyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatkarnnavyajanamaruta bbajatam yanto vyasanani baranty ayantas cSrppayanty abblstani satyajnanaparam brabma
naiimi
jyotiranandarupinim
srlgurave
saksiXt
sarvottarodattaprasnamalam
sarasvatim satyajiianapradayestadesakalaprabodbine
i
nama
paramesvaramurttaye yesam atmani garbbasamskrtimukbair mmaunjini baddbantimaih vrate karmmabbir atra bliati vidhivat brabmapratisthapitah sraiitasmrirttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananistbatmanas tan etan pranamami bbumivibudhan istarttbakalpadruman srisuryadln su(kba)samvedya^ nigrabanugraban jagatsrstistbitilayajnanabetun upasmabe srimad-Varabamibiraboratrii
It ends:
vyanjayati?)
ra.siprabbedo
grabayonibbedo
yur ddasavipakostakavarggasarajiiab karmmajivo rajayogab kbayoga^ candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato
*
^rasisilail
171
f<^
ca drsti(r) bhavas tasmad asrayotha prakirnnah nestayoga jatakam bharainanan niryanam syan nastajannia drganah addliyayanam vinisatib pancayuktacaryuktanyfread
i
iti
pratharao rasiprabhc-
grahayonibhedab trtlyo viyonijanma caturttbo nisekakalab ])ancamo janma sastlias sadyomaranam saptama ayurddayab astamo dasaphalani navamostavarggab da.samab karmraajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasab kbayogab trayodasas candrayogab caturda^o dvigrahadiyogab pancadasab pravrajyayogab sodaso rasisilani saptadaso grabadrstib astadaso bbavapbalam ekonavimsani asrayayogab vimsab prakirnnab ekavimsonistayogab dvavimsas trijatakam trayoviraso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam
dvitlyo
i
i I
dah
paficavimso
saranara
drekanaplialapaksa
sadvirp.sopradarsanaparoii ii
sriparamagurave
etc.
(2)
Tbe Prasnamrta, by Knmdra, pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa, A work of tbe same title is ascribed to JamhumitJm in tbe "Index of MSS. in tbe Government
a fragment only.
Oriental
MSS.
Library, Madras,"
p.
55.
It begins:
barib
. .
.
sriganapataye
namab avighnam
astu
srigurubbyo
namab samastavigbnaprabbavopasantaye
na-
maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacab prasadani kurutarn sarasvati etc. asid dvijanma dvipakananakbye grame
sudbib pratr
(?)
Narayano
jyotisas tarppayayi tasyasti sisyo vinayapradbanas tadiyakarunyanivasabhumih yas ^ri-Kumaro vidito dvi-
janma grabendrasaficaravicaracuficub pranamya soyam gurupadapatmam niriksya borara sakalarttbapustani adaya saran tu tato vyadbatta prasnamrtam balabitaya hrdyam paropakaraikato mabantas santcsamantab krpaya vidbaya sammanayantam idam asmadiyani prasnamrtan nirmmalakirttibbajab,
It
etc.
breaks
off
i
caturtthajvarasantaye
krsnaya namab
-^
172
H5-
119.
on
x if
Palm
in.,
(2:i
116.
133
+ 6 + (2)
leaves,
10 lines
Material:
leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
(1)
The
Blidftadlpikd, a
3.
dhuna tadadhinasiddhir atideso nirupyate etc. Adhyaya VII ends f. 15 b, Adhyaya VIII f. 28 b. It ends with the third Pada of the IX *^ Adhyaya: iti sri-Khandadevakrtau bhattadipikayam navamasyaddhyayasya trtiyah padah
i
li
(2)
The
BJidttacandrlJid,
a Commentary on Kliandadeva'
by Bhdskarardya Bhdrat'i, the son oi Gam(?), and pupil of Nrsimlia and Sivadatta. The author lived at Benares in 1629, according to Aufrecht CC. p. 411. The MS. contains the whole of the first Adhyaya, and the two first Padas (Pada 2 incomplete) of the second Adhyaya. (Ff. 133.)
Blidtiadipikd,
hhtra and
Konamd
It
begins:
sri
Ganibhlravipascitah
pitur
abhud
yah
bhattacandras
H>^
173
K=^
skaraiTiya- Blifirati
paripurnavidhudayrinvnj'avyatirekanupraripsitasya granthasyavighnataslesena
stauti
ii
vidhayini
sati
budhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvisadarttliri
i
bhuvi bhattacandrika
dyarttham
iti
I
srlcakrasoraayagaii
diksfimga
etc.
F. 17b:
iti
yam Bhaskararayasya
padah
I,
ii
f. 17b, I, 2 f. 34b, I, 3 f. 66, I, 4 f. 95b (end Adhyaya), II, 1 ends f. 115b. It breaks oft (t. 133b) with the words: sfdiityanavagameneti saptadasapasughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisamban-
ends
of the
first
dhitvena devatatvanvayakaleniipasthitatvad
(3)
ity artthah.
A
It
(ff.
6).
kamyapasiikande vayavyam
svetani illabheteti
siutam tatra svetam ity atra svetasabdasya dvitiyantatvepi bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam, etc.
It ends:
itibhattadlpiklyapaurnamasyadhikaranaprasamom
ii
uaritih
ii
harili
120.
WmsH
Size:
Xo. 117.
on a page.
13tX1|-
in., (1)
+ 225
leaves, 8 lines
The A^tdiigahrdmia, by
I\^,
Ydghluita,
incomplete
(I,
to
18).
It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ragadirogan satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan au-
iti
etc.
->i
174
H$-
The Sutrasthdna
rirastlidna (in
6
f.
(in
30 Adhyriyas) ends
f.
f.
82,
the &d(in
Adhyayas)
145.
108, the
Niddnasthdna
16 Adhyayas)
It
(f.
of the
Cikitsitasthdna
sosra-
225):
visarpe(read
sarpo) na hy asamsrstas
pittena jayate raktani evasrayas casya bahusosram hared atah na ghrtam bahudo!?aya deyam van na virecanam tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet cikitsite
i
ii
ii
121.
WmsH
Size:
No. 118.
18x2
in., (1)
+1+
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Some
leaves
damaged by
insects.
lost.
A
from
Commeiitaiy
II,
on
58 to III, 76.
It begins: harih sriganapataye iiamah avighnam astu satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(i'ead "bhrirava?)baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam pranatasakalasurasandam apara + runapiirataramgitadrgahcalam kalayakomalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje pracinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakuniarasambhavavyakhyah balaprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya piacinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala
!
i i
esa parisramo
me
vatiprakrimasubhage malayadrijamtavate
i
vyakhyaisa tu tathapi
pradarsitanvayapadartthavakyarttha
giirutaram upacarara acarayet
{sic)
i
vivrtasamasavaratam
vyakhyantaresu drstesu
margga
eva-
nugamyate
pararacsvarapavitracaritravicitram kumarasambhavabhidha-
-^
nam kavyam
roti astiti
i
175
H$-
cikir>uh
asirnamaskriya
vastunirdeso
vapi
ta-
yatlia yudhisthira-
vijaya-janakiharana-sisuprdavadLaprablirtluara
atra tu tai
etc. rakasuranigrahah kavye saddliyataya nirddistali F. 36 b: iti srI-K]'.snasya ' NaiTiyanasya krtau Kiima-
ii
ii
II, 58.
Up
to
f.
54
55
new
f.
and a
find
The III'^*^ Sarga ends (f. 55): iti srl-Kr.^nasisyasya Karayanasya krtau kumarasambhavavivarane ti'tlyas sarggab Sarga IV ends f. 70 b, Sarga V f. 110b, Sarga YI 132b, Sarga VII f. 165. f. The eighth Sarga begins: harih atha purvasarggopaII
sainbhutani
sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyam arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktara atra'?tamas sarggo gaurisambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatuh ca
na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhaviyyati iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya sivayos sambhogavisayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bibhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam
Ai'unacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitara ay am kila
tasyabhiprayah
pfirvatiparamesvarayos
sariramatragrahavi-
nam
ditam^ vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit pravrttayah iti devya api sarlragrahanadikam lokanugraharttham eva iti devimahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam trividha hi loke janah mukta mumuksavas saktas ceti
i i
pi-,
m.
^
raiiktilvaranam
17G
r<r
ity uktam' bhagavate kamam krodham bliayam sneham aikyam saulirclam eva va nityam haraii vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api kai
luinan
cittam iiarvatlparamesvarapadaravindavasaktam
vi-
dliatum
etc.
f.
196,
nanu
ratvam
phalat
sthiraip.
virupaksasyaniiditam
tatpraptimatraatra
tapaso
viramyatani
ata
aha
mama manah
122.
Whish
Size:
No. 119.
lofxl-i-
in.,
(1)
The
It
Ndmaliiigdimsdsana
by
AmarasimJia,
or
the
harih
srlgurubhyo
dayasindhor agadhasyrmagha gunah etc. svar avyayara svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve striyau klibe trivistapam 6 svah avyayam svarggah nakah tridivah tridasalayah suralokah ivadim pulimgam dyauh okarantam divauh vakarantam dveh
.
ii
ii
II
striyauh
kllbe trivistapani
etc.
ivanu
ii
svarggattinnuperah
9G.
ii
amara
nirjjara devas,
Kanda Kanda
etc.
.
. .
I ends on
f.
30,
Kanda
ii
III
ends
(f.
136):
sastyantaprakpadas
te
. . .
ii
II on
f.
sena-
stheyan namalimganusasanam
namah
srina-
rayanaya namah srlkrsnaya namah srisiiryadisarvagrahebhyo namah kollam toUayiratta arupattarantainata kannimasarp, etc. (Date, scribe, and benedictions in Malayalam language.)
-^'
177
f<^
123.
Whish No.
Size: IS-^Xl-gin.,
121.
The BharttrlMvija
Sarga IV, and V,
It begins:
i.
e.
III
complete, beginning of
8VI,
i
71.
hari
namah
i
srlganapataye
namah avighnam
astu
srigiirubhyo
Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh
viracyate tika
jayamamgaleti
namna naukeva
vi-
dusani
ramakathasrayam maha,kavyafi cakara, etc. iti Bharttrkavyatikayan jayamamgalayam praF. 17 b: kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah Sarga II ends f. 40b, Sarga III f. 58 b. After f. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV, 11
ii
V, 8. V, 106 ends f. 85b (f. 86 which should be the end of Sarga V seems to be misplaced). The MS. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI, 71) sakhyasya tava sugrivah karakah kapiwith the words: maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tirodrastasi nandanah drutan
to
bhavat krtyanam
l
ito
bulficav
akrtyanani
adina
krtya
iti
visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanain
124.
WmsH
Size:
No. 122.
16^x2
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
12
-^
Character:
as follows:
178
r^
are
.
kah
16,
ka kha
= = 17
Malayalam. l, ka 2,
The
leaves
ki
numbered by
.
letters,
ki=3,
=4
kau
14,
kam =
15,
etc.
is
Injuries:
lines lost.
The MS.
leaves broken,
and
(1)
The
(ff.
SuldhdntaseJihara,
by
Srlpcdi,
in
20 Adhyayas
140).
It begins:
*******
(i)
yat-
sitamahasah patlioyame mandale samkrantam kumudakarasya kuriite kantim vikasadhuyain'(i) cancaccaiicuputai[h]^ cakoranikarais caplyatesau ciran traitejah
pitrdhamni
(n)
nijaguru-
padadvandvam krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatikika-Sripurvoyam Patir dvijapumgavah (i) spliutam avisamam mandaprajiiaprabodliavivrddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam
karoti hi sekharam
(i)
satanandaddhvastiprabhrtitiitiparya-
skandhakusalaih
F. 3b:
(ii)
kratukriyartthah
i
srutayah
pradistah
etc.
iti
Sripativiracite
ii
siddhantasekhare grahabha-
ganaddhyayah prathamah The 2'^'^ Adhyaya (maddhyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends 3'd A. f. 12, the ^'^ A. f. 17 b [one leaf missing f. 8, the between ff. 17 and 18], the 5*^ A. (candragrahana) f. 19, the 6*^^ A. (suryagrahana) f. 19 b, the 7*'^ A. (parvanayana)
f.
20,
the
f.
8*1^
A. (pata)
the
10*^^
f.
21,
maya)
13 til
f.
(grahayiiddha)
31b.
A. (candra) f. 23, the 11*^ A. 25, the 12"^ A. (bhayoga) f. 27, the A. (vyaktaganita) f. 29 b, the 14*^ A. (avyaktaganita)
f.
21b,
34 three leaves (gi, gu, gii) are missing. A. (golavarnana) ends f. 36, the 17^ A. (rahunirakarana) f. 36b, the 18*^ A. (grahanopavarnana) f. 37b,
f.
After
The
16*5^
the 19 1^ A. (yantravidhana)
*
f.
39.
^
m.
->i
179
(f.
HS-
The
Tim^ali
401j):
iti
siddhilntasekhare
Sripativiracite
II
siddhantasekhare
prasnavidhanaddhyayo
srikrsnaya
namah
ii
ii
ii
Amongst
Jisnu-
nandana, Sritrivikrama.
(2)
The
(ff.
41
It
begins
41):
harih
^rlganapataye
namah kalam
tantram asmakah ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran ca j]\7asur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah
navadrirupagniyutam mahlbhujam sakendranamnam satavarsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutani, etc.
F. 44:
iti
ii
moddhyayah
It ends
(f.
mithunaparyyavasane sarvaaksacapaganitam vada tasmin lambakena sahyatani viganayya Bhaskarena paricintya krtoyara mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Aryabhatakarmanibaudha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spastasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad iti mahabhaskariye annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit mahabhaskariyam samaptam aksaram astamoddhyayah yat paribhrastam matvadhinan tu yat bhavet ksantum arddhad arhanti vidvarasah kasya nasti vyatikramah bhavet krsnam arddhadhikam syat dhiimrani unah ca
ritigunasaptaghati
syat
ii
Bhaskare
ii
ii
ii
vimuhcatah kr!>nadhumram kapilam sakalagrahe ^rikrsnaya namah namas sivaya sivam astu
ll ii II
(3)
Fragment
of
some
treatise on
astronomy
(if.
5566).
12*
-^
It
180
H^
Bhaskaram abhivandyahan
begins
(f.
55):
harih
nikhilagrahagativisesabodhakaram vaksye vyatipatadijiiSnopayam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sitamsau kramasali kilalatavaidhrtav uditau
sayanacalane
ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat suksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpake-
pakramantare vyatlpatahuli, etc. F. 66 ends: vainnye sobhanam ambikaramanabham riktan apurnambhasam suktis sukrasasamkamandadivasa simbasvigostrlghatah vastre surppabham uttamam himakaro raaddhyo vyayaristhito na srisendujalesapapadivasah. kannya *** mesalinam 33
ii
ii
ii
125.
Whish No.
Size: 15jXl-gin., (1)
123.
Some
leaves
damaged by
,
fire.
The Ktdacilddmani
or Laglmstiitimaliabhasya, a
,
Com-
text
It
begins:
harih
|
i
sriganapataye
i
namah avighnam
i
astu
i
aindrasyevetyadi
esa
asau
i
tripura
vah
aghara
in
sa-
hasa
sada
cchindyat
eic.
(follows
Commentary
i
Ma-
layalam language).
F. 15 b:
athedanim
dadhati
^arasanasya
kantim
anusnagor
iva
atanvati
sarvatah
esasau
sriman-
-^
maharajasamaksam evan
181
f<-.
F. 23:
srimat-Siraharajakrte laghustutisriraanmahamanii
trabhasye kulacudamanau prathamavi-ttam sampurnnam It ends: dhruvara niscitara addbyayanam karisyatiti di-
vyasiddbarsimanavaugbagurvacchinnaparamparyagatam asmin mahatsvacchandasamgraban tenedam Simbarajena maya sucaritina^ krtam lagbustutimabubbasyam asesagamasammitam iti Simbarajakrtau bigbustutimababbasye kulaculamanau ekavimsativrttam sarapurnnam Lagbubbattrirakaya namab Simbarajaya namab sivaya iiamab
ii
ii
^ivaya
namab subbani
astu
ii
12G.
Whish No.
Size:
125 a.
12|x2
in.,
(1) -f-
40 [numbered by letters from a, fi, i, I etc. -\- 143 [numbered as ff. 77219] leaves,
8 or 9
lines
on a page.
in
tbe
Blmgavata-Pardm,
Fragment of tbe Bhdgacida- Purdna, Skandba X, Adbyayas 57 to 84 in Malayalam language (ff. 77202), and Adbyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. 202 b 219 b).
1
Read
sukliarltina?
-^
It
182
f<.-
ends:
ksitibhujopi
ii
yayur yadartliah
ii
iti
sribhaga-
vate
mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate mahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah ^rikrsnaya namah k^antum arhati.
ii
137.
Whish No.
Size:
126.
9fxlf
in., (1)
+ 77
leaves, 10 or 11 lines
on a page.
The Kuvalaydnanda
See above No. 109.
It begins:
by
Apimyya
Diksita,
complete.
harih
^riganapataye
namah avighnam
etc.
astu
parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau
pitarau prancau jayapati stumah
It ends:
i
prapahcamata-
kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhiki-panidhe(h) candraloko vijayatam saradagamasambhavah hrdyali kuvalayanando yalprasadad abhud dhruvam srigurubhyo namah
i
amum
ii
ii
ii
pustakam
astu
11
smarata
ity
etsudhi
praudhakah
ii
ii
subham
128.
Whish No.
Size:
127.
17f Xlfl
in.,
82 4-
(1)
leaves,
from 8
to 10 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
18tii
Date:
.
Probably early
cent.
An
entry by Mr.
Whish
is
Rama.
Character: Malayalam.
The
leaves
are
numbered by Aksaras
in
the same
way
as No. 19.
1,
Injuries: Leaves
3841 damaged,
^i
183
f^
(1)
The Kdvyapralaisa
in 10 Ullasas.
Ff. 1
ff.
51
On
13
the authorship of
II,
p.
sqq.
The Bodleian
is:
MS.
iti
srl-
Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh
II
The
hladaika
text
*****
begins: *******
niyatikrtaniyamarahitam
paratantram
navarasaruciran
nirmmitim
etc.
ends
i
(f.
4):
esan
kecana
ity
samghataneva hetuh
ii
ii
iti
ii
ii
Then the Commentary begins: harih sriganapataye namah grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadevai
adadhati
rupa,
etc.
bharati
kaver
jjayati
niyatisaktya
niyata-
It ends:
(prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam ity esa marggo vidusam iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah
vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitraoi yad amutra samyag vinirmmita saragha(ta)naiva hetuh samaptam kavyaprakasam sripatmarabha(read ^ri-Padmaii
bhavabdhitaranareniin nabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthan ajfianasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidhasthirasetubhutan mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilan kavyaprakasanrimedam vicitram kavyalaksanam preksavataii camatkarakan on ranam likhitam maya on namo narayanaya
ii
i
ii
il
ii
agamikala ujaye pratape cSyati smrta namas sivaya karakytam aparadham ksantum agaminyam samvddhau
ii
i
ii
ii
-^
arhanti santah
ii
184
r<-
Ramena
ii
ii
sri-
govindaya namali
liarih
harahara
ii
ii
(2)
The Brahmapm-a
F. 52 begins:
Stotra, with a
Commentary
(ff.
52
54).
pracetasam brabmaparam mune srotum icchamah paramam stavam japata kanda^nadevo yenaparamparam visna pararaddhyata kesavah Somali parah parah parebhyali paramartthariipl, etc. F. 53 begins: brahmaparamayam vedantartthamayam
i i
brahmasabdapracuram
ity adi
etc.
va
visnutatvapratipaditatvat
I
sto-
paramparam
F. 54 ends: kathan ca na iti syat patakan tad api brabmaparam stobanty urugayapada iti bhagavatokteh
i
tram
II
(3)
The Faramartliasarcivivaram a Commentary on the ^emrycl (ascribed to Sesanciga), hjRdghavduanda (ff. 55 82).
,
93 b.
Hultzscb
II, p.
131.
sriganapataye namah avighnam (f. 55): agnisomatmana nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam asyamghridosnam sahasrair jniktam antabkrtasuranivaham
It
begins
astu
11
svaprabhotbha^sitasam (i) netrair arkenduriipair vilasitam analogranana **3 travarnam bhiisa **4 bhipradiptavayavam
avatu vo visvarupam murareli
i
srlmac-Chamsamsarar(i)
karamarggamaddhyava satis
.^akhasatalarakrtas
Krsnacitram
nandamahiruhomrtarasapiirnair
aptirvaih
phalais
I
ase.sopani-
munina ^esaryeha
Read kanjanabhadevo?
syllables.
(corrected to tbha?).
3 illegible.
4
Illegible.
syllable.
-^
pranamalaksanam
arttliatah
185
H$-
manigalam
mukhatas
sampadayann
etc.
rirambhupeksitara
visayaprayojanasarpbandhaI
aryrivi-ttiisloknnfim
mamuktir eva
ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir ukta tatas tisrbhih kracaturasitir iyfintim aryeti paficasitir arya bhasamhrtasamsrtikapaC?) sambbuta Raghavanandat
tasukhaikatanavimalasYanmara('?) prabodbasvarat (i) yatsvarajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas tasmai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe
"
ii
ii
iti
paraniai'ttbasaravivaranam
ii
samaptam
ii
ii
srigurubbyo
namab
sri-Vedavyasaya
ii ii
namab
ii
baribarabiranya-
garbbebbyo namab
ii
129.
Whish No.
Size:
128.
10}xll
Palm
or
in.,
(2)
107
+ 24 + (2) leaves,
from 10
to 12 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
ISt^i
19tii
cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
Numbering
(1)
same way
as
No.
19.
Tbe
SmrticandriJal, hj
Deia
oy
Deranua Bhattopddhydya,
"Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was a Telugu", Burnell, Tanjore, p. 133. Another copy of tbe same work in No. 141.
Yyavabarakaiida.
It begins:
barih
sriganapataye
ganapatim brbaspatimiikban munin pade pade praskbalatam pradipadistbitav api drastfnam drstivisaye candrika pravitanyate atbedfinlm vyavabrirakandam arabliyate tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate tatra Brbaspatib
ii
i
Head osvantah,
or otvan mato?
-^
186
H$-
dharmmapradhanah purusah,
p. 134.
etc.
F. 2:
panam
F.
7:
ii
smr vyavaharabhedah iti smr pratijnavadah F. 26: F. 41b: iti smr lekbyaniriipanam F. 46b: iti smr lekhyapariksa F. 55b: iti smr saksipariksa F. 74: iti smr saksivisayani samaptaii ca saksipraF. 9b:
iti
ii
II
ii
ii
ii
ii
karanam
F. 85:
etc.
smr rtuto divyavyavastha, iti smr dandaviifayani F. It ends (f. 107): iti smrticandrikayam balayantadi(?)dhanavisayani ^ harili sri - Kesavadityasamutbhavasya Devasya santadvijarajamiirttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddhim sakalavidyaiti
ii
102:
ii
ii
ii
visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddhyayasiinu-yaiijika
De-
vena * bhattopaddhyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrikayam vyavaharakande pratliamah paricchedali atreyarn prakarananuiDurvi vyavaharasvarupanarn astadasanirupanani vyavaharabhedanirnnetrnirnnayadharmmasthanevasthanam vyavaliaradarsanavidhih krsnaya namali
ii
ii
il
(2)
The Vycwalidramdlikd
Off. Ill,
law
(?
the beginning only. See Ind. ("Yyavaharamala, a manual of civil by Varadaraja) much used in Malabar"); Hultzsch II
,
pp. 456
(No. 1472),
p. 139.
It begins:
srigurubhyo
manu-
No. 141
= Whi8li
Read yajiiika-Devanna?
No. 143 reads baladidbana o. But MS. No. 141 also reads oyajuika-
Devena.
-^
187
K-
yaih tridivaptiphalair nni-pocitrim racayami vyavaharamalikam sri-Naraclah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajyam
i
abiibhujan dharmniaikatanah,
etc.
Some
(f.
vyavaharavalokanadharmmah
2,b),
1),
sabhasabhyopadesah
(f.
(f.
vyavaharalaksanam
(f.
(f.
3),
hinalaksanara
6),
saksipratyuddhrti
(f.
7 b),
rajasasana-
laksanam, dusitalekhyapariksa
(f.
(f.
9 b),
(f.
lekhyaprakaranam
14b),
10),
agnividhi
(f.
13b), visavidhi
(f.
sapathavidhi
20),
nityadanasya pra-
karah
24), etc.
(f. 24b) with the following words: dasyaabhyupetyasususrusa samaptah Naradah bhrtaniim vetanasyokto danadHnavidhikramah vetanasyana-
It breaks off
i
dhikaranam
ii
130.
AVmsH No.
Size:
129.
9x If
in.,
54 leaves (but
leaves.
f.
Material:
Palm
Date: Probably early 18tii century. Character: Malayalam. Injuries: First leaf damaged.
Fragment
srandman.
of ^ankara's
ckam parayanam
ya-
karmmani
tasmin drste,
F. 24b:
etc.
ii
iti F. 29: satam adyarn vivrtani iti trtiya(n) namnam namna(n) dvitiyam ^atara F. 34: satam vivrtam F. 39: iti namnah caturtham satakam
ii
namnSm
ii
ii
It breaks off with the words: iti bhagavatsmaranat yan devan devaki devi vasudevad ajljanat bhaumasya brahmano guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti raaliribhrira(tam). See MBh. XII, 47, 28.
-^
188
r<r-
131.
Size: 111
X ^i
in., (1)
130.
leaves, 8 lines
on a page.
in
Other copies
It begins:
in Nos. 51
and 186.
ca rajarsir
etc.,
dharmmavarmma
II
see No. 51
above
p. 63.
E. 5b:
iti
tbamodhyayah
F. 40:
ity
ii
sii-
raingesaya
namah
iti
F. 79b:
It ends:
pancadasoddhyayah
.
.
ii
(see above p. 63) muda agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye trmsoddhyayah yadrsarn, etc Avadugdharanagurave namah srikaveryai namah sri - Govindan putran Anantakrsnan
prasannanananlrajri
ity
abhyapiijayan
ii
svahastalikhitam sriramgesaya
namah
ii
harih
132.
WmsH
Size:
No. 132.
12x15-
in.,
The Bralimottm'alihanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?), Adhyayas 23 44. The beginning is similar to that of the Bodleian MSS. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Ox-
ford, p.
74
sq.),
p.
19
sq.),
It begins: harih isriganapataye namah avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnnam ca*.urbhujam pra-
~>-^
189
f<-
akliyfitain sannavadanam dhyayet sarvaviglinopabfintaye bhavata purvani visinor mahatmyam uttamam sarvapapaidanira srotum harani pimyam saraasena srutan ca nah icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbliaktanan ca mahatmyam nissesaghaharam param tanmantranan tadvratanan
i
i
sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh praetavad devamarttyanara sri-Sutah anuvarnnaya bhavam isvarakathayara vo jata bhaktir yad sreyas sa sanatanam
tatppujayas ca
i
i
ahetuki,
etc.
5b:
iti
brahraottarakhantle
ii
F.
nuvarnnane candrdikammasasivavokapiTiptikatlianama (?) sriparvatyai namo namah subham paficavimsoddhyayah bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam
sarvapapaghnam, etc. F. 48b: iti biahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimamivarnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddhyayah F, 68: iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimfinuvarn-
ii
ptikathanan
It ends:
nama
sattrirasoddhyayah
ii
yah pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam ^aivam uttamam sa vidhiiya sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahlyate iti brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvarnnanan
i
srlparvatiparamesvaranama catuscatvarirasoddhyayah caranambhojaparagaparamaguriinara bhyam namah sunavah manomukuram asmakani puniyur anuvasaram namah namo srisulapanaye bham astu srigurubhyo namah
ii
II
ii
133.
lOsXlf
in-,
Character
Malayalam-
-^
190
Hg-
(I,
The Ndmaliugdnusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimlm 1 to III, 2), with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam
It begins:
language.
ii
yasya jnanadayasvali
i
i
sindlior
agadhasyanagha gunali
i
etc.
ita * vya-
yam
svarggah
suralokah
ivayancum pulimgam
dyauh okarantam
i
dyau vakara-
ntam dve
It
i
striyau
klibe
2'^
i
trivistapam
of the
i
etc. 3""^
Varga
Kanda: grai i i i
mata gramavrndam janavrndam Janata dhumya dhumavrndam pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam gavya govrndam prthak prthak dim stri apim sahasram sahasravrndam karisyam karisavrndam varmmanam(read am) kavasavrndam atharvanadikam atharvanavrndam kli iti
i i
i i i
samkirnnavarggah
134.
Whish No.
Size: 10s
134.
X It
in.,
(1)
129
on a page.
Character : Malayalam.
There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha Malayalam language in the Whish Collection.
in the
harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahah antahkaranasuddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindratvam mandopi labhate kanat tarn saradendusvacchamgim vande devim sarasvatim narayanaii jagadanugrahajagarui i
kam
laghvira tatradau tavad acaryyah prarlpsitaprabandhapratyuhasamanayabhistadevatan namaskaroti he visno nihitam kj-tsnan jagat tvayyeva karane jyotisah jyo-
vilikhami
-^
tise
191
Kr-
tasmai
5:
I
namo narayanaya
krtsnam
idaii
yasmims
F.
tvayi
iti
te iti he visno sarvavyapin jagan nihitam, etc. caitradaya eva can dram asah maddhvaditvenoi
ktah
etc.
prathamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira^ikagrahamaddbyamah tebbyo bbaganan apasya sistebhyo bbaganan apasya ^istebbyo la^yadibbyo bbagatmakam upadistam svam svam mandoccani visoddhya yac cbisyate tad iha mandakendram ity abliidbiyate etc. F. 34b: iti tantrasamgi'abasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite vyakbyanesmin purnnoddbyayo dvitiyobbat
F. 12:
nita bhaganadika ye
i
tatra
ii
II
Tbe
7*^
tbe 5th
f.
tbe
90,
tbe
iti tantrasaingrabasya It ends: kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite tadvyakbyane purnnobbud a^tiiuioddbyayab samaptan cedam namas ^ivaya etc. (follow some lines in Malayalam language).
II
i
135.
WmsH
Size:
No.
136.
SjXIt
in.,
Fragment
of tbe Baldblidrata
said to contain
159b; A. Holtzmann,
barib
sriganapataye
namab avigbnam
astu
tbah yam varijasribaram aptavaco vamara barer llocanam amananti sevyas surana(m) bimavarsipadas sambbavaniyas ^irasa sivena mabiddbrabbartteva tamopabantrim yab kaumudim divyanadini prasute na jabnaviyais ca na yamiii
-^
nais ca
192
^^
na caparasam saritam payobhih yannya(?)dayenaiva sujatadhamno barahlyasim vrddhim upeti partthali budhas tatobhim navasu grahesu ratnesu miiktaphalavan manojnah yalikarddamapatyam ilabhidhanam paryyagraliit pancasarSyudharttah tasyanujobhut puruhtitasarali Pururava bhui i
sarddham alabdha daityat tasyayur ayurddamano ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujali hrsyadvaritri pui
parasuh kutrapi ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam era cakre ajayatasmad anagho Yayatih pestur dvisam uccalitasya yasya nabhasy udirnno balarenur asit ghano yasahketakajanmabetuli etc.
Naliiisodhiriidhatrivistapam piinyayarani
sutramiii
i i
F. 8b:
sarggali
ii
ity
F. 31:
ity
F.
rggali
59 b:
II
ity
sa-
F. 66 b:
It
ji-
101
136.
Whish No.
Size: lljXlj in., (1)4Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.?
4<3
137.
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
Character: Malayalam.
A Commentary
It
begins:
hari
nama avighnam
astu
Jayadevanama
kavih
gitagovindabliidham
prabandham
-^4
193
r<~
^arupaiu
bara(m) meghair
timirair va,
It ends:
etc.
ity
krsnahrtair mmegliais
sima
iti
*'
il
srigltagovindavyakhyanc sarasarasiruhakso
ii
nama
dva-
dasas sarggah
srikri?naya
namah
ii
137.
WmsH
Size: 11
^
No. 139.
(1)
X It
in., (1)
70
-}-
leaves,
from 8
to 10 lines
on a page.
cent.
Suryasiddhdnta, 13 Adhyayas.
It begins:
harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu gurubhyo namah lokambayai namah srisuryaya namah cidrupakriranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidrsyah
ii
ii
i
jagatas
tarn
skariyam
laghu
suryasiddhantasama-
tatra
karma Maya-
Aksara
fiju.
13
-5H
194
Kvacanafi
etc.
II
niyuktasya
pradarsayati
r. 11: F.
sCiryamsasya
I
purusasya
ca
kramat
acintyavyaktarupaya,
20b:
iti
suryasiddhantavivarane pratliamoddliyayah
iti
ii ii
Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane
dviti-
yoddliyayali
Paramesvare triprasnaddbyayas trtiyab Adbyaya lY ends f. 34b, A. V f. 37 b, A. YI f. 40b, f. 52b, A. YII f. 44, A. YIII f. 47b, A. IX f. 50, A. A. XI f. 55b, A. XII f. 68b. etat te sarvam akbyatam rahasyam param It ends:
F. 31:
iti
ii
atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyam sarvapapapranaevam upasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos sam^anam gamat sauuiye sthitena paramadina siddhantam vivrtam iti Paramesvare suryasisauram isvarenaivam atppasab^ ddhantavivarane trayodasoddhyayah srilokambayai namah
ii
ii
il
^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo
namali
ii
srisarasvatlprasadika
ii
138.
Size:
9t
X 1|
in.,
(1)
to 9 lines
on a page.
is
Date:
year 998,
An
i.
entry by Mr.
dated 1817
which
is
very
MS.
the Koliam
A. D. 1823.
Cluu-acter: Malayalam.
The
leaves
numbered by Aksaras.
The
Saliasranama]}adijavrttl or metrical
Commentary on
i
the Visnusahasrandman.
srlganapataye namah avighnam astu jagad idam akhilam yena va tat pravistaii jivo bhutva khalu jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (i) yasminn ante vilayantarn paranandan conani (?)^ visnum vande mama
It begins:
asij
i
harih
yasmad
saharagair avadan (read avadat?) puratanan yas tarn gurun naumi sadartthasiddhaye (i) Yyasasisyo mahatejas sa Yai^ampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana1
Id
est alpasah.
Metre wronjr.
Four Aksaras
wantino:.
-3m
195
i<~
Diejayara
It ends:
.sripiirvapurnnapriyavfidarena
i
dliitamanasena vrttir
samparkasam^omniaya kcsavapurnnanaiuMam ( ?)
laghuvrttir iyaia liaripadayugan
sahasrasya samlriteyam
tSm
iti
ii
srlsahasra-
sri-Vedavyasaya namah,
etc.
(Date
etc. in
subham Malayalam
ii
language.)
139.
AVmsH No.
Size:
141.
6 or 7 lines on a page.
7f
xl?
in.,
(1)
102
+ (1)
leaves,
Date:
KoUam
Character: Malayalam.
SodasakiHyd, a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jatakarman, Upanayana, Marriage, etc.), according to the school of Bodlidyana, in the Malayalam language, the Yedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit, e. g.: f. 9b: mantram asma bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam bhava vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasya subliagatvam asme, etc. See ]\Iantrapatha II, 12, 1; 11, 33. mantram a tisthemam asmanam a^meva tvam F. 35: sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanEyatah mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata yas ca devir antan abhi to dadhantha tas tva devIr jjarasa sam vyaSee Mantrap. II, yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah
2,
2;
5.
i
mantram sakhasi saptapada abhuma sakhyan gameya sakhyat te ma yosam sakhyan me ma yosthah See Mantrapafha I, 3, 14. F. 79: mantram yas tva hrda kirina manyamanomarF. 67:
te
i
i
jatavedo,
etc.
See Mantrap.
13*
II,
-^
196
H^
MO.
WmsH
Size:
No. 142.
Oj-xlf
18tii
in-:
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
or 19tii cent.?
(by
Ndrdyana Bhatta
is
of
On
by Mr. C. M. Whish: "Narayaniyam; by a native of Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. The completion of the work by the author is dated 27*^ November 1586 O. S."
The author is described as the 'most popular and welladmired author of Prakriyasarvasvam Dhatukavyam, Narayanlyam, etc.', by the Maharaja of Travancore, JRAS., vol. XVI, 1884, p. 449. See No. 114.
,
It begins: harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu sandranandavabodhatmakam anupamitam kaladesavadhibhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusartthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupavanapure hanta bhagyah jananam etc.
i i
mahatvara yad iha nigaditam visvanatha ksametha(h) stotraii caitat sahasrottaram adhikataram tvatprasadaya bhiiyat dvedha narayanlyasrutisu ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam lilavatarair idam iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam srikrsnaya nam ah narayaniyam samaptam srigurubhyo namah etc.
te
i
ajhatva
ii
ii
ii
ii
141.
Whish No.
Size: 9^Xl-^i
in.,
143.
(1) -f-
Material:
Palm
leaves.
-^i
197
i<~
Date: Kollam 981, i. e. A. D. 180G, according to the scribe's colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the MS. Character: Malayalam.
or
Devanm
BJiatfojjddhydya,
Paricclieda I of the
Vyavaliarakanda. Another copy of the same work as No. 129 (1) (Whish No. 128).
142.
Whish No.
Size:
144.
14x1 J
&
in,,
(11
Material:
Palm
leaves.
The MS. was copied by Krsuadvija in the Kollam Kollam A. D. 1810, according to the scribe's colophon toUayiratta empattaficamata makaramasain ancantiyyati coppaccayum rohiniyuiu suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Siiiihah karanavum kutiyadivam vatalayesanugrahena Ivrsiiadvijena likhitam pustakam Character: Malayalam.
Date
Scribe:
year 985,
i.
e.
ii
The
vindn,
Arutiranjinl, a
by Lalxsmidhara,
of the
(1)
(Whish
143.
Size:
9^
or
X Ij
in.
145.
16
in.),
+ 21 +
19
+5+
11 leaves,
(4,
5,
7) lines
on a page.
leaves.
Material:
Palm
Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship, and fragments of Tantric treatises.
(1)
beginning:
om
hriiii
6rim kllm
I
am
(?')
Indistinct.
-^
198
t<-
rlsenali sarvastrlpurusavasankari
klira
mahatripurasundaryyai
F. 10 b:
na
na
ii
adhikam
guror
sivasasanatas
sivasasanatah
ii
110
11:
srigurucaranaravinda-
bhyam namali
(2)
fragment begins on
f,
adhare
limganabhau
kanthadese svaranam harnsan tatvarttbayuktam sakaladalayutam varnnarupan namami etc. This fragment breaks off on f. 13b, f. 14 contains some benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidbatre, etc.), ff. 15 & 16
pbakarasabite
i
Another Tantric
:
treatise
(or fragment),
beginning
1)
manasa
cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate kbasthitam pundarikaksam mantramui'ttim harim smaret anantadityasankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatmadharinani vanamalinarn syamalam, etc. atha (4) A Collection of Mantras, beginning (f. 1): patram viti om prakrtya vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak-
caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha - sabdasparsaruparasagandha-akasaYayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhatatvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthuladeham parisodbayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah, etc.
F. 17 ends: iti samkhapuja gaingamgayai visvarupayai sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo namali Ff. 18 19 contain some tables of Mantras in four
i
i
columns.
(5)
rsili
Another
amrtagayatri
rudro
(6)
Mantras begins (f. 1): Sukra cchandah sarjjivani(read samjlvani?)devata aim sukrasapanam klim, etc.
collection of
(f.
1):
harih
sriganapataye
namah srimadvagdevatayya
natvri
tva
gananatbam
pranamya
bruve
ii
ca
ii
desikanathah
ca
sivanandarasam
->i
It ends:
109
H$-
anandamrtapuritaharapadarnbhojalavale
sthitil
stbita,
ddbita
ii
50
ii
lU.
Whish No.
Size:
fl-s
1-16.
X It
in.,
(l)
+ 52
leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
on astrology.
It
begins:
sriganapataye
namali
namab avighnam
(i)
astu
srl-
suryadisarvagrahebhyo
stiryendvagnivilocanam
mayam
gulikan
vrddboksaketura
bhaje
i
kantbantarggatakalakiitai
maddhyatavyadhipam ceHuranatbam sivam 1 pranamya kamalam prane^varam sarapade krsniyaprabhrtira vicarya bahudha prasniigaman afijasa saragrhyapi guruditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasamgraham adadhamy aham asau dcyva(read daiva)jnatustyai bhavet 2 skandhesu trisu sasramali krtamanas siddhantabhedesu va paficasv attamantrattamo (read manastamo?)
i
i
nipimadhiracaryavan satyavan
daivajnah krtanityakarma-
karano japtilttamantro grahan paficamgeksai.iapiirvakam 3 hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhi(h) dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita F. 2b: dutalaksmadikaddhyayah prathaniali prasnasamgrahe iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astrestamamgaddhyayo F. 4b:
i
i
ii
ii
dvitlyah
F. 5b: F. 22:
iti
sarasaragrahe
ii
prasna^astre
prasnasastre
ity
sugrivaprasnagrahavivaranfiii
ddhyayas trtiyah
iti
sarasaragrahe
li
ddhyayo dasamah
F. 32b:
ayu(h)prasnah
slokanaiu
-^
^atakenaivam
200
f<-
ayuhprasna udahrtali
ii
saikena
dasakenatha
vivahaprasna ucyate
uktam agamabhavena saptivarsaIt ends (f. 38b): namrgayayudhoh laksanara vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam
prasnasamgrahali
ii
iti
ii
pra^nasamgrahah
ii
ii
ii
iti
prasnasam-
graham samaptam
(2)
Fragment
It begins
of
the
Laglivl
(if.
Jdtakapaddhati,
and
other
38b
52).
38 b):
harili
saram api yet (read yat) kiiicit samadaya taccha(s)tram sisyahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janmayuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan grahan daivajhah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api prasnam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam apy adesyam vidusa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad
yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenukulekhile deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva param piTibhrtam prahne prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam
nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhumitalesu mamgalayute
cakvam likhed daivavit etc. madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha samF. 46 b: bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharrdirta sva
i
dasa
coktavat
Tlien
labdhany 40
i
antaraja
iti
dasatha
vidasa
saddhya
ii ii
tatas
jatakapaddhatir llaghvi
follows
^
(f.
46 b)
harih
sonarkanisakaraksiti-
javim
(?)
patyas
This
is (as
Commentary on
.
the
hamihira. See Ind. Off. V, p. 1059 (No. 2993). 2 kesajarkao ovijjTva. Ind. Off. MS.
. .
Varahamihii'acaryasya sadvastuni
10.
Ind.
Oft".
MS.
-^
This
also
Ff.
is
201
4952
U5.
Whish No.
Size: 74lines
147.
x2
in.,
from 8
to 12
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Wliish is dated 'Calicut 1822', and at the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date KoUam 997 (also curresponding to A. D. 1822) is given. Character: Malayalam.
(1)
The
<ff.
17).
It
begins:
harih
7):
sriganapataye
namah avighnam
|
astu
ends
(f.
iti
sarakhyilsaptati
tatvais
samaptah
sat-
trimsata
samghatitaya
tvagadisaptavarano
bha-
vaya
etc.
(2)
SdhliJiyasa;ptati,
762).
7b):
harih
sriganapataye
namah
ii
ii
adhi-
gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam prai.iamya munim kriyate saptatikayas tika jayamamgala nama preksavantonukte
prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta
tatvajfifman
moksah
pancavimsatitatvajiio
etc.
It
ends
(f.
62):
iti
srlmatparamahamsaparivraja(read
^risri-
parivrajaka)caryasri-Govindabhagavatpi'ijyapadasisyena
namah
srikr^naya
namah
ii
-^
202
(3)
f^
The Tattval^anmudi
ptati,
hj VdcasjKitimisra
140).
(3).
It begins:
harih
sriganapataye
namah avighnam
astu
ajam
srjamanan
namamah
aja ye tiXfi jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam bhuktabhogan numas tan Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye sisyaya tasya casuraye Pancasikhaya tathesvarakrsnaya vayan nam as}' amah iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham
i
pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati, etc. It ends (f. 40): iti sri-Yacaspatimisraviracita sara-
kumudanlva cetarasi bodhayanti satam sada sri-Vacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudi aksaram yat paribhrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah srigurubhyo namah
khyasaptatitika samaptah
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
ii
(4)
(ff.
41
46).
alam utkanthaya tavety upadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavivekakhyatimanti muktani babhuvuh, etc.
vidhasyati
(5)
F. 41 begins:
te
The
TarlxasamgraliadlpU^d,
hhatta on his
It begins:
visvesvarara
harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tikam
i
etc.
ends:
ity
Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasamii
grahadipika samfipta
ii
srimahatripurasundaryai
namah
li
etc.
(Date
etc. in
The
TarJi-asamr/ralici,
by Annamhlmtfa
(ff.
12).
-^
It begins:
203
Hg-
harih
etc.
srlganapataye
namah avighnam
astu
nidhaya
hrdi,
Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye It ends: Annambhattena vidusa racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasamgrahas samaptah sri-Vedavyasuya namali srigurave namah.
ii
146.
Whish No.
Size: 7
148.
Is^ in.,
+
i.
129
Material:
Palm
leaves.
e.
A. D. 1817.
Damodara.
(1)
Ff. 1
The Sarvdrthacintdmani
See Hultzsch
It begins:
II,
an
astrological
treatise,
(ff.
by
22).
astu
i
No. 1307,
p. 128,
harih
srlganapataye
vinilayam
namah avighnam
sri
srimacchesagiristhale
-Vemkitesam
gurura
natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat^ sudhih etc. rahau vilagne F. 22b breaks off with the words:
e.
Fragment
mllu's
of the first
(f.
Sarga
of the
Balakanda
of Tdl-
Rdmdyana
begins:
23).
F. 23
lokam
vedai.s
ghnam punyarn
sriramayane
iti and ends: ^riyamadvadikande srinaradavakye srlganapataye ^risamksepo nama prathamas sarggah
ii
namah
I
>^
204
(4)
f<^
Malayalam
Ff.
(Astrology?).
Commentary 160.
on
the
Karanapaddhati
U7.
Size: 7^-
7 lines
on a page.
the Blmgola-Purdna.
laksmigrame samagatya bhagavan bhrgunaIt begins: ndanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan kancidvijam dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetrakaryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa, etc. E. 6b iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah F. 39b: iti Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah F. 50 b: iti sribhiigolapurane keralamahatmye garggayudhisthirasamvade addhyayah
:
ii
ii
li
ii
F.
92:
iti
ii
keralotbhave
nilanadimahatmye
paiicamo-
ddhyayah
F. 131b: iti sriblmgolapurane umamaheSvarasamvade keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah F. 155: ity agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadimahatmye paficapahcasodhyayah iti keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastisIt ends: Satatamodhyayah subham bhavatu
ii
ii
ii
li
148.
If
in.,
first
of which
is
missing), 7 lines
on a page.
Afaterial:
Palm
leaves.
-^
205
f<^
Date: 17th or 18 th cent.? Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras. Injuries: The first two leaves damaged.
The Sutasamliitd of the Slianda-Purdna. The Sivaniahatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf), the Jnanayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete, the end of tlie Yajnavaibhavakhanda is missing. See No. 76.
F.
3:
iti
srlskande purane
siitasamhitayam sivamahaii
tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah The Sivamaliatmyakhanda ends (f. 41): iti skiinde purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah ^ivamahatmyakhandas samaptah
ii
ii
(f.
83):
iti
jnanayoga-
ii
samapta jhamuktikhande
39 ^^ Adhyaya
nayogakhandah The Muktikhanda ends (f. 112): iti navamoddhyayah muktikhandas samaptah
li
ii
off in
the middle of
tlie
M9.
Wbdesh No. 151.
Size: 7|
x It
in., (1)
+1+
109
+ (1) + 20 + 29 +
(1) leaves,
7 or
8 lines on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
in 7 Acts.
namah nandyante
srstir
tatah
adya vahati vidhihutam ya havir ya ca hotra (read hotrl) ye dve kalam vidhatta srutivisayaguiia ya sthita vyapya visvam yam ahus
pravisati sutradharah ya srastus
sarvabhutaprakrtir
iti
ksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir i^ah naipatthyabhimukham avalokya aryye yadi naipatthyavii
-^
dhanam avasitam
itas
206
r<-
tavad agamyatam
pravi^ya nati
ama
ia limi
su
Kalidasagrathitavastuna
navena
16b, the
5*1^
natakenopasthatavyam
2''^
f.
asmabhih
etc.
The
f.
first
Anka
A.
ends
f.
f.
42, the
4*1^
58, the
A.
tava bhavatu api ca It breaks off (f. 109b) with: vidaujah praiyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajhas (sic) svarggino bha(Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's vayalam yugasataparivartta.
edition.)
(2)
The Daksayajnaprahandha, a poem. The Catalogue of the Library of the India Office, voL II, part I, p. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna, by Ramanarayana', published Calcutta 1881. The same work? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins:
^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau
sa-
nandam
parijataprasavasulabhilan
(?)
manayan mandavatan
pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?) capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekhakalapah 1 It ends (f. 20): sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumiliii ii
praptajivaih datva rudrasya bhagani vidhivad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan nivaiti daksayasarn prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhtiva jnaprabandham samaptam
tam prakrtaih
ii
ii
ii
ii
(3)
A
It
harih
sriganapataye
namah avighnam
astu
'
The metre
->t
207
H$-
samanatraajam
tan
teli
yatiidbanapararaesakollupatinri.sumarutasuadi
ii
(?)^
*
II
devacaranaravindamakakan
vila * (?)^
karutibhinan
150.
WmsH
Size: Q-k
No. 152.
generally 9 lines on a page.
ly
in., (2)
196
+ (2) leaves,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
The Tantrasamuccaya.
It
begins:
liarih
i
^rlgurave
bhabhukarukaib purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) taippito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityain samaradhnuyah (?) 3 gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphurii
F. 103:
thika pratisthah
144:
ii
khyandavarosta samaptah
It ends:
ii
baliplthamahaddhvajadijittena
(sic)
ii ii ii
i
vihitair
ii
ii
ddeva-
visuddhyavasrutais tatsuli^oddhya
iti
samntra-
samuccyeye samaptah
language.)
(sic)
etc.
(Date
in
Malayalam
151.
Size: ll
X It
in.,
(1)
7 lines on a page.
2 3
requires ^-.
requires
w-
for vila*.
readiner.
^^.
Character: Malayalam. way as Xo. 19.
208
r<-
The
leaves are
numbered by Aksaras,
lost.
in
the same
(1)
The Alanikarasarvasva by Eajdnal<a Euyyalm or MaiiOur MS. mentions Mankhuka as the author's name. In Burnell, Tanjore, p. 54 a, the name of the author
lilmlm.
is
given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka.'
Generally
Eajanaka Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author Thus in the edition published in the 'Kaof our work.
vyamala' (Xo. 35,
Bombay
1893);
also
in
the
Bodleian
Euppaka
p.
a mistake for Ruyyaka. Mitra, Notices No. 3015 (vol. IX, 117) has Rajanaka Rucaka. Biihler (Report, pp. 51,
seq.)
67
of
Mankha
has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita
between A. D. 1135 and 1145). Is Mankhuka identical with Mankhaka, and was he the real author of the Alaiukarasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins:
naraaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalamkarasiitranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhata-
nyante tatha hi, etc. sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayiIt ends: samaptaii cedam alambhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih
ii
ii
karasarvasvam
ndhivigrahikah
ii
ii
iti
Mamkhuko
sivaya
vitene
kasmlraksitipasa-
rasarvasvam
astu
II II
11
ii
ii
ii
namas
santaya
ii
ii
ii
"
subham
II
(2)
A
It
fragment
(4 leaves,
ga,
gha),
not
identified.
begins: iha
visistau
kavyam
tayos
ca
-^
vaisistyan
209
f^
kliena va
veti dvaividdhyara,
It ends:
tririipatvad
ii
paksadharmmatvam
trini
sapakse
iti
rupani
ii
vakyanyayo ml-
mamsakanyayah
152.
Size: 13-|
X Iv
in.,
(1)
from 10
to 12 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably copied for Mr. Whish in the early part of the
19 th cent.
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
The Amarakosodghdtana, a Commentary on Amarasimha's Ndmalingdmisdsana, by Kslrasvdntm. Not quite complete. See Aufrecht in Z. D.M. G., XXVIII (1874), pp. 103 seqq.;
Burnell, Tanjore, p. 45.
It begins: barih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu srigurubhyo namali disyac cbivani sivayos tilakayamanam
gorocanarucilalatavilocanam
vah
bahir
anyonyagadhapariramiva
bbanipidanena
pindibhavan
sphutitonuragah
adyapy
abhinnamudro
yortthilrtthibhir
Amarakosa
esa
i
prakrtipratyayavakyair
vyastasamastair
nniruktinigada-
bhyam iti saptastaih pathibhir nnamnain parayaiiaiu kurmmali bhagna abhidhanakrto vivarltaras ca yatra vibbrantab namani tani bhaktum atigahanam aho vyavasita smah sabajo yas samullasah ksirabdhes sopi mamsyate candra ity atra kim kurmo gatanugatikaii jagat vastv eva tan na hi bhavet kriyatenyatha yat kas chadayed dinamanini karasamputona saretarantaravicaracanan pratlrsyams tenai i
ham
etc.
F. 21b:
ity
Amarakosotghatane sabdadivarggas
sara-
purnnah
rnnah
ii
F. 107:
ii
ity
-^
F. 113: F. 128:
210
H$-
iti
sri-Ksirasvamyutpreksite
i
Amarakosotghaii
sudravarggas sampurnnah
ity Amarakosotghatane
II
samkirnnavarggas sam-
purnnah
It breaks off (f. 137b) with: saradi bhavas saradah laksanayabhinavah adhrstopratibhah suddho varsa ca vidvatsupragalbhau visaradau vigatas saradopratibhatvan
i
ii
dososya vi^aradah
ii
ii
ii
3,
94.
VI.
i
p. 451.
It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu laksmim atanutat sa vo munivaro Vyasabhidhanonisam yah praleyagirav Apantaratamoriipena nityan tapah tanvfi-
nasya kalaharer avikala lokopakarodyatad rag asyandata bharatamrtajhari yasyeyam [asye yam] asyendutah 1 nrtyaI 1
trilokljanair nnityan
me
vighnan vijeghniyatam
F.
7:
iti
ii
stabakah
stabakah
It ends:
ii
iti
modabharahcitobhyasihcat
ii
153.
WmsH
Size:
Xo. 158.
14-|-44 leaves, 7 or 8 lines
7^Xls
in.,
35
+5+ +9+
-i
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
in
Mala-
-^
211
(4)
^-
Fragment
It begins:
barili atah param pravaksyami yogam paramadurllabham dharmamoksapradan tatvan divj^am divya-
santanayogam ity abiis samsaroccbittisadbanam yogat samadhis sayujyam sayujyad divyasamnata sa hi samsarasandhana bavani muktir isyate kamakrodbas tatba lobbo mobas ca mada eva ca matsaryaii ceti sadvarggo vain jneyo miimuksuna yamas ca niyamas tadvad asannam pranadbaranam pratyabaro dbarana ca dbyanan capi samai
dbita,
etc.
atab param pravaksyami yatbavac cbamkulaksanam nitye naimittike capi vasadblne ca karmani dikvidiksamsaye prapte sarnF.
8:
iti
ii
etc.
ends
(f.
9 b):
prasastasutrastiksman
i
vadbarayet
yatbaiva
tu samkunaivapurvaparayamyasaumyadigbbagavi-
karmanibandbanani
iti
ii
ii
of tbe
barib mesamrimsamalakirnnatatketamisadbiiIt begins yasya pitadadimlpbalasanpattim mabatira labbate param kasyapi mamsena goksiragulasamgina tena siktena nS,ramgI
i
pratbamam kusumo mesah kusussvadakbya* pbalosrita tbarena ksate krte jaragbayam tilaciinmena samena madbui
sarppisa
etc.
F. 1
F.
F.
F.
bijastam-
bbanara.
F. 5 marg.:
I
tilakosarvalokavasyakaram.
of the syllable ssva
is
The reading
doubtful.
14*
-^
F. 5 b marg.: F. 8 marg.:
212
H$-
F. 9 F.
10 marg.
bhunagatailaprakarah.
bhunagolpatti-
prakarali.
dordduramo-
ksulpipasaharanaprayogah.
F. 14 marg.:
It ends
(f.
pipasaharanam.
:
14)
dugdhayuktam phalam
dhatryadinaikam
na samsayali
ii
ii
The Sambhava-Farvan of the Mahabhdrata in twelve Adhyayas. This MS. has been fully treated in my paper "On the South-Indian Recension of the Mahabharata,"
,
Indian Antiquary,
vol.
XXVII,
154.
1898, pp.
134136.
Whish No.
Size: 10
159.
or 8 lines on a page.
Xl?
in.,
-{-
72
1 leaves, 7
Some
leaves
damaged
bj^ insects.
The Prdkrtarupavatdra, a Prakrt Grammar, by 8imliardja, son of Samudrabandhayajvan. See Pischel, Grammatik der Prakrit-Sprachen Strassburg 1900, p. 42 seq.
(Biihler's
Grundriss
I,
8),
-^-4
213
^<-
tmopamarddendum vande karimukliam mahah (read aham?) uttarabhimukha bhakta yasya vacaspatav api bhajami bhagadheyan tam prasannam daksinamukham setum vyakhyai
narupam gahanam akrta ya^ sastrasahityasiiidhor buddhya baddhva yatharttham vyaracayata nijam sindhubandhetisamjnam natva tam yayajukain nigamavidhividara tatam asya prasadad vyaktam rupavataram viracayati mitam
Simharat prakrtiyam iha prakrtasabdas tridha skrtasamas saraskrtabbava de^yas ceti etc.
i
i i
sam-
F. 13:
ity
II
athajanta
strilimga ucyante
F. 72b ends:
yusmadadibhyah
i
bbavati
Ff.
tuhmara
f.
ahmara
7375
ii
ii
are omitted.
76:
It ends on
****i
ssagrhnau drsigrahoh
vassadi
grhnadi
iti
sakalavidyavisaradasya Samudrabandhaya-
ii
155.
WmsH
Size:
Xo. 160.
(1) leaves,
6|-xli
in.,
(1)
+ 103 +
9 or 10 lines on
ca
page.
The AmaraJwsa,
slmlia.
or the
Ndmalingdnusdsana by Amara-
It begins:
harih
sriganapataye
etc.
namah avighnam
astu
yasya jnanadayasindhor,
It ends^:
dvandvesvabadavav
i
asvabadava na samahrte
iti trti-
ii
-^^
214
156.
H$-
WmsH
Size:
No. 162.
T^xIt
ITtii
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
or 18tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
in
12 Adhyayas.
See Aufrecht
It begins: harih sriganapataye naniah aviglinam astu jnanasaktidharam santam kumaram samkaratniajam deva
i
i
**
danam skandam Agastyah pariprcchati bhagavan darsanat tubhyam antyajasyapi samgatih saptajanmasu vipratva(iii) svarggat bhrastasya jayate yenasi natha blmtanam
anukampakali atas sarvahitan dharmam samme dharma bahuvidba de^^ai devena kathitah kila te ca srutas tvaya sarve prcchanii tvam ahan tatah kimpradhanas sive dharmas sivavakyan ca kidrsam limgerccitas sivali kena vidhina samprasidati vidyadanafi ca dananam sarvesam uttamam kila tac ca srutau dvijendranan nanyesam samudahrtam tat punyam sarvavarnanaii jayate kena karmana, etc. F. 8b: iti sivadharmottare gosadamgavi(dhi)r nnama prathamoddhyayah F. 25b: iti sivadharmottare vidyarogyastutir nnama
sarvesam
ksepat prabravihi
dvitiyoddhyayah
F.
ii
74b: iti
papagativiseso
F. 97:
iti
svargginarakicihnaddhyayo
.
F. 112:
iti
yah
II
It ends:
ii
iti
sivadharmottaram
157.
Size: 7|
23]
ll
in., (1)
+ (1) + 1
-f (1) 4- 1
[numbered from
page.
7 to
-^
Material: Palm leaves.
215
i<r
A fragment
beginning of the
Adhyaya
1
by some
cannot
sriganapatayenamali avighnam astu Dhrtarauvaca dharmmaksetre kuruksetre samaveta yuyutsavah mfimakah pandavas caiva kim akurvata Sanjaya drstva tu pandavanikarn vyudhan DuryoSaujaya uvaca dhanas tada acaryam iipasaipgamya raja vacanam abrastra
i i i
vit
etc.
F.
41j:
iti
ribhagavatgitasupanisatsu brahmavidyayam
yogasastre
.srikrsnarjunasamvade
ii
arjjuuavisadayogo
nama
prathamoddhyayah
The
gavan
mam
tali,
Adhyaya ends f 52. Then follows: sribbaparam bhiiyali piavaksyami jhananain jnanam uttaya(j) jnatva munayas sarve pararn siddliim ato ga13"^
i
etc.
F,
52b ends:
pravrddlie
lo.
tu
tadottamavida(m)
Then
begins
:
The
first leaf
mukambikam
etc.
fragment of 17 leaves, numbered as leaves 7 to 23. harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu suklabegins: mbaradharam visnum sasivarnnam caturbhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye on namo bhaga-
vate
viXsudevaya
on namo bhagavate
purusottaniaya
etc.
i
on
sarvalokagurave,
aksobhyas
sarvapraharanayudhah
harih
iti
om kirttanam yasya kesavasya mahatmauah namnam sahasran divyanam asesena prakirttitam ya idam srnuyan
nityam,
etc.
(f.
It ends
23b):
kayena
-^
216
i<~
ddhyatmana vanusrta svabhavat karomi yad yat sakalam parasmai narayanayeti samarppayami ^ubham astu A fragment of one leaf begins: harih mahesvara rsih anustup chandab annapurnnesvarl devata on namo bhagavati annapurnesvari annam me debi dadapaya svaba Vamesvara rsih gayatrl chandah kumaramiirttir ddei
ii
ii
vata
etc.
(2) The Anandalahari, by ^anJcardcdri/a. See Haeberlin's Kavyasamgraha pp. 246 seqq.
It begins sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sivas saktya yukto yadi bhavati saktah prabhavitum na ced evan devo na khalu kusala spanditum api atas tvam araddhyam
:^
hariharavirihcadibhir
ends:
api
i
akrtapunyah prabhavati
It
pradlpajvalabhir
candropalajalalavair
i
ddivasakaranirajanavidhis
argghyaracana svaklyair ambhobhis saHlanidhisauhityakaranan tvadlyabhir vagbhis tava janani vacam stutir iyam 103 ya kanthanalakabalikrtakalakiitacchayeva visphurati vaksasi candramauleh sa me samastaduritani kataksamala tucchikarotu tuhinacalakanyakayah
ii
sudhasiites
II
158.
Whish No.
Size:
164.
the
7x1t
in-j
150 leaves
(but
two
first
leaves are
lost",
from 7 to 9
Material:
lines
on a page.
leaves.
Palm
The MS.
is
in a very
badly damaged.
^ankcira^s
nisad,
(flf.
i.
e.,
3108).
lost.
The beginning
F.
7
:
atranantaratikrante
yasmin
gran the
mahavratakhyam
^astram
karmmadhigatam
mahad
ukthrikhyam
-^
brhati
217
H$tat
sahasralaksanam
sasyate
karmmoktbasastro-
kaman aptvainrtas samabhavat samabbavad iti iti sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapada^isyaparamabamsaparivrajakacarya-^rl-Samkarabhagavatpadakrtau babvrcabrabmanopanisadvivarane pratbamoddhyaloke sarvan
ii
svargge
yab prana uktbam ity etad avadbaritam tasya ca pranasya sarvatmatvan tan ca sarvatmapranam uktbam abam asmiti
II
etc.
f.
Adbyaya
It ends:
2 ends
iti
f.
45 b; Adby. 4
92;
Adby. 5
f.
103.
sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapadasii?yaparama-
bamsaparivrrijaka-Sarnkarabbagavatpadakrtaubabvrcabrab-
manopanisattika samapta
ii
ii
brabmane namah
II
ii
srlguruII
bbyo namab
ii
sridurggayai
namab
(2)
narayanaya namab
Sahlcara's
Commentary on
tbe Samhitd-Upanisad,
(ff.
i.
e.,
109
150).
begins:
om
atbatas
sambitopanisad
asyas
sarnksepato
mandamaddbyamabuddbinam
iti
jaya pasubbir
150 b):
ii
''^**
bbagavat-
srikrsnaya
*****
namab
ii
sridurggade * ai **
akliilabbuvana-
AVmsH No.
Size:
165.
as 38 to 82), 13 lines
Us X2
in.,
(2)
+ 45
leaves
(numbered
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date:
18tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
-^
The Commentaries on
2)aryadlpikd),
218
Hg^
by
Bdmalrma,
vedartthasya prakasena tamo harddam It begins (f. 38): nivarayan pumartthams caturo deyad vidyatlrtthamahesva-
rah
trptidipasya
arabhamana sri - Bharatitirtthagurus tasya srutivyakhyanarupatvad vyakhyeyam srutim adau pathati atmanan ced vijaniyad ayam a + iti purusah, etc.
prakaranam
I
F. 63 b:
ratitirttha
iti
srlparamahamsaparivrajakacriryya-srl-Bha-
astu
F. 70:
iti
kutasthadipavyakhya samapta
ii
ii
natva
ddhy ana-
maya
i
etc.
breaks off (f. 82b) with the words: iti proktam yamenapi prcchate naciketasa iti uktam arttham upasamharati
I
iha
vamarane vasya
bra.
160.
WmsH
Size:
No. 169.
ly
X ll in
Palm
(1)
19
(1)
14
21
+ (1) + 57
leaves, gene-
rally 8 lines
on a page.
leaves.
19tii cent.?
Material:
Date: 18* or
Character: Grantha.
(1)
ii
srir
ttamah
ii
ii
-^
It ends:
219
ii
H^
vrttaratnakarali piirnnah
i
iti
sasthoddhyayah
om
II
(2)
Fragment
found in this
of
the
Lalitdstavaratna.
see Nos. 63
(5),
The
title
is
not
MS. But
bhaslistam
kumkumaparagasonam
jayati
i
kuvalayinijarakorakfi-
pldam
sa
suvarnasailas
sakaLajagaccakrasara-
ghatitamurttih
dhasaiiigitah
ii
kancananikuhjavatikandaladamaripraban2
ii
...
i
tatra
catussatayojanaparinahan
devasilpina
racitam
nanasalamanojfian
5
i
namamy ahan
nagaram adividyayah
It breaks off
(f.
etc.
14):
i
pariskrtam sevyam
102
(3)
ii
srimga.
The Barhasimtyasutra,
6 Adhyayas.
It begins:
or NUisarvasva by Brhaspati, in
upadisati
atmayan
etc.
dayet
It
dandanitir eva
i
na kuryat
ends:
iti
Brirhaspatyasutre
i
sasthoddhyayah
ii
sri-
gurubhyo namah
subham astu
(4)
First
Part
of
the
Siibodlimi ,
Commentary on
the
Brliajjcdalm of VanViamihira.
It begins:
srlganesaya
namah
atmayate svatmavidafi
i
jananam margayate janmavivarjjitanam dipayate yo jagatam abhistam dadatu nas sonyataranaveksam ya hora
i
vatananasarojataprasadagatam
It
etc.
2'*'^
breaks
off at
ii
-^
om
II
220
f<-
subham astu
atlia
grhayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
ii
ii
161.
Whish No.
Size:
171.
l^xli
in.,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
is
MS. was
The Xrsmi/am, an
(2)
astrological treatise.
It
sriganapataye
i
namah
avighnani astu
sri-
gurubhyo namah yena traikalyajnanam sammuditani ajnanan timiravarttibhyo tajjhanam divyayiitain vaksye tasmai namaskrtyam jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loke tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese
jyotisajhena^
It ends:
iti
ii
ii
etc.
iti
namna
li
krsniye
162.
Whish No.
Size:
172.
5ixlg
Palm
54
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Fragment
of the
Krmlijam, an astrological
treatise.
~>i
221
Hg-
phalam adesali phalarttliam arambhanain bhavati loka tasmad yatuah karyyo liy adese jyotisajfianena, etc.
It breaks off with the words:
163.
WmsH
Size: 14-g-X2
in.,
No. 174.
(1)
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
not
An
entry by Mr.
Whish
is
dated 1828.
The MS.
is
probably
much
older.
Character: Grantha.
The
ntaniuMdvcdi.
It begins:
** sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ^rigurubhyo namah nutanajaladharariicaye gopavadhutidukUlacoraya tasmai krsnaya namas samsaramahiruhasya
i
karmma samanyam
i
savisesakam
ii
i
samavayas tathabhavah padartthas sapta kirttitah 2 ksityaptejomarudvyomakaladigdehino manah dravyany atha guna rupam raso gandhas tatah param 3 spar^as saipkhya parimitih prthaktvan ca tatah param samyoga^ ca vibhagas ca paratvah c3,pa(ra)tvakam 4 etc. F. 6b: iti paribhasaparicchedas samSptah It ends: iti srlmahopaddhyaya-Pancananabhattacriryyaviracita siddhantamuktavali samapta harih om sriguriibhyo
II
i I
li
li
namah
ii
164.
Whish No.
Size: ISj
175.
X li
Palm
in.,
Material:
leaves.
Date: Probably IStii cent. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered as follows: ma ya ya ma mi mi mu mu mr mr ml me mai mo mau ma mama yi yi yu yti yr na na ni ni nu nu nr nf nl nl ne nai no nau nama na pa pa pi pi pu.
-^
222
r<-
Fragment of the Bliarttrkdvya {Bhattikdvya) with the Commentary Jayamancjald. The first leaf begins: vyasaktam mam hatavan karmmani
hana iti ninih tatra hi kutsitagrahanam karttavyam ity uktamyadi sugrive(na) mama virodhah kin tavayam iti kutsitam hananan tad eva darsayann aha papakrt sukrta(m) maddhye rajhah punyakrtas sutah mam apapan duracaram kin nihapapakrd ityadi etc. tyabhidhasyasi iti bharttrkavyatikayaii jayamamgalabhidhanaF. 20 b: yam adhikarakande prathamah paricchedah sugrlvasamagamasamjhakah pancamas sarggah mriyamahe na gacchamah The last (?) ^ leaf ends kausalyayanivallabhain upalambhyam apasyantah kaumarim he patatam vara mriyamaha ity adi patatam vara mriyamahe na gacchamah kim iti kaumarim akrtapurvadaraparigraham pati[ta]m labdhavatim kaumarapnrvavacana iti kausalyaya apatyam kausalyakarmaryyabhyan ceti phiii kausalyayanih ramah tasya vallabham istam upalabhyam prasastam por adupadhad yat upat prasamsayam iti^ yati apasyantah anupalabhamanah pratyaye num
ii ii
i
ii
ii
ll
165.
Whish Xo.
Size:
176.
14x1^
in.,
(4) -f
271
(1)
leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
Whish is dated 'Tellicherry, December The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The JRgvetla-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented, IV. The Udatta accents are expressed by the sign^-^ (u?) placed on the top of the syllable. The
Astakas I
Svarita
line,
e.
is
g.
kvay
expressed by the signy at the bottom of the At the end of unaccented in V, 30, 1.
at the
bottom
of the line.
The
1,
155; III,
1,
98; VII,
1,
66.
-^i
sign
223
Hg-
L
I
is
e. g.
devaii
:^
i
iha
vaksati^
in I, 1, 2.
i i
agnim ile^. purah liitam It begins: yajfiasya liotaram ratna devam rtvijam dhatamam The first Astaka ends f. 70: prathamastake astamoddhyayah The second Astaka begins: pva vah^ prantam raghu manyavah^ andhah yajiiani rudraya milhuse bharaddhvam ^ etc. Astaka II ends f. 137b, Astaka III f. 202b, Astaka IV
i i
ii
ii
ii
ii
f.
271b.
The MS. contains also the following Khilas': Khila II (end of Mandala I) on ff. 108b, 109; Khila III (end of Mandala II) on f. 133; Kh. IV (end of hymn V, 44) on f. 218b; Kh. VI (end of hymn V, 51) on f. 221b; Kh. VII
(end
f.
of V, 84)
on
f.
235;
Kh.
XI
f.
(end of VI,
265.
44) on
I,
260; Kh.
XII
The Khilas
V, VIII
(Sristikta),
IX
and
166.
19x2^
in.,
(1)
+ 166
[numbered
as
ff.
160323,
ff.
281,
1 leaves, 11
Palm
leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wliisli dated "Tellicherry December 1831". The MS. may be about the same age as Xo. 176, but it is wiitten by
a different hand.
Character: Grantha.
The Rgveda-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented the same manner as No. 176), Astakas V VIII.
(in
It begins:
stuse
i
nara
divah
| i
vya
asya
i
pra-santa
jaramanah vya arkkaih etc. The V*'^ Astaka ends f. 198b, the VI *^ Astaka f. 241, the VII*^ Astaka f. 282 b, and the VIII ^^ Astaka f. 323 b.
asvina
i
huvC'^
See Professor
with
Max Miiller's 2nd Edition of the Rigveda-Samhita Sayana's Coram., vol, IV, pp. 519 sqq.
-^
Mandala
Khila
places,
224
f<-
IX XVII
ends
f.
f.
265b.
247 b.
gatiasati sii-saha 49 vah'^ yatha It ends: tirnnadhadhamastama nassanna sanus sanam'(??) addhyayasya suktani vargasamasamkhyani ity astamestakestamobinsubrahmanaya paramagurave namah ddhyayah
ii
ii
i
ii
ii
ii
li
dudurllipi
etc.
167.
WmsH
Size:
Xo. 178.
15|xli
Palm
in.,
Material:
leaves.
The MS.
is
probably not
and the Prakfticalaksara An entry by Mr. Whish (ff. 157 b 165) of the Sdmaveda. Peakbitih of the Saiviathe says: "This volume contains same of the C. M. Yedah; and the CHalaksheam is Chalaksharam NB. The Tellicherry 1831 Whish
The Prakrti
(ff.
1157)
a running index of the Prakritih." The first 6 leaves contain an Index to the volume, written by Mr. Whish.
gna i a cho gr ka ni no ha yi hi na vo i to ya pre i tokaya pre i naghi i ho ta sa tokaya pre i vya CO dato ya pre i a di 7 pa 9 ma 9 jho hi tu si tsa ve i ba au ho va gr kah nl no havya da taya takaya i te gna a yihi vl i ni ghai ho ta satsi barha i si baverha i sa aii ho va See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1. etc. di 9 pa 6 ma 6 tr bajarhl si
It
begins:
gautamasya
i
parkkah
o ta
i
ii
ii
F.
2:
dvitlyah
3:
ii
paiicadasa
F.
7: dva-
vimsati caturtthali
etc.
F. 18:
caturda^a
dvadasa
ii
harih
om
ii
agneyam sama-
ptam
II
-^
F. 30 b:
225
r<-
dvavimsati
ii
sasthah
i
samriptara
Sv.
I,
om
4,
tvastri saraa
'
ii
bahusiimi
i
etc.
See
2,
2,
1.
F. 35b:
ekada^a
3,
sasthah
ii
64
i
ii
om
F.
II
bharadvajasyfirkkau dvau
I,
See Sv.
150
1,
5,
1.
ii
51b:
II
ekadasastamah
brhati
samaptam
ii
samara
F. 58: F. 66
trayodasa
i
tritiyah
ii
trstup
samaptam
I,
ii
om
ii
saikhandinam
:
ga
yi
ya
etc.
See Sv.
ii
4,
2.
1,
1.
F. 80:
F.
caturvim^ati
ii
caturtthah
anustup samriptam
ii
ptam
ptam
ptah
harili
II
II
samam
387
li
F. 127b:
II
F. 137:
F. 150:
dvadasastamah
trtlyah
ii
ii
tritiyaparvani
samaptam
ii
ii
om
ii
aranam samaptam
sthi
ii
samam 248
i
F. 156:
ends:
ka a pre da ka yo a ci di 6 pa subham astu srigurugayatram samaptam 6 ma 2 ka (Scribe's colophon in etc. caranaravindabhyam namah Malayalam language.) agnijho tra tra tam agne jhu agnin F. 157b begins: tvaprestha chodhau ku dhudhedi duku agnirvatra agne agne hi tvam the ju a te eh}iindainr nnojhego vivasvad agho ekona^^msati prathamah namas te du diii
hi
dasa
ma
ii
sukriyam samaptam
i
ii
F. 157
ii
ii
ii
tam vo
See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1. sukriyam samaptam dasa tritiyah a i vi dama ghavanvi darayendran dhanasya cauti dhu va no u dvaya nte tatsaka sakvari samaptam prakrtinil
i
etc.
It ends
(f.
165):
ii
ll
ii
calaksaram samaptam
ii
harih
om
etc.
168.
Whish No.
Size:
179.
on a page.
15
TtXI^-
in.,
+ 54
leaves, 4 or 5 lines
Material:
Palm
leaves.
^^
Date: 17th or 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam.
226
HSr-
(1)
of
theAstdhgasamgraha
smrto
i
vatapittaslesmaksataksayaih ksayayoI
peksitas
riipani
kanthe
tatradho vihatonilah
iva
etc.
vlryyam rucili pattir balani varnnas syac ca prstbakafisasrnmutratvam kslnasya ca biyate kupita dbatavo rajayaksmanab. grabab vayu[h]pradbana(b)
It ends:
i
kramad
(2)
Some y aisnava tr ac ts, viz. Ekddasivratamdhdtmya, Jay an Umdhdtmya from tbe Skanda-Purdna, Jayantlvrata (?),
Anantavrata
(?),
and Bhdskaramatamdhdtmya.
begins:
Tbe
astu
I
nam
sriganapataye
i
Yudbistbira uvaca
tvalprasadad adboksaja
anyo me sarpsayo bbuyad dbrdi salyab ivarppitah cbettum arhasi devesa na *** hi vidyate
i
tvam
yadupumgava ekadaslvratam
i
idan nityam va
It ends
(f.
kamyam
eva va
etc.
ii
krsnabari
ii
(f.
20):
sriganapataye
i
sandrajiianatamascbide
vidvatpatmaprabodbaikanidanajnanatejase
jayantyas caiva
tvabani
sri-Naradab
ii
uvaca
etc.
As
-^
It
227
H$-
ends
(f.
41b):
ii
iti
skandapurane ^rijayantimahatmyam
(f.
41b):
atah
parara
pra-
vaksyami jayantlvratam uttamara caturvarggapradan nfnam vaisnavanam visesatah anantara putradam sridam monta(read moksa)dafi ca visesatah sravanyam krsnapakse ca tithitrayam anuttamam saptami castami caiva navami ca tatha srnu paratrayan nisa caiva dinatrayani atah param budhas ca gurus ca sukrau ca paratrayam udahrtam, etc. dvadasaksaramantrena snapayed vidhipurvakam F. 47 aranye varttamanas te panharih snganapataye namah
:
ii
dava duhkhadar^itah (read '^'karsitah?) krsnan drstva yathanyaya(m) pranipatyedam abruvan vayan duhkhena sanjatah prthivyara purusottama katham muktir vadasmakam anananantavratam asty anyat srikrsna(h) tad dukhasagarat
i
i i
strinaii caiva
etc.
F. 54 ends: ittham vratan devapurohitena labdham pura Bhaskarasannikarsat tasmSd amarttya manujas ca iti Bhaskarajagmur vratan caritva sakalan abhistan
ii
matamahatmyani samaptam
il
ii
169.
Whish No.
Size: 9irXl-gin.,
181.
(1)
namah avighnam
astu[h]
srigurubhyo
namah
i
guruvandanam
grahah
i
etc.
15*
-^
-r^.
^-io 228
f rsr-
vaude
varppati
170.
Whish No.
Size:
182.
7|xl|
in.,
(1)
+ 38
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
= A.
D. 1822.
Bliatta's
of
Nrsimhayajvan.
astu
'See No. 54
It begins:
(3).
harih
. . .
namah avigbnam
svetambbodhisthitan devam etc. See the beginning in atba praripsitasya granyathamatib No. 54 (3).
ii
brahmacyutarccitam
samkaram
It
spastortthah,
ends: yas
sonantam apnoti jayam paratra vad vyavabarakale iti vrttaratnakaravyavagyogavid dusyati napasabdaih^ kbyayam manimahjaryam sastboddhyayab piirnnah barib asmatgurubbyo namah sriganapataye namah
ii ii ii
i
ii
srlsarasvatyai na-
171.
Whish No.
Size:
183.
9j-Xl|
in.,
I,
p. 2.
-^
Three Stotras,
(1)
viz.,
229
r^r-
the Durgastaka
(ff.
12);
2
(ff.
b 3);
3b 10b).
the Mantraksaramala
(ff.
namas tembike
traivaCrjiiyrinruu
gunanam amisaranakala-
f.
etat
namah
The Hastamalakam (f. 2b) begins: harih nimittam manascaksuradipravrttau nirastakhilopadhir akasakalpah ravir llokacestanimittarn yatha yas sa nityopalabdhisvarupo-
ham atma
F.
3
ends: tatha cancalatvam tathapiha visnau hastamalakah See No. 63 (6) above p. 82.
ii
iti
The Mantrakisaramala
above Nos. 43
It
(2)
(f.
sitamrtabdhiLaharimaddhye
and 112
ends
(f.
pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suvihitam^ tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisutanrttam vidhattc sada vanivaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamgala (Then follow some lines in the Malayalam language).
i
-5H
230
K~
172.
Whish No.
Size:
184.
7x1?
IStii
in.,
(1)
+ 30 + (6)
leaves, 6 or 7 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
or 19tii cent.?
Character: Telugu.
Injuries:
The MS.
is
almost
illegible.
treatise
in
Sanskrit.
The beginning
It
is
not Sanskrit.
i
ends: saktya tu daksinam dadyat nanaasyann istadoso na syatvu samsayah sarvadusvaiDnajanitam sriraiti dusvapnasa ** 8 (read syat tv asainsayah)
devatan
i
ii
ii
ii
niarppanam
astii
ii
ii
173.
Whish No.
Size:
188.
(5
8tX1|
in.,
lines
only on
Material:
Palm
leaves.
The Caudikasai)tati, a Stotra in honour of Durga. Printed in Kavyamala IV (1887), p. 1 seqq., and called there Candlsataka. The author is Bam. See Aufrecht CC. p. 177.
It begins:
kalahasraddhaya kin trisulam ity udyatkopaketiin prakrtim avayavan prapayanty eva devyfi nyasto vo murddhni musyan marudasuhrdasun samharann amghrir amhah 1
i
i
It ends
...
ii
11
sridurggayai
namah
candikasaptatih
-^
231
f<-
174.
AVmsH No.
Size: 7
189. on a page.
1^- in.,
(1)
13
+ (1)
leaves, 7 or 8 lines
Material:
Palm
leaves.
called
Aryddvisatl
and
end
the
same
as
in
the
fragment
175.
Whish
Size: ISj x; It in., (1) + 39 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?
No. 190.
leaves, 9 lines
+ (3)
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
The
and
See Aufrecht-Oxford,
p.
150
seq.)
It begins:
svasti
adau dhararajye Bandhulasamjno raja ciram asya ca vrddhatve Bhoja iti putras sa yada paiicavarsikah tada pita atmani jaram samajani jnatva mantrimukhyan ahuya anujam Mimjam mahabalam yady ahara alocya putrah ca brdam viksya vicarayam asa rajyabharadharanasamarttham sodaram apahaya rajyam athava balam me putraya prayacchami tada lokapavadah tatha visadina marayisyati Muiijo rajyalobhad putram
kathyate
i
prajah paryyapalayat
i
hi
prasiitir
llobha
li
eva
1
i
ca
ii
lobhat
drohena
ii
mataram pitaram
putram bhrataram va suhrttamam lobhavisto naro hanti svaminam va gurun tatha 3 iti vicaryya rajyam Munjaya
ii
ii
^
dattavan
rajani
i
232
H$-
tadutsamge atmajam mumoca tatali kalantare divam gate sati sampiTiptarajyo Muiijah buddhisagaram vyaparamudrayali durikrtya tatpade anyan didesa gurubhyo rajaputram vacayati sravayati ca sastrani evam
i
sthite
jyotissastraparam
i
gatali
kascit
brahmanah rajnas
sabliam abliyagat
upavistali
i
praha raj an lokoyam mam sarvajiiam vakti kimapi prccha kanthastlia ya bhaved vidya sa prakasya sada budhaih ya gurau pustake vidya taya miidhah pra *** (11 4 mateva raksati piteva hite niyuiikte kanteva kirttifi ca diksu vitanoti cabhiramayaty apanlya khedam
i
i
II)
laksmlm kim kin na sadhayati kalpalateva vidya 5 tato raja putrasya Bhojasya buddhyatisayan jatakan ca prstavan tato brfilimana aha raj an tava putroyam atitanoti
ii
ii
buddliiman
hi
1
biiddiiir
tatha
i
mmukto dhanusmata
rastram
buddhir
II
hanyad
of"
sarajakaiu
etc.
the
MS. being
ii
as follows:
i
raja sarvam
udatisthat
kavis
rajan kanakadha-
abhagyacchatrasaiichanne
mayi nayanti bindavah 302 raja antahpuram gatva Liladevlm aha devi sarvam rajyam kavaye dattam tasmat tapovanam maya saha agaccha asminn avasare vidvan nirgatah Buddhisagarena mukhyamatyena prstah vidvan rajha kin dattam sa aha na kimapi dattam amatya ****** (leaf broken) akam patha aha tatas slokacatustayam pathati sukave tava kotitatomatyah praha dravyan diyate paran tii rajha yad dattam tava bhavi tat punar vikriyatam kavis tatha karoti tato kotisamkhyan datva kavim presayitva amatyah rajani katam agatya tisthati raja tam fdia Buddhisagara rajyam idam sarvam kavaye dattam atas tapovanam gacchami tavapeksa asti yadi tarhi ma gaccha tatomatyah praha deva kotidravyamulyena rajyam idam vikritam kotidravyah ca viduse dattam ato rajyam bhavadiyam bhumksva rfija amatyam sammanitavan anyada mrgayarasena atavim atann atai
i i
i
233
H^
pena dunadehah pipasaya paryyakulas turaipgam adhiruliya udakartthan nikatakatabhuvam atan tad alalxlliva, srantah tatra kacit gopakanya kasyacit taror adliastad upfivisat sukumarl manojfiasarvamgl dharanagaram prati takram vikritukama takrabhandam samudvahanti samagacchat
i
buddhya prccbati
tarn
i
sa ca mukbasriya
Bhojam
ca
jnatva
iXba
deva
bimakundasasiprabbasamkbanibbaiii
i
176.
Whish No.
Size:
191.
lltx28Palm
in.,
+ 226 + (3)
leaves,
from 14 to 16
lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The Vyaya year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 182627. The MS. may have been written in that year, or in A. D. 1766 67. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.
Character: Grautha.
complete,
table
first
contain a
of the
indicating
the
commencement
suklambaradhararn visnum sasivarnah caturprasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavighnopasantaye oin ise srlramacandraya namah srigurubbyo namah tvorjje tva vayava sthopayava stha, etc.
It begins:
i
bhujam
ii
ii
I ff. 1 32, Kanda II ff. 3368, Kanda III 6988, Kanda IV ff. 89116, Kanda V ff. 117155, Kanda VI ff\ 156193, Kanda VII ff 194-226. vyattam avahad dvaIt ends: yonis samudro bandhuh
Kanda
f.
il
dasa ca
ii
gavo
catuhpahcasat
ll
gavo
harih om subham astu sriguruyonis samudro bandhuh bhyo namah sriramaya namah. krsnarpanam astu
n
ii
-^
234
r^
i
ayane samvatsare vyaye bhanau kannyaraslm upeyusi antiradhabhidhe tare site vare brhaspateh Ramakrsnasya putrena ramabliacaturtthitithisamyute
daksine pakse
i i
ktena dhimata
kam
abaddham
li
177.
Size:
121x2
18tii or
in.,
lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
III, 9.
The Taittiriya-Bralimana, in 3 Astakas, ending with The first two leaves contain a table of contents indicating the commencement of Astakas and Prasnas.
It
i
etc. begins: brahma san dhattan tan me jinvatam asvibhyam yad varunasya The l'"^* Astaka ends (f. 88 b): varunasya prati yat trisu tasmad udvatis saptatrimsat
ii
tisthati
II
harih
om
etc.
Astaka ends (f. 185 b): pivonnam yuyam pata harih om, etc. svastibhis sada nah The 3'^'^ Astaka ends (f. 302): prajapatir asvamedhan
The
2^"^
ii
juhvati
II
harih
om
etc.
178.
Size:
12tX2
in.,
lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date: 18th or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha, the same hand as No. 177.
The
(i.
e.
Taittiriya-Brahmana III, 1012). The arrangement of the Prapathakas differs from that in Rajendralala Mitra's
edition,
as in the
and Prapathakas VOI and IX are missing, just Dravida text, described by Burnell, Tanjore p. 8b.
p.
61 note.
-^
Ff.
1
235
K~
T
)
Kathaka
or
Aranya-
Pi apathaka
II
cs
y
^3
-S
III
VI
VII
^ 3
'
icS
X
IV
S
-S
rt
g
-"S
pf
T3
Taittiriya-Brahmana
III,
10
III, 11
III, 12
Kathaka
It begins:
120b-130
karnebhis srimuyama devah etc. The 1"* Prapathaka ends f. 20b, the 2^d P. f. 28b. The 3"^ P. ends (f. 36b): suvaniara sahasrasirsabhyo
i
bhadram
cittis
ii
sirnginikosyabhyam
ii
harih
tat
om
sat
II
srikrsnarpanam astu
vasudevarpanam astu on
II
Then follows: pareyivamsam pravato mahir anu bahubhyah pantham anapaspasanam etc. which is the 6**^ Prapathaka in Rajendralala Mitra's edition. It ends (f. 45):
i
om
utsrjata
ii
vadhistha dve ca
i
ii
te
i
saptaviipsatih.
. . .
paii
reyuvamsam
oni
utsrjata
ii
harih
om
subham astu
Prapathaka VII ending f. 54b, and this is followed by P. X, which begins (f. 55): ambhasy apSre bhuvanasya maddhye nakasya prsthe mahato mahiyan etc. It ends (f. 69): mahimanam ity upanisat 64 ambhasi bhur agnaye bhur annam bhiir agnaye ca pahi no (f. 69 b) tasyaivam vidusas catussastih ambhasi vrsa harnsas sarvo vai rudra ayatu sraddhayan tat purusa ya prthifollows
Then
ii
ii
vyaikannasltih
. . .
ii
ambhasity upanisat
ii
srikrsnarpanam astu
srigurubhyo
namah
ii
Then
ff.
ff.
85103,
devS, vai
->*
236
H^
dhiyantoveksante pamkto yajnas tabhya evainam yajiiam raksamsi jighamsanti tat samnah payo vacyeva vacan dadhati tasmad idam satottarafi caturdasa
i
liarih
om
ii
Then
follows the
(ff.
1012
It
Kathaka, 104130).
(f.
i.
e.
Taittiriya-Brahmana III,
saptapahcasat
ends
harih
II
130):
i
tuhhyam
i
tubhyam
om
II
ptam
om subham astu idam riranakathaka samaharih om tubhyan tapasa tava eta hiranyan dadati
ii
il
sriguru
etc.
179.
Size:
14ix2
in.,
lines
on a page.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. be about 50 or 70 years older. Character: Grantha.
The Uhagdna or Saptagcma of the Samaveda, Prasnas 1249, or iBooks II VII. The titles of the Books are: Samvatsara, Ekaha, Ahlna, Satrani, Prayascitta, and
Ksudra. The first Book, called Dasaratra, consisting of Prasnas 111, is found in No. 180. The first two leaves contain an Index of Books and Prasnas. On this work, see Th. Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vii; WeberBerlin I, p. 67; Aufrecht CC. p. 709. amahlyavani yo ucca, tajjatam andhasah It begins:
ii
vr pha
si,
pavasva dharaya
i
ma
ca kah matsarah
vi
ro sva dadha
na kah ojasa u
etc.
See Sv.
F. 31
:
I,
5,
2,
4.
ii
- samvatsaram samaptam
l
om
nanadam
i
sva
See Sv. I, 4, 2, 2, 1. etc. pra thu tyasmai pi pi srigurubhyo harih om ekahas samaptah F. 63: namah harih om srautakaksam yo indrEya ma dva
ii
ii
ii
ne
siitri
etc.
See Sv.
vi
ti
I,
2,
2,
ii
2,
4.
F. 94:
ahlnara
i
samaptam
so
l
harih
ti
cm
ii
(F.
vitam
Sv.
I,
vipasah
1,
v6 ta
tatha im
2,
4,
7.
-^
F. 119
jfipatyam
237
f^
ii
b: satiTini
i
saiiiaptaui
harih
i
yo
puniinas
soma dha
ma
astu
etc.
See
Sv. II, 1, 1, 9.
ii
F.
harih ora
ii
subham
no
nii
mah
ptam
sura
It ends
II
150b):
ksudram
samaptam
ii
uhara sama-
harih
om
etc.
180.
Material:
12^Xl|Palm
in.,
70
+ 74
leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
leaves.
1831'.
The Dasamtra
Sdmaveda, No. 194).
in
or first
Book
11
Prasnas.
It begins: amahiyavam svayona u pha cca ta i jatam andhasah di chii va i sat bhu pre mi kah ya da da i u ro gram sarmmil ma kah ha i srava 2 yaca sa pha na a indrti ya yu jyava i va chu rii na ya pre makah rilt pakah ra 2 srava 2 vaca vakaira vo va it bhi yah
i
i i
ephana va
It ends:
sva ni aryya a
etc.
i
o
i
ntyau ho
4 2
8.
i
ya
di
tl
muha
etc.
nu
nama
2 6
lu
ii
dasaratrah
(2)
il
harih om,
in 7 Parts. The titles same as those of the 7 Books of the Uhagana. The work is evidently the same as the TJhyaydna or Uhyagdna, on which see Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vm; Weber-Berlin, I, p. 67; Aufrecht CC. p. 709.
The Eahasya
of the
Sdmaveda,
the
-^
It begins:
238
i<r~
a ra
blii
i
tvl su ra no
ntaram
ii
sva catvari
a ra bhi tva su ra no
nma mo va rathanma mo va
i
aka dugdham thenava (sec. m.: dugdlia iva dlienava) nam asya jagatah su kah vardrsam etc. See Sv. L 3, 1
i i
i(sa),
5, 1.
F.
11: tritiyah
i
dasaratrah
harih
om
ii
aprcchyam
ii ii
samkrstah
F. 26:
dha
ratnali purvavad
i
rathantaram
uhasamam
uhu va
o
41
vanam
P.
34:
hi ekahas samaptah
i
athar-
ii
ahmas samaptah samkrstah rathantaram ma rabhe mama, etc. harih om u ca hu va o satram samaptam F. 48b: va ha au ca ho etc. F. 54b prayascittam samaptam samarn 19 harih om
ii
i
cyokaham F. 44 b:
prakasunvanaya,
etc.
ii
ii
i:
ii
ii
au ho
gatih
It ends:
I
it
I
ku ida
ut 3
I
simasuva
i
di
12
ptam
II
srigurubhyo
ii
ii
subham astu
181.
Sansk. No.
Size:
1.
IT^xIt
in.,
(1)
53 leaves,
from 5
to 7 lines
on a page.
The Hastigirimdhdtmya from the Brahma - Purdna, Adhyayas 1 15. According to Aufrecht-Oxford p. 30a, it belongs to the Br ahmdnda -Parana.
It begins: Bhruguruvaca bhagavan muni^ardiila varnaakhyata bahavo dharmma bhavata me sramasamasrayah sanatanah utpattih kathita dhatur visnunabhisaroruhat devata * ryyan^ naranah ca sambhavah kathitas tvaya
i i i
is
broken
oft",
lost in
each
line.
Read devatanan?
-^
239
Hg-
pradhaiiapumsor ajiieyo svarupan ca (sa)miritara vidyavidye punyaksetrani sarvani ca katliite lokabhedas ca vismrtah nagarani ca punyani vi.sesena mahikathitani saraagratah
i
tale
salagramam kuruksetram
5:
tatlia
badarikasramam
ii
etc.
iti sribrahme purane Bhrugu-Naradasamvade ^riF. hastigirimahatmye prathamoddliyayah F. 19: iti sribrahme purane Bhrgu-Naradasamvade srihastagirimahatmye ahamkaranirupane hiranyagarbhavibu-
II
iti
gunatrayavibhago
.
.
25b: iti
ii
ddhyayah
yah
33: iti
II
F. 43:
ii
iti
nama
dvadaso-
ddhyayah
F. 47
:
iti
ii
ddhyayah
F. 50:
iti
yaksasamghais
ca nisevitam
vitah
1
dadarsa paramapritas sobhitan nirmmalodakam The last leaf does not of the work is lost. end The
it.
belong to
182.
Sansk. No.
Size:
2.
9x1t
in., (2)
+ 57 + (2)
on a page.
the
Adhyayas.
See No. 49
(a)
(No. 3437).
-^
It begins:
240
r^
i
asmatgurubhyo nainali
i
i
Naradah
i
devadeva
smtam sarvam mayadhuna trailokyantargatam pratnam tvanmukhambhojamssrtam tatha pimyani tirtthani gamgadyas saritas sarva itihapunyany ayatanani ca kaveryyas tu prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya sas ca samkara prastutam ramgam ity uktam visnor ayatanani pura tasyaham srotum icchami vistarena mabesvara mahat
virupfiksa
i 1 i i
ca vivrddbaye
etc.
moddbyayab
sriramganatbaya namah
.
ii
sriramgamabatmye bralimasrstikatbanan F. lib: iti nama dvitiyoddbyayab bayagrivaya namab Adbyaya 3 (srlramgavimanam avirbbavan nama) ends
. .
ii ii
16; Adby. 4 f. 20 b; Adby. 5 (arccavataravigrabasvarupavaibbavan nama) f. 25 b; Adby. 6 f. 31; Adby. 7 (sriramgadivyavimanam Iksvakulabdbavaibbavan nama) f. 38b;
f.
Adby. 8
f.
44b; Adby. 9
iti
f.
50b.
brabmandapurane mabesvaranaradasamIt vade sriramgamabatmye dasamoddbyayab sriramganatbaya namab barih om subham astu.
i i
ends:
183.
Sansk. Xo.
Size:
3.
ISlxlj
Palm
in.,
(6)
+ 82
(numhored
also as
f.
66 to 148)
(3)
leaves, 5 lines
on a page.
leaves.
Material:
Date:
IStii
or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
of i^a-
See Aufrecbt-Oxford
p.
^rirajivaksavaksastbalanilayarama
madhuramadbujbari nabbipadme murareb astokam lokamatra dviyugamukbasisor ananesv arpyamanam samkbaprante na divyam paya iti vibudbais samkyamana punatu kancimandalamandanasya makbinah
vyalolallila(bja)n nispatanti
i
i
-^-4
241
H$-
bhagineyam viduli astokilcldhvarakarttur Appayaguror vidvanmaneh putra srI - llagliunatliadiksitakavih purno gunair edhate tatsutas tarkavedantatantravya2 krticintakab vyaktam visvagunadarsam vidhatte Ye(n)katapadyam yady api vidyate bahu satam hrdyam viddhvari gadyan na tarka (read tad?) gadyan ca pratipadyate na vijahat padyam budha svadyatam adhatte hi tayoh prayoga ubhayor amodam mamodayam samgali kasya na hi svadcta manaso maddhvikamrdvlkayoh visvavalokasprhaya kadacit vimanamriruhyasamauarupamiKrsanuvisvavasunamadheyaiu gandharvayugmam gagane cacara 5 tatra tu Krsfinur
i
asyaisa
akrsasuyah
purobhagi
padam gatah
i
Yisvavasur abhud
6 atha puratas samapatantam aravindabandhavam avalokayann avandata nanam (?) agamasagaraparadrsva visvavasuli brahmacaryyavratotsarga-
visvagiinagrahanakaiituki
gurave
jyotise
kokasantateh
cchayabimbokalolaya
cchandasa-
namah
It ends:
jayatu
prakasadosapracurepy amu^min granthe madiye karunanubandhat prasadavanto na krsanavantu j)aran tu visvavasavantu santah slo 575 ga 222 iti srimad-Atreyanvayai i i i
ii
cambu
(sic)
sampuniam
ii
harih
om
ii
184.
Sansk. No,
Size etc.:
4.
IS^-xli
Palm
in.,
(2)
176
+ (2)
leaves,
from 6
to 8 lines
on
a page.
Material:
leaves.
242; H^.
(1)
(ff.
The Madhydrjunamalmtmya from the SJcanda-Piirdna 179) and Uparihlidga of the same (ff. 80-145). advaitadantam ahirajasriganesaya namah It begins:
krtopavitam akhandaladivibudhair abhivanditamghrim apannakalpatarum adrtahastirupam anandavarddhanam aham srikantham varadam vande sndharasivayor nnamami
i i
dharayantam viyannadya samam mursuprasannamiddiambhojam suvarnaddh[a]ni sudhakarani gaurisakham anadyan tam bhajeham jagacitivigraham
drumareditam
i i i
disvaram
om
i
rsayali
etc.
srutani
pimyasthanani tirtthani
vividhani ca
F. 4b:
iti
thamoddhyayah
Parti (f. 79) ends: iti sriskande purane maddhyarjjumaddhyarjjunamahatrayam namahatmye trimsoddhyayah ajhaganesampurnam srimaddhyarjjunesvaraya namah
ii
i i
svaraya
namah
astu.
sridaksinamurttaye
namah
ii
harih
om
srii
avighnam
Part II begins
(f 80):
mahaganapataye
tvattas
namah
Saunakah
srutam
nadmadapuranajha
tirtthavaibhavakovida
saivarahasyam
caiva
me
samgam mahamate
i
gamanagamanan
vrsnivaryasya
maddhyarjjunapateh
tatvavisrirada
i
mahatmyam
Suta
srutam
vistarena
srotum
icchami
mahatmyam
tirtthanan ca visesatah
i
kartsnyena bruhi dayaya tlrsubhe maddhyarjjune pure etc. tthadevadikany api iti sriskandapurane uparibhage tirtthavaibhavaF. 83: khande Siitasaunakasamvade karunyamrtatirtthaprasamsal
li
145 b):
iti
sriskandapurane Sutasaunakasam-
ii
-^
243
(2)
^<-
the Bralimakaivarta-
begins
(f.
146
= 1): srimahaganapataye
tu kadacit caturauanain
i
Narado munivaryas
upasritya
namah pudamulam
i
vavande
pitaram
svakara
i
sabhayain
manito
drstva rnunir
i
brahmasabham murttamurrahasye
etc.
iti
F. 149
(=4):
srlbrahinakaivarttapurane
mahatmye prathamoddhyayah
It ends
(f.
il
160 b
= 15 b):
iti
sribrahmakaivarttapuranasri-
rahasye
Sivavaibhavakhande
brahmanaradasamvade
ii
manmaddhyarjjunamahatmye sasthoddhyayah
(3)
the
Linga-Purdna
161176).
srimahaganapataye namah It begins (161 16): naimise nimisaksetre Saunakadya maharsayali dvadasabdai i
tadayato mahapiijyah kratuvaram cakruh kailasahetave sivasarnkirttanam kurvan tripuSiitah pauranikottamah ndramkitadehavan etc. maddhyarjjunaiti srimallimgapurane F. 164 (=19): maha,tmye maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade prathai i i
moddhyayah
It ends
(f.
II
176b
= 31b):
iti
srimallimgapurane nagara-
185.
Sansk. No.
Size etc.:
106,
108,
5.
[if.
Io'jxIt
in.,
219
(2) leaves
16, 82,
104,
107,
109,
198,
211, 212
&
213 are
Material:
Palm
leaves.
16*
-$H
244
H$-
Date: 18 th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha. The MS. is written by two different hands. It looks as if original lacunas had been supplied by a more recent hand. The end is missing.
the
T'lrthcqorasamsd
of
ya kundendutusaraharadhavala (read la)ya subhravastravrta (read ta) ya vlna(read na)varadandamanditakara ya svetapadmasana ya brahma(read hma)cyutasarakaraprabhrtibhi(r) devi sada pujita sa (read ta sa) mam patii (read patu)
i
ha)*
manimayim aksamalan dadhana hastenaikena patmarn sitam api ca sukam pustakafi caparena bhasakundendusamkhasphatikamaninibha bhasamana samanam (read am) sa me
vagdevateyan nivasatu vadane sarvada suprasanna (read "nna vande mahesvaran devam vighnesarn sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyas (read khyains) ca sivabhaktamahamunin namo dharmmaya mahate namah krsnaya vedhase brahmanebhyo namaskrtya dharmman vaksyama(h)
ii)
I
i
i
sasvatan (read tan) srlgurubhyo namah Devavarmmabhidho raja suryavamsasamutbhavah sumutura (read Sumantum) paripapraccha sivabhakta[ka]dvijottamrih (read
i i
mam) uktam samastam bhavata Sumanto tlrtthavaibhavam kaverya mahima prokta (read kto) vrddhadrsasya vaibhavam madhuraksetramaharttham (read mathnraksetramahatmi i
yam?) vistarena tvayoditam idanim srotum icchami srlmatpahcanadasya vai mahatmyam kayutam vidvan (read kathyatam vidvan) kautiihalaparasya me etc.
i i i
F. 6:
iti
srimatbrahmakaivarttakavye mahapurane
tir11
F. 99 b:
I
iti
iti
navamoddhyayah
ii
dvavirnsoddhyayah
ii
See the beginning of Nr. 187 in the 'Katalog der Sanskrit-Handvon Theodor Aufrecht
(Leipzig 1901).
-^
F. 164: p, 187:
245
Kii
iti
iti
pancatrimsoddliyayah
tricatvririmsodclhyayah
;i
F. 212b:
iti
sribrahmakaivarttakhye' mahapurane
tir-
tthaprasamsayara
paficanadamahatmye
astacatvarim^o-
ddhyayah.
186.
Sansk. No.
6.
(1) -f-
149
(1) leaves,
7 or 8 lines
on a page.
the Agneya-Purdna,
in
Another copy
It begins:
in
No. 51
(= Whish No.
52).
bhujani
Dharmmavarmmatharajarsir nniculapuravallabhah bhiiyah papraccha tan natva Drdbhyara bhagavatottamam bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajivinah katham syat papanirhara srise (readsrisca?) bhaktih kathani bhavet kena dharmmena santusto bhagavan bhutabhavanah prasidati manusyanam
i
i
bhuktiniuktiphakxpradah
visesapapabhuyisthe
duracare
papanaso bhavet brahman mahapatakinopi iti etat sarvam asesena tava sisyasya me vada va rajhanusamprsto bhagavan bhagavatpriyah babhase DharDalmmavarmmanara dharmmistham brahmanottamah bhagavatbhaktivarddhana maharaja prstam sadhu bhyah yat te manogatam srotuni divyam visnukathani .subharn
kalau
I
yuge
tasmat te varnayisyami sarvani tatvani yathfimati asrainn kuruksetre artthe pura prsto Hariscandrena Kumbhajah
i
tat
teham sampra-
tulakaverimahatmye
This
is
exceptional.
The colophons
at the
end of almost
all
the
-^^
246
i<r-
It
ends:
iti
ekatrmsoddliyayah
visrabdhrdi
balam
kale
visnoli
kaverl
vai'ddhatam
kale
varsatu
tam
ii
liarih
om
I!
187.
Sansk. No.
Size
etc.
:
7.
16
in.,
(1)
on a page.
Character: Grantha.
the &atarudriya-
of the &iva-Pnrdna.
Incomplete.
It begins:
nidhaye sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginaiu .srigunibhyo sarvavidyanam .sridaksinamurttaye namah namah krtva samvatsaram diksaniyamam Maithilo mahan
il
i
tatra suddhavratyah suddhamana nivisto rauravebliavat bhagirathltire sarvadevasamasraye sannidhan vi.svanathasya cittasuddhividhayake kevalam cittasudhyarttham rtvikbhih parivestitah santyajya sarvakaryani rajyakriryani mantrisu
i
i
netra-
krsnavinasaya tvagasthyaikatvasiddhaye atiYrattya[h]s sapadnikah babhuva kila diksitah sanantarika (read satrantarita?)krdesu Maithilas tarn mahamunim tesan dvijanam pui i
pauranikah punah anusthitais tu tair ddharnimaih phalani kim iti tatvavit punas ca paripapraccha srnvatsu nikhilesv prstas tena tathaddhvaryyur Mmaithilo dharmmaayara
i i
vittamah
caturbhis
provaca
ca
:^rnu rfijendra
vaksyEmy etani
te dvijah
caturbhis
--2-^
247
^<~
kriyate yas sa
namadharakal.i
i
iti
etc
srity adimahripurane srisaive satakotirudras[s]ainF. 3b: hitayam kunjarasadivyaksetramahatmye prathamodhyayah ity adiraahapurane srisaive satarudryakotisaTnF. 7:
:i
F. 78:
vaidikadharmmanii-upanaastaviraso-
F. 113:
ity
ii
adi"
srisaive
sata"
vaidiicadharmmaniru-
164b: ity
ridi
ii
sri
sata
vaidika
srikau"
asta-
paficasoddhyayah In the colophons at the end of the following Adhyayas the number of the Adhyaya is not mentioned, e. g. f. 169 b:
So
also
ft'.
It
breaks
anandam atblmtani
anandam yogidiirllabham
lanam dharadhipah
ii
188.
Sansk. No.
8.
51
+4
leaves, 5 lines
on a page.
Date: 18 ti^ or
19tii
cent?
Character: Grantlia.
the Uth'^fasivah^etra-
praharana of the Saivakoflrudrasamhitd (i. e. KofiriidrasamFollowed by hitd of the Siva- Par dm?), in 10 Adhyayas.
-5H
248
Hg-
the 27 ^'^
Adhyaya
of the
Ki^etraMwla of the SlxCinda-Purana. kalyanam kurutam kascit karunavarunalaIt begms: yah mayuranagaradhiso mama nrttavinayakah srimahasrigamdhabamdhure sarvapuspriramaganapataye namah campakairandacamvedhaih phanasaih patalair tisobhite vakulair vaipjulair devapunnagais saralair api api dhavaih kumdais ca mamdarai(s) tatha camalakadibhih rasalais krtamalai(r) nnaktamalair nnalikeradibhis tatha
tantrinibhis
ca ciribilvair visesatah
vitapollikhitakasair
i
pacelimaphalavisramamekha(read megha)mandahiih nammrapakvapuspopasobhitaih atisyamalapatralimattaya meghamandalaih pura samudrapanena jalabhavataya punah tatratyam isvaram kihcin miininam kurabhasambhavam yacitum tvaraya ramyaphalapallavapanibhih phalabharanatai ramyair agatyavasthitair iva etc. anandasthalamahatmyanny akhilani srutani hi F. 3: kapalisasya mahatmyam sarvagamavivarnitam srotum sannahya tisthanti srutayosmakam adarat brahman tad adya karimajaladhenugrhana nah Agastyah atha vaksyamy aham punyam rahasyataram adbhutam kapalisasya mahatmyam vividhagamavarnitam savadhanah prasrnvantu
i
naimisaranyavasinah
_F.
etc.
5b
ii
iti
srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam
utkrsta^ivakseii
traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye
F. 6b:
prathamodhyayah
srisaiva
3 ends
f.
dhyayah
f.
Adhyaya
36,
f.
15,
f.
A.
40b, A. 8
F. 51b:
siir astu
ii
iti
srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrstasivakseii
traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye
sarvara
dasamodhyayah puranam sainpurnara sarvalokaikanathaya padmanetraya visnave nilambhonibhasyamavigvahaya namo namah pura narayano devo mayaya mohayan
ii ii ii
i
ii
ramSm
amtardhanagato visnu(i') visvavyajn jagadguruh aiptardhanagatam devara vicinvarpti vibhum rama cacara prthivim sarvam napasyat pu(herc begins f. l)rusara param kaslm gamgara prayagam ca kuruksetran tu i)uskaram etc.
i
^
F.
249
*<r-
4b
ii
iti
Sansk. No.
Size etc.: 16^
9.
x It
in.,
from
5 to 7 lines
on a page.
begins:
etat
kalyanarajiva
nalinimaddhyamandire
i
paravarajagatsrstisthitisaraharakurana
varnitara bhavata
samyak
sya
punyaksetrakadarabakam
i
jambudvlpavisesena
varse bharatasarajfiake
i
susrusus tasya
mahatmyam
ksetra-
harimedhasah tatvam acaksva bhagavan vistarena pitamaha iti prsto mahateja visvasrg visvagrahanah uvaca Naradayaiva ksetramahatmyam uttamara brahma srunu Narada bhadram te savadhanena cetasa kumbhaghonasya
i i
i
mahatmyam
sarvalokesu pujitam
etc.
F. 5: iti bhavisyatpurane kurabhaghonamahatmye saptanavatitamoddhyayah F. 17: iti bhavisyatpurane raaddhyamakhande brahmanaradasamvade kumbhaghonamahatmye satatamoddhyayah iti bhavisyatpurane maddhyamakhande braIt ends:
ii
ii
ll
.sariigapanisvamine
namah
ii
190.
16x1t
Palm
in., (1)
61 leaves, generally
lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
18tii
or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
-^
2C0
H$-
17, incomplete.
vighnesara
sivabhaktan
kadacin
naimisaranyamunayas
i
drstva Siitam[ni] mahatmanarn papracchm\amitaujasah sanibhoh kathapato netra **** pajayate punar bruhi mai
hesasya
kathani
papapranasinim
i
satkathasravanenaiva
cittavairagyam uttamam
paramaisvarara
ya(n)
iti
prstas
SutayogI karunarasasevadhih
i
yii-
srotukamSs
agamesu ca
sarvasah
i
.srimatkarnpaharesanaksetramaha-
tmyam uttamam
i
srunvatam sarvapapaghnam bhuktimuktisarvasaumyadani sadyah caturvargaphalaphalapradara brahmavismimahe(n)dradyaih sevitam sarvasipradara ddhaye puragastyena saipproktam rslnam bhavitatmanam
i i i
dar-
tad adya
etc.
F. 8:
iti
srimatbrahmaiidapurane samastikantaramaii
hatmye dvitiyoddhyayah F. 30 b: iti sribra samastikananama navamoddhyaj-ah F. 56: iti bra samastikantrirama" sodasoddhyayah
!i
ii
It
breaks
off
(f.
nnamadheyan
iti
tavai
tirodadhe
APPENDIX
BY
F.
W. THOMAS.
191.
WmsH
Size:
No.
44.
title in
14jXl?
in.;
66 leaves
English
covers, 6
rarely
7 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
fairly correct.
The Aitareya-Aranyalia
in close
At
have the error tad vai Visvdmitrcm for tad vaisvdmitram: at the beginning of II. 5. 4 and II. 6. 1 respectively the words apakramantu garhhinyali and yathdsthdnan tu garhhinyah are omitted. A peculiarity of the MS. colophons read dranah for dranyahali.
is
that the
The
inside
label
Vol.
4.',
and
Aranyam of the Rig-Vedah' and opposite 'N. B. The 2^^^ Aranyakam is called the Bahwricha-Brahmanopanishat; and the 3'"^ Aranyakam is
Whish has
called the Samhitopanishat'.
192.
Whish No.
Size:
47.
llfx
in.
10
lines
on a page.
(not
ity
I
santih trih
kai-
-^
254
H$-
Then a note in the handwriting of Whish: 'Here ends the Kaivalyopanishad C. M. AVhish Calcutta 1825'. On the front cover we also read outside (in Malayalam character) KaivalyojMnishat with a few other faint marks
in the
the Kaivalyopanizat
Calcutta'.
Grantham
character.
C.
M, Whish
193.
Whish No.
Size:
167.
13|xl|
Palm
in.,
21 leaves
2 blank
wooden
covers, 8 lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
sri-Lokanandanathagurucaranaravindabhya(ni)
i
namah
i
avighnam astu pranamya paramatmanarn saccidanandavigraham kurveham atisamksepat brahmasutrasya candrikam athato brahmajajhasa (sic) atha nityanityavastuvivekaihikamusmikaphalabhogaviragasamadamadisampan mumuksatmakasadhanacatustayasampatyanantaram
n
i
It ends:
iti
vai prajapatir
trir
iti
pitrn
I. III.
apavitram
grahan.
The
also
27 (20b, 1. 4), but the commentary seems to touch on the subject of 28.
of the
The name
in
'first
part only'
A slip
of
parts
Metaphysics'.
is
Brahmasiitra,
it
is
of these to say.
.^
255
H6-
lU.
Sansk. No. 11.
Size:
12x2j
in.;
40 leaves
-j-
2 blank
covers,
10 lines on a
page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
clearly written.
The Vdsuclevainanana2)ral'arana
respectively
foil.
in 12
varnahis, ending
29a, 32b, 40 b, generally with namaskara to Mlnaksi and Sundaresvara. At the end of the seventh we read also in-Ksemdnandandthayaramagurave namah, mentioning
4a,
5b,
7a,
1] b,
18b, 25a,
33 b, 36 a, 38
a,
is
Tanjore, p. 92 b the work to Burnell, two hundred years old, as an ancient Tamil But the present MS. exhibits not the version is known. original, but a shorter compendium, the date of which is
According
at least
cited
Mananagrantha. Of this by Aufrecht CC. p. an edition in Telugu character was printed in 1884 at the
428 b
,
s.
v.
Saradanilaya press.
far as
With
MS.
agrees as
which the former presents a much longer and widely differing text. The opening
after
stanza,
also,
is
different, the
MS.
reading:
i
yovatiryyeha
acaryyarupena
ii
prakaranam samgrahena
It ends:
vasudevayatl^varaih
racitara
vistarenadya
prakasyate
i
ii
balanam
upakaraya
mamapi
ii
jnanasiddhaye
iti jhatva tat-tvam-padadivakyajhanena paroksajhananubhavenaparoksasaksatkarah ca yonubhavati sa candrdo va brahmano vasmakam gurur evety acaryyavacanena vijhatatatvopi mahasanyasinas ca variyan vidisasanyasino paramahamso bhutva madaha(read deha)vasane paripurna-
sriminaksisuni
-^
The divergence
five
256
H5-
of the
MS. and
the
colophon of the MS., suggests that either the edition supplies full text and not the samgraha or we have two difsummaries.
On
the outside in
Whish No.
Size:
187a.
ITjXlf
Palm
in.;
19 leaves, generally
8 9
q.
lines
on a page. The
v.
The ends
of the first 2
and the
last 3 leaves
somewhat
broken away.
HhQVirata-Parvan of the Mahdhhdrata as far as XII. 7. I ends on f. 2 b, II on f. 3 b, III on 1. 5b, IV on f. 7a, V on f. 9b, VI on f. 10b, VII on f. 12b, on f. 18a, XI on f. 19a. VIII on f. 15b, IX on f. 17a, The text agrees in general with the Grantha edition
Adhyaya
published
at
Sarabhojirajapura
divergencies,
(Tanjore),
but
presents
not
few
small
III 51
2,
IV
8. 33.,
To
the
commencement
i
we
prabaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam Vyasam saunavadauan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye Vasisthanaptriram Sakteh pautram akalmasam para >( m vande Sukatatan taponidhim Vyasaya visnurupaya Vyasarupaya visnave namo vai brahmanidhaye Vasisthaya
;;
li
ii
namo namah
ii
196.
Sansk. No.
Size:
12.
16^17x11?
Palm
leaves.
in.;
14
14
on a page.
Material:
^'
257
(1)
^
of the Tlrtliamdhdtmya
in
The Kumdrarudrasami-dda
the
It begins:
rsayah
tesu
madhye
vadasva
mahatlrttham
sesakupe
sthitam
srutara
ii
tad
ii
auf?adhadrau sam-
It ends:
sarvam maya ^rutam proktam rahasyam idam uttamam sarvesam na tu vaktavyam idam paramasobhanam iti skande piirane iittarakhande tirthamahatmye kumararudrasamvade trayodasoddhyayah srimate vedantaii
gurave
namah Summary of
the adhydyas:
Ausadha
hill,
where was the Khagendra or Garuda river. XI (ends 9 a): Story of a combat between the devas and asuras, headed respectively by Visnu and Siva. At the end Siva asks permission to occupy the Patala Yaua near the Sesatlrtha. XII (ends lib): Story of Bhvgu and Hemabjanayaki. The Bhutirtha (11a, 1. 1): Ahindrapura (lib, 1. 2). XIII (ends 14b): Story of Vrtra (Vrka 12a, 1. 2) and Indra.
The Laksmitlrtha
(13 b,
1.
4).
(2)
The Ahindrapuramdlidtmya
of the Bralimdnda-Piirdna. It begins:
in the
Brahmandradasamvdda
kadacit
pitaram
praha
devesa
bruhi
pranamya
i
barer
ll
brahma
-^
srnu
258
f-
Nrirada vaksyami
arccavataravibbavam
ii
kadacil lokana-
kslrabdhim rsisevitam
It ends:
^rutva tu brabmano vakyam Narado rsisattamali ahindranagaram prapya devauatbam (bis) nauama ca iti sribrabmandapurane brabmauaradasamvade ahmdrapuramahatmye paficamoddbyayab
i
ii
Summary
and Sesa
of tbe adhydyas:
I (ends 3 a):
Tbe
Virajatirtba
is
conveyed
is
by Garuda
to
Abindrapura, wbicb
1-2):sadyojauapramanena kumbbagbonasya cottare kaii{sic) tu daksine bbage samudrasya ca pascime arddbayojanamatrena by ablndrapurasaiijiiake agneyabbage Sesadrer Markkandeyas tapasyati II (ends 7 a): Visnu directs tbe tirtba brougbt by Ananta (Sesa) to be called Sesatlrtba and tbat brougbt by Garuda to be tbe Garuda river (Suparnatatiui 7a, 1. 5). Brabmau establisbes a festival, and begs Visnu to abide on tbe spot witb Rama (entitled Hemabjanayaki). Brabman bimself occupies tbe Brabmatirtba in tbe agneyadigbbaga, tbe Rsis Patali (Patalesvara 7a, 1. 5) on tbe Ausadhapi.rvata in tbe purvottaradigantara,
i
cyas
ii
ii
Hanuman
Patali,
a part
of tbe
Safijivanausadbagiri
in
tbe
at
tree
Prablada tbe Bbrgutlrtba in tbe nortb at a ksetra called Krsnnranya. III (ends 10 a): At tbe request of Prablada Visnu consents to abide, arccdvatdram dsrtya, facing tbe west at Krsnaranya. Praise of tbe aranya and of tbe Ausadbacala standing on tbe river's (Suparna's) bank. IV (ends 12 b): Siva is implored by tbe gods to destroy Tripura and performs tapas. V (ends 14b): Siva, after destroying tbe demons, goes to tbe eastern ocean, on tbe sbore of wbicb Visnu esta-
-^
blishes
259
f^
devoted to
the
him,
viz.
and there
arises a city
two gods,
Ahindrapura.
(3)
The AJundrapnramdhdtmya
Brhan7idradlya-Mahd-Purdna.
It begins:
of the
Jhdnakdnda
of
the
hi
yatra kusalSs
Saunakiidayah
i
ii
rsayah
ii
kirttitan ta(t)
sinitvadyapi
i
na
pu-
no jay ate matravabhava (read mativaibhava) Sutah kin tais tapobhir uruvikramabhaktihmaih
I
ii
danair jaganmayail
padarabujayugmasaktaciutavatrim hrdayatosanaviprahinaih
rsayah
It ends:
i
divyabhivyaktidesanain
ii
yad ya-
(3 verses).
kirttanavasare
&c.
pura
(read "tac) caritan tasya Sutad devapater harsasrupurnanayanah krtarttha iti menire prasasamsus ca tam vij^ram nemisaranyavasinam yajhasrilam punar jagmuhkriyam uddisya yajnikim iti sri-brhannaradlyamahapurane jnanakande ahlndrapuramahatmye catu^cadvijah
ii
i
ii
tvarimsoddhyayah.
Summary
of the adliydyas'-
1.
Brahman visits the world at a place called the Sugaudha Vana (2 a, 5) by the eastern ocean, hill called Ausadha producing a mahauwhere was a sadha called Samjivana (2 a, 6). Then appears Visnu, whom Brahman lauds. XLI (ends 7 a) Brahman obtains from Vi?nu the boon that a tirtha like the Virajatirtha and bearing his name may be established by the mountain (Brahmacala 4 b, 1. 5), that Visnu may always be present there, and
(ends 3 b):
1.
:
XL
17*
-^
the ausadha be
is
260
H^
1.
named
1).
The
tirtha
to
be the Brahmatirtha.
gods against the asuras. Sesa makes him a pool river (pragvahimm nadim).
XLII (ends 9a): Visnu helps the When he is tired after battle,
and Garuda produces a Visnu promises to be ever accessible there. XLIIl (ends lib): Story of Markandeya and the lotusborn maid Taraiiganandini. XLiy (ends 14b): Continuation of the story of Markandeya. Sesa founds Ahindranagara.
197.
ISjxlj
in.;
(foil.
168 (167-1-65
1
bis)
leaves -[-covers
between
117),
later 8 lines
on a page.
leaves.
cent.
The CampaJidranyamdhdtmya
Ff.
of the Sivapdrvatlsamvdda
1117.
It begins:
om
pura hi kailasaginndramaddhye
surasuradyaih abhivandite jDare
i
vicitravaiduryyamukhaih suratnakaih
suvarnamuktasraj adamasobhite
ii
ii
mrdani
ii
-^
201
f<-
ii
gamguilharakathamrtam
ii
pranamya saipkaram
(31 slokas)
ii
ii
dvatrimsatsaptasatakasamkbyakani mama prabbo tatrapi satasamkbyakastbanany uktani me vibbo tatrapy atyautadayitara dvatrimsatstbanam uttamara
ii
i
ii
pumarttbanam nidarsakam ksetram ekam samastagbakriitanara subbadan nrnara kalau kabisayuktanara sadyab siddbikaram subbam
tesu puiiyatamam srestbam
i
ii
saksatkailasasadrsam Campakaraiiyasamjnitam
It ends:
itiritas te
ii
munayotibbaktya
i
sarapiijayamasur adinasatvab
ii
srimat-bbavisyottarapurane
(sic)
ksetravaibbavakbande
karakrtam apai-adbain subbam astu ^riyai namah srlmatgirikucambayai namab ksantum arbanti santab om bbavisyatterapurilnam (sic) sampiirnam sriparbarib saksiganesaya namab avigbnam astu vatyai namab
i i
^rimattripurasundaryyai
namab
Tbe
titles of
I (ends 4 a) Anukramanika.
IV
(10 b) Vinayakapujakarana.
->i
262
r<r-
V
VI
sivapratyaksavarapradana-
vaibhavaniriipana.
VII (18 a) Devibhyam krta adarsotsavanirupana. VIII (20 b) Indragamana indrasya devyopatisthacandanotsavavidhananirupana.
IX
(23 a)
Indrasya
devya
proktacandanotsavanirupana
sivadutaih
antara
itihasanirupane
yamadutan
prati
sivabhaktisvarupanirupanarambhana.
(25 b)
Sricandanotsavaniriipane
srimatgirikucambaya
surarajam prati prokta itihase srisaile jaladipalipradaviprasya sivapadaravindah prapti Candrasenarajiia narakanubhavanantaram campakaranye dvijatve durgan-
dhamgatvapraptimahimauuvarnana.
XI
XII
savavidliananirupana.
Gautamapujanimittakagautamasramam prati (32 a) indragamana Ahallyasaragavidliananirupana. XIII (35 a) Gautamena indrasya svabharyayah sapanugrahadana badarivane Gautamasya Vyasopadesanirupana.
XIV
(37a)
pujamaliimanuvarnana.
XV
XVI
(40 a)
svepne
satruvijayakhatga-
praptibhutanalapiij aniriipana.
(42 b) Gagesvara
(sic)
rajyasriya prapti.
XVII
XVIII
(45 b)
Nalapuja NalakrtavaisakhotsavavidhananiriiPandavapiijavidhana
pana.
(48 b)
naganathaprasadeua
Pandavanani svarajyaprapti,
XIX
XX
XXI
Brahmagamana brahmanah
puja
brahmana
krtakrirttikotsavaniriipana.
(58a)
Masyagandhisaipgamena bhrantiyuktaparasa-
-$H
263
HSprati
rasya
naimisfiranyagamana tatrakyarsin
svapa-
panuvarnanam srutva
XXII
XXIII
(60 b) PaiTisarapujamahimaiiuvarnana.
XXIV
XXV
Taksakasya Kasyapenoktasivaksetranirupana. Taksakasya KasyapoktastaladvayamahiXXVII maiiuvarnana bhagirathapuj aniriipana. XXVIII (77 a) Taksakasya Kasyapoktasaivaksetrasthana(74b)
XXVI (71b)
catulistayamahimaniivarnana.
XXIX
(79 b)
gamana.
XXX
kasya nagixdliipatyaprapti.
XXXI
XXXII
Xagendrapujamabimanuvarnana
nagendra-
pujavalmikapiijamahimanuvarnana.
(87 a)
Campakaranyam
prati
siiryyagamanasa-
XXXIV
XXXV
XXXVI
Vasisthena
Kal-
masapadarajfiab sapapradananirupana.
XXXVII
(100 b) Brabmopadistamargena
(102 b) Vasisthapiij aniriipana.
campakaranyam
prati Vasisthagamauodyamauirupana.
XXXVIII
XLI
XLII
XLIV
Kannyatirttba - dbarmarajatirttba-iudra-
tirttbamabimanuvarnana.
-^
The
site is
264
r<~
kaveryya daksine
li
ii
campakaranyasainjfiam tu mahapatakanasanam
ii
(2)
The CampaMranyamaliatmya
of the
Amharlmnaradasam-
papraccha raja sivasatkathamrtam Ambari^;ah bhagavau yoginam .srestha ksetratirtthavicaksana iiadinadavisesajfia mantrayantravidam vara tvayoktani inahabhaga .saivaksetravarani ca tesu sthauatrayam punyam bhuinau kailasasammitam vedaranyam svetavanam campakaranyam eva ca tesu sresthatamam proktam campakaranyam uttamam ity uktana yat tvaya pilrvaui samgrahena munisvara tad vadasva ca ka(r)tsnyeua mamanugrahakamyaya
ii
i
ii
li
ii
ii
It ends:
yah sraddhaya pathati pavanapavanah ca srutvapi tat darsanam acared yah samastapapaih sa vimucya tatksanat samastasamnmaragalam apnuyan nrpa iti skande raahapur[ur]ane ksetravaibhavakhande campakaranyamahatmye Ambarlsanriradasaravade sfiryyatlrtthamahimanuvarnanam namil pahcasititamoddhyayah sriyai namah srimatgirikucambasametanaganathaya
i
i:
mam gal am
ii
-^
265
H5-
ii
arlianti saiitali
i
om
harih
^rlgurubhyo
i
namah
subliam astu
sarnpui"-
om
The
adliyciyas
end as follows:
LXXXl22a,LXXXII125b,LXXXini28b,LXXXIV
(indrena krtami-gasarotsavavidhinirupaiia) 131
a,
LXXXV
(suryyatirtthamahimanuvarnana) 135b.
(3)
The Ndgandtliamahdtmya of tlie Tlrthalihanda of the Brahmdiyla-Purdm (foil. 136^154a) in adhydyas numbered LI LVII ending as follows: LL 138a, LIL 139b, LIII 142a, LIV (Pisacamocana)
Ujjarihhdga of the
145 b,
LV
(Tlrthavaibhavanirupana)
149 a,
LVI
152b.
LVII
om
It begins:
I
Sutam
prati rsayah
Siita Siita mahaprajna sarvasastravisarada {sic) bruhi nah sradd(adh)ananam paramrirtthaikasadhanam sarvapapaprasamanani sarvopadravanasanani sarvasampatpradani nrnam sarvarogavinasanara
l
i
ii
ii
rajham jayakarain yuddlie parasenripravasanam samksepam asrutam purvam naimiseye tapovane idanini srotukamanani muninani bhavitatmanam
suryyapuskarini
ii
ii
nama
tirttham
paramapavanam
H
siiryyanamrdchyapadminyam tate ye nivasanti ca ye ye krtartthitam yatah tan atra A'asato mune vada no
ii
mune
It ends:
nyamunindrair adhivasitah ca
-^
pasyanti
266
H5-
ye
sri-brahmandapurane uparibhage nagauathamahaiti tmye parvatya(s) tapascaranan'nama saptapaiicasoddhyayah sriyai namah iti brahmandapurane naganathamahatmyani subham astu harili om sampiirnam samaptali
i i
sriyai
namah
(4)
The Camijakdranyamahatmya
liita
of the
EMdasarudrasamwork
is
of the Siva-Fiirdna.
Ff.
154a
167b,
this
title
a con-
LVIII
160 b,
156a,
LIX
a,
(Siuyatlrthavaibhava)
159a,
LX
164b,
LXI
166b,
162
LXII
167b.
(Caudravarmacarita)
LXIII
LXIV
(sic)
\
The work
begins:
Saunakovaca
ii
^ It ends:
=>(=
;*
x-
ii
ii
saivapurane
ekadasarudrasamhitayam
i
cainpakara-
sriyai
i
namah
harih
i
om
om
harih
om
On
MS. we read
(inside) 'Tiru'
Tepiska'
-^*
267
f<-
Tiruuakesvara' 'Purfinam' (167) and the number 10 in Telugu and European figures, and a sign probably indicating the same number appears on all the leaves.
'
198.
X It
in.;
6 lines on a page.
and showing many corrections. The leaves are numbered as far as 130, though even here with troublesome erasures and corrections. As far as ful. 56 the writing is in three columus at that point commences a rather larger hand, traversing the full width of the
:
leaves.
The Madhyamahlidga
For another MS.
1387 b
sqq.,
of
the
HemahltaJx'hawJa
of
the
work see Ind. Off. No. 3698, which the text seems to agree closely. Thus in the opening verses si. 4 reads srnvamtu, and after sudhdnisyam si. 5 we have a mark showing that there has been a correction. The colophons also are generally in nearly literal agreement, and their
of this
pp.
with
disagreements
(e. g.
in
XXXI)
considerable
The
Hariscandropakhyruia is inserted at a different point in the two MSS., while each offers certain chapters not found in the other, according to the following scheme:
As. Soc.
adhyy.
MS.
Ind. Off.
MS.
= = =
adhyy.
2835.
HH
268
.<-
off in the
middle of
The
existence of this
MS.
tion of a
Telugu source
22
also confirmed.
The following statement gives the numbers of the pages on which the adhydyas end and the names of those not given in Dr. Eggeling's list: III 9a, IV 12a, Y 17a, VI 19a, II 6b, I 3b,
VII 20b,
XII
53b,
29
b,
a,
VIII XIII
22b,
IX
25a,
X
XV
26b,
XI
28b,
33
a,
XIV
a,
34
a,
36
b,
XVI
47
a,
38
a,
XVII
70a,
40
XVIII
57b,
75a,
42
XIX
61b,
80a,
44 a,
XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII
XXIV
XXVIII
66 a,
86b.
XXV
XXIX
ka(sic)
XXVI
XXVII
a,
91b,
XXX
112b,
96
XXXIII
thanam)
kathana)
(Ka2)ildsramMivydghra2mta(sic)tlrthaparyantatlHhdni
123 b, 127
a, a,
tliakathana)
(sic)
130a,
XXXIX
b,
134
XL
139
b,
XLI
143
a,
XLII
149 167
b,
XLIII
154 b,
XLIV
159
XLV
162
a,
XL VI
b,
XLVII
(imperfect) 168 b.
The names
Hariscandropakhyana are
XIX
Vasist{sic)avisvdmitrasamvdda.
XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII
JMryayd.
Vasisthadharmopadesa.
Mdydvardliaprabhdva. Hariscandrasvas^adarsanaromvirbhdva.
Canddlakanyalaidarbana.
XXIV
XXV
XXVI
XXVII
XXVIII
XXIX
XXX
XXXI
-^
269
H^
XXXIII
Hariscamdrena Camdravatlvadha. Hariscamdravaraprasddana. The concluding lines of the MS. read thus: tatah param mahato malyavatanubhrta sidhido bramhmanirbharah cchrmgas te pataraty udhasikarah. rau (= 20 21 of the
XXXII
Ind. Off.
adhy. 9)
is
ma and
(3)
On
'sri
we read
Ramaya namah' At
'sri
in the
'sri
the
commencement
there
is
of adhy.
XXXIX,
half leaf,
the words
Virupaksaya namah'.
199.
Sansk.
Size:
]N'o.
15.
17jx2
in.;
The Kadamhainmmdhdtmya
It begins:
of the
Brahmandradasam-
Asito
ii
ete canye ca bahavo naimisaranyavasinah jamitandosasantyartthain satkathasravanotsukah Sutani pauranikam restham idani vacanam abravit
1
ii
rsayah
nadyas ca vividhas sarva tirtthani ca vanani ca idanira srotum icchamo nipaksetrasya vaibhavam
ii
H5H
It ends:
270
i<r-
Summary
I (ends
of tbe adhydyas:
Kaverl, being adjudged inferior in her performs tapas in Sutala. Brahman Ganga, rivalry witb her that superiority to Gaiiga can appearing informs
2 a):
purvvam Dasaratho raja yagam arabhya satkrtah kaveryya uttare tire colabhumau tu suvrate sri-kadambapuriksetram muninam sthanam uttamam
ii
i
ii
&c.
The Kadambavana
Purusottama and
is
him an arrow's reach is Prahlada and also the Nipathe tirtha called ksetra, where dwells Markandeya.
in front of
after
tejasddhikyaprdptito
stotra
by Kaveri,
for
whom
and
K. asks
superiority to
Ganga
that
all
in
tejas,
her,
may be
sure of moksa.
a,
1.
7:
abhiit.
IV
Markandeya
at the advice of
-^
271
<-.
liis advice a Cola king Satkirttivardhana by worshipping Visnu obtains a son. He afterwards builds a temple and gains moksa. V (ends 7 b): The Nipapuskarinitirtha and the Brahmatirtha. VI (ends 10 a): The Prahladatirtha and the Nipatlrtha.
The Adimfipura
of 4a,
1.
7 is again
mentioned 8
b,
1.
2:
On the outside of the last leaf in European hand 'Kadambapuri Mahatmya of the Brahmanda Purana'.
200.
Sansk. No.
Size: 165-
16.
Xl
5-
in.,
22 leaves
-{-
6 lines to a ijage.
it is
copied,
proved by
two slight points (e. g. 6a, 1.4 3a, 1. 2, 4 a, 1. 8) making corrections. In this MS. the chapters end foil. 3 a, 5 b, 9 b, 13 b, 16 b, 22 a. On the outside of the last leaf in European hand D Kadambapuri Mahatmya', and of the first a statement of the contents in Tamil, and the numbers 22.
gaps,
9 a,
in one or
1.
and
6
<
201.
Sansk.
Size:
\o.
1
17.
lifxlr
in.,
35 leaves
blank
covers,
6 lines (nearly
always) on a page.
The
Kajnsthalauidlidtmi/a of the
Brahmandradasamvdda
mdnda-Pardna.
-^
It begins:
272
^<-
ii
ii
srutan tvatto
tesu
vananam vaibhavam pura mahabbaga astottarasatasthalam ksetresu sarvesu srutam ekam subbastbalam
i
ii
ii
sarasaram mabaksetrara kaveryyas cottare tate kapistbalam nrnam sarvasiddbidam pavanam param
1
ii
It ends:
bbaktipradam sarvasiikbavabafi ca
patbec srunotiba kapistbalesvaram
ii
&c.
barih
om
srigurubbyo
i
namab
srimate
gajendra-
varadaparabrabmane namab
7,
srimate bayagrivaya
namab
gajendrarttivinasaparabrabmane
100.
namab
grantbam
Summary
of tbe adliydyas:
Indradyumna-
IV
adhydyas relate tbe foundation of Kapistbala by Kama's apes, and tbe figbt between an elepbant and a crocodile as told in tbe Gajendramoksana (Aufrecbt-Oxford, p. 5 a, Ind. Off., p. 1159 a b and often printed in tbe Pailcaratna). According to tbe present MS. tbe nakra is a Gandbarva cursed by bis
(ends 16b). Tbese
Pandyan king
Indradyumna, wbo bad incurred tbe anger of Agastya. Tbe elepbant is saved by Visnu, at wbose instance Brabman founds tbe Gajendramoksana or Gajarttibarana tirtba. Tbere Visnu sbows bimself yearly in tbe montb
Vaisakba.
-^ VI
VII
(ends 18 b):
273
visits
K~
Visnu at Kapistbala and
Brahman
founds a
festival.
an
by Indra and
6aci.
IX XI
(ends 31a).
Tirttliavaihliavanirripana),
35b,
SarvaksetraprahhCiixiplialasnitiniruxmna)
of
history
various
other
tirthas
at Kapisthala,
the
Brahmatirtha,
Indrapuskarini, Yamatlrtha
(IX),
the
Cyavana and Sukanya, Agastyatlrtha (XI), the Visvamitratirtha, Dasatirtha. This last perhaps means all the ten preceding, taken
together:
cf. fol. 2a, 11.46 (XII). In all cases are recorded the names of the tirthaprda, the devata, the
bodhi-tree,
location.
have been a temple called Paficasriiga (18 a, 1. 2., 26 b, Visnu is attended by Sri under the title Sri-Bhumi.
2j.
The
site is
thus defined, 1 b,
1.
5 sqq.
i ii
i
kaverisaritas tire hy uttare daksine tatha pascime caiva ptirvabdher yojananaii catustaye
The covers give in Tamil the words kumpakonam svapavukku merakke kapistalappuranam yedu 315 and the numbers 8 (Tamil) and 5 (European), also the title 'Brahmandapuranam' in European writing.
202.
10x1?
in.,
15 leaves
cent.
1 cover, 7 lines
on a page.
Material:
Palm
leaves.
18
-^
The
274
f^
It begins:
naimisakhye maliaranye tapas tepur mumuksavah ekada te m(ali)atmanali samajan cakrur uttamam
ii
dliarmartthakamamoksanam upayam jnatum icchavah sadvimsatisahasranam munayas te mahaujasah tesam sisyaprasisyanam sa(m)khya vaktun na sakyate
i
ii
ii
Saunakali
ii
ii
mabamunih
ii
tasmat tam evam prcchama ity uce Saunako munih atha te munayo jagmuh punyam siddhasramam vanam iksantas tam avabhrthan tatra tasthur makhalaye
ii
ii
ii
ii
katham
1
sive
manusyanam
{sic)
bhaktir avj'abhicarini
i
ii
vada sarvamunisrestha sarvam etad asamsayah Sutah srunuddhvam rsayas sarve sandisto vo vadamy aham gitam SanatkiimarSya kumarena mahatmana kayarohananathasya mahatmyam paramatbhutam
i
ii
ii
It ends:
etatksetrasya
mahatmyam
i
i
ye ^rnvanti pathanti ca
-X
275
<-
harih
om
Summary:
I
(4 b,
The
site
is
tlius
purvarabodhitate ramye pundarikapurasya ca yojanatrayasimante kaveryyas caiva daksine II The Kayarohana. On the banks of the Yamuna was a village called Vedapuri, where dwelt a sage of the
i
ii
Gargyas, named Kardama. His son Pundarika, wishing Mahadeva for 2000 years at Benares, but without success. At the advice of a
to obtain sayujya, worships
certain
(6 b,
1.
Vumadeva he proceeds
a Kayarohana linga.
to Kanci,
and
sets
up
After 62,000 years a heavenly voice informs him that, that place being a hhogadhihya sthana, he would find a difficulty in there obtaining sayujya sdrdhadehena. He must depart to a bhogamoksasama sthdna. Proceeding to Kumbhakona
7)
at
a time
Kayarohana
sets
1.
up a
After
visit
6).
80,000 years he
advised
the
by a Rsi Kanva
of the
to
ocean between Fundarikapura and Veddranya, a yojana from Kamaldsannidhdna (?P.N.) on the east. There he is to bathe vrddhakdverlsamgame. Pundarika goes there, and beholds Paramesvara with Ambika. On the west of the linga, which is west of the Sarvatirtha, he establishes an dsrama and a Kayarohana linga. Siva
eastern
Ksetrarajapura
on
shore
appearing grants him sayujya and promises to Kanva that bhakti shall always be acancald at the place.
1.
7.)
Kanva
(? a chapter ends 11a, 1. 6.) Storyof the \'indhya and Agastya, who visits Kayarohana and sets up a linga in the dgneyadlghhdga (Agastyalinga 13 a, 1. 2).
18*
-^
story of Nagaraja.
276
Hi-
Ka-
yarohana with his wife and sets up a liiiga W. of the Sarvatirtha. His wife bears a daughter, who is ultimately bestowed upon a king ^dllsuha, of the Suryavarnsa, who comes to Pannagendrapura (Ahindrapura). Sesa, having placed his mantrin on the throne, gives his mind to tapas and obtains sayujya (14a, L 4).
Praise of the tirtha.
On
(European) and on
203.
Whish No.
Size:
lines
187 B.
blank
18xli
in.,
38 leaves
cover,
5 (sometimes 4)
on a page.
Material:
Palm
cent.
leaves.
Date: 18th
The Kumbhakonamdhdtmya of the Ksetravaibhavaklianda Brahmdnda-Purdna. The colophon to adhy. XI has Pdldsavanamdhdtmya in place of
of the TJttarabhciga of the
Uttarahhdya.
It begins:
pura kadacid ajagmuh punyaranyopasobhitam naimi^an nimisiksetram rsayo gautamltate vidhatukama vidhivat satram dvadasavarsikam hutasanasamakarah pratarastuhutasanah (sic) Kapilah Pulaho
ii
ii
(12 slokas)
(2a,L2.) Sutamabhyagatamviksyatejasa, suryyasannibhara tasmai brahmasanan datva tam ucus tatra tenaghah Suta prasida sumate sutaram sujata
ii
s(v)arviihinijalajasaurabhasodaribhih
3.)
>
~>4
277
K-
kamam
ii
sn-Kumbhakonasthalavaibhavan nah
It ends:
dviii
jottamah anyad atraiva yusmakam tatra sarvahitaya ca iti brahmandapurane ksetravaibbavakhande kumbhakonamahatmye ksetravaibhavan nama dvadasoddhyayah
i
Siitah
Summary
I (ends 6a):
of the adhijdyas:
Siita
of
Kumbha-
ghona
(3 b,
on
the
Kaveri
and
the
Kasyapakhyatirtha
and 4 b, 1. 2). Kasyapa practising tapas there, 1. 3 Siva pi-omised that the tirtha should bear K.'s name
his (S.'s)
and that
II
(ends
image should be
there.
the Hemabjatlrtha (7a, 1. 4 = Hemapuskarii.ii 7 b, 1. 1). Account of the foundation of the tirtha. The Kumbha and Siva. Mrmdhatr worships at the spot. III (ends 12 b): The Hemapuskarinlcakratirtha and to
the north
1. 3.),
A vimana
IV
V
VI
(ends 17a):
The
Umabhaga.
VII
Malidmdgliat'irthavalhhava)-.
panodanasaras,
hananatha.
where
Siva
VIII
(ends
25b.
Bhdskara[s]tapassiddhikathana):
The
of
Bhaskaraksetra.
IX
(ends
30b, Bralimaliattistrlliattimocana):
Account
slain
Story
Malwa.
by
(ends
33 a,
Bilvdran{ya)ma}idtmi/e
Story
of
Gautamagoliatiivi-
mocana):
the
Gautamasaras, where
was a
-5h
278
f<-
linga of Siva.
1.5.;
MayuStory
rasthana 32 a,
2.
XI
XII
(ends 35a,
of Siibahu
and
of
Kumbhaghona.
usually spell
The Colophons
final
Kumbhaghona
(sic).
The
colophon was apparently intended to be followed by a fresh adhydya, as Suta's name is repeated: see also
No. 204.
The label reads in Tamil yinta stalappuranam ku(mpa)konam sivanakovi;*:)!cyedu312, with the numbers 2 (Tamil) and 7 (European), and the title Erahmandapuranam (European). For another MS. of a KumhhaJionamdhdtmya professing
also
to
belong
to
a.
the Brahmanda-Purana,
see Burnell,
Tanjore, p. 190
204.
ITlxl^
Palm
in.,
26 leaves,
89
(more frequently
8) lines
on a page.
Material:
Character:
leaves.
Date: 18th
cent.
The Kumhhakonamdhdtmya.
the
No. 203, but at the end adds, after Sutahf of a new adhydya: kumbhaghonasthale nama sthanam asti mahattaram kayarohanavikhyatam sarva
It begins as in
commencement
Mahatmya
lost.
as follows:
II 5a,
III 7b,
IV
9a:
Brhaspatisvarga'prdpti-
lathana,
11a,
VI
14b,
IX 21 b
X 23 b:
XI
BilvdranyamdJidtmye
25a: SuhdJivos carita
203, which, if
Gautamayohattivimocana,
(as
No. 203),
is
XII
26b: Kseiravaihhava.
The MS.
slightly
-^
not copied from
279
H$-
this, is derived at any rate from a not remote common original, as is proved by the colophons and especially by the common error in the colophon of IV. The outer cover, shared with No. 195, shows various numbers (11, 26, 19, 11,48, 11) in Grantha, Telugu, and European characters, likewise in various characters, 'Harkness
examed
ible
lees
20'
(?),
KimhliagJiona-Mdlidtmya,
Kodana,
(in
Kumhhovaram Purdnam,
superscription.
An
Tamil
205.
38 leaves
2 between
wooden boards, 68
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
18tii,
Character:
Grantha,
clearly written.
The Pdi)avindsamdhdtmya
It begins:
of
the
Brahmdnda-Purdm.
i
namami
Naradauvaca (s/c)
kesu ksetresu
syad
iti
karuiiyato
mama
11
satyaksetram hariksetram
(4 slokas).
I
me
srnu
ii
mahamune
il
i
kalena bhiiyasa siddhih papanasasthalam vina papanase tapassiddhir acirad eva jayate
ii
-^
It ends:
280
i^r-
ii
ayam eva hi me kamo nanyosti madhusudana tva dadayam (for tvadodayam?) me syat kamo (vai)kunthaisvarah
i
[nayaka
i
ii
jagadainam
pa.
Story
of the
Story
of the
by an asnra
reaches
command
Garuda and
ultimately
Pri])anrisa,
saved by where he
meets Parasara. Visnu destroys the asuras. III (ends 12a, Kundhiatapascarana). IV (ends 14 b, Kiiudimimoh^almtliana)-. K. praises Visnu, who instructs him to settle one Yojana from Srlrahga on the N. bank of the Kaverl (13 b), where he begets
son named Papanasesvara, and then proceeds to Papanasa, where he obtains mukti. The mukti-securing a
stotra
is
given.
:
V
VI
(ends
SudarsananiuJdikathana) Temptation of Sudarsana by a nymph; he resists her and obtains mukti (marudvrdha 'river' 15a, 1. 4, 19b, 1. 2).
18 b,
(ends 21b,
Suhodhacarita):
Story of
Subodha and
the suggestion
VII
At
of
Story of the Cola king Pratapavira, son of Pratapavira, who constructs many dykes (kulya) in order to irrigate the land on
river
On a certain occasion the disappears in a daksinavartta-shaped gartta at a place called 8vetavighnesvarasivasthana. famine ensues and for three years P. endeavours in vain to
fill
the gartta.
He
then appeals to a
Brahmana Eranda,
-^
281
Hg-
it will
,
Eranda tree, -who says that muni equal to himself or a king equal to P. leaps in. That honour falls to the sage, who, when P. is about to follow him out of redwelling at the foot of an
not be
filled
until a
morse for a Brahmana's death, reappears and directs him to visit Papanasa and set up fallen liiigas &c. This he does and obtains union with Visnu.
The
vrddhyarttham ekada grrimanan nagaranah ca kaveryyubhayakulatah sukulyah khanayamasa sasyavrddhyarttham adarat tiradvaye ca kaveryyam ye vasanti sivalayah ye ca visnvalayas santi tan apfdayata prabhuh
i
ii
ii
ii
tat-tad-devalayasthana
(sic)
mukhadvaram akalpayat
i
ii
ii
6 sqq.)
IX
(ends
32
b,
PundarlkasarastlrthavaihhavakatJiana):
whom
with his army Visnu destroys at Papanasa. Praise of the Pundarika-saras, named after a sage Pundarlka
(31a, h
7).
X
XI
(ends
36
a,
Pundarlkanmnikathana)
Digging of the
P. ob-
to
be
allowed to dwell with the good instead of with the bad, who on her travels round the world have hitherto
been her
hosts.
Visnu consents.
The situation of the tirtlia is thus defined (lb, L 6sqq.): kumbhaghonasya nairtyam (iv'c) nisi (read disi) caiviSrddhayokaveryj-a daksine tire papa(nasa)stha]am hareh
ii
[janei
i
-^
282
H&-
'harih
leaves at the beginning we read 'papavinasamahatmyam' 'sriyai namah grantha 880' in Grantha character with 'yedu 318' in Tamil, and 2 in Telugu and European character: finally the title
i
On
the two
spare
om
i'
letters,
and on an attached
206.
Sansk. Ko. 21.
Size: 16|xl-| in., 18 leaves Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th cent.
+ cover,
Character: Grantha.
the
of
It begins:
il
mantrabrndavidhanajha vimanajha suresvara srutva tvatto mukundasya mahatmyam pavanain param manaso na bhavet trptir atah prcchami sampratam krpaya bruhi sisyaya lokanam vai hitaya ca kumbhaghonasya mahatmyam varnaneyan manak cchrutamii
ii ii
i
bruhi
il
It ends:
utthitah
ii
ii
natra samsayah
subham bhavati
iti
mamgalam
ii
madhyamakhande
i
tulasivana-
markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmye
tlrtthamahimanuvari
harih
om
subham astu
->*
283
r<-
Summary
I (ends 3 b):
(la, L 5):
of the adhydijas:
is
The
thus dctined
i
purvambodLes tu pascime sarddhakrose kumbhaghonat purvabhage munisvara tulasivanam ity etat ksetram pavanaprivanam adav eva mahaksetram nirirkandeyan tatali param "We hear (la, 1. 7) of a puskarini at the tirtha. Some
Sahyajadaksine
ii
i
ii
fol.
3.
II (ends 5
a):
of Sudhdhindu 4a, L 3). and given at lengtli (4:b, \. Markandeya III (ends 6 b)
:
Tulasikavaca
5.).
is
mentioned
IV
(=
Tulasi)
appears
to
M. and
becomes
his daughter.
V
VI
(ends 10 a):
Visnu appears as an aged ascetic and girl: on her refusal M. appeals to Visnu.
who asks
for
Tulasi,
and promises
(2)
M.
3 boons,
(1)
name,
shall
see the Akasanagarl, which shall be visible under the or Markandtyasthala. The tirtha The dvadasaksaravidya lib, 1.5. VII (ends 13 a): Marriage of Visnu and Tulasi. The temple Suddhananda built 13 a, L 6. VIII (ends 14b, Tirthamdhdtmyci): The Akasanagara is
name Kalyanapura
called Sririiga.
is
n a irrtijd m tirtthardjasya.
IX
(ends 18 a):
Brahman
establishes a festival.
The
fruits
(a Bharadvaja),
is
having ravished
and liberated
falls into
the tirtha.
11.
The Candratlrtha
Suryatlrtha (16b,
tirtha (17 b,
1.
1.6),
Indratirtha (17b,
3).
^i
284
in
:<-
appana yena nukua visnukovilapuranam yedu 18 and inside the title, as given above, in Grantha.
uppili
207.
Whish No.
Size:
186.
70, 71,
O^xl?
in.,
2 covers, 7
lines
Character: Grantha.
last part of the Mahdganapaddliati of Olrvdnendra Sarasvati, pupil of Visuesvara Sarasvati, who was himself a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati.
The
It begins:
)!(
sc-
*:
ghanasarah karpurah suklam girikarnika svetatrevau (??) eka trnam ayahprasuna samkhapuspim ayomukhapuspaki bhavet ganesarnasatastajaptai
tratvam
parajitah
srikhandas
japtam
ity
pretotbhavat ghoratara
(j)
jvarac ca
manorathastadhyasahasrajapad vinasayen {sic) mantrivaras tu vasyam visadvayam sthavarajaugaman ca j varan athastav ilia sularogan sudarunan tam grahaniu ca rogan
i
ii
vataprasutan kaphapittajatan
satastajapena vinasayeta
ii
^i
285
f<-
laksaikajapena manorathasya
siddliir
bhaved asya
hi
padukayah
ii
It ends:
(sic)
somasuiyyoparage ca parvanes
suddhayos
ii
tatlia
siddbrimvtadiyogesii dvadasadivratesu ca
aptah
harili
om
srivaficchattiliru
Kukum
i
Sesadriyaiilaputraii
namah srisarasvatyai namah srigurubhyo namah Then in uninked letters: ganesaya namah!
i i
For the author see Aufrecht CC. s. v. Olrvanendrasarasvati. The work deals with charms, and seems especially devoted
to
Oanesa.
Possibly
(dh.)
p. 196.
sapaddhati
recht CC. II
208.
Sansk. No. 22.
Size:
7-|
xli
in.,
26 leaves
+2
a page.
An
harih
i
astrological
It begins:
srlgauapataye
namah
avighnam astu
srigurubhyo
namah
trilokambayai
namah
kalavenuravah kalayanilah kamalacumbanalampatotiramyahl alipota ivaravindamadhye ramatam me hi-di devakikisorah jayati jagatah prasiitir visvatma sahajabhusanam nabhasah
ii
drutakanakasadrsadasasatamayukhamalarccitas
savitfi
ii
-^
286
i<~
arkkendvarabudhacaryyasukramandasiketavah
raksantv
amum
gralias sarvve
ii
daivajnas tarn pathed vyaktam horanirmmalavaksasa pusyarkse sitabhanSv udayati mrgabhe vrscikasthe ca blianau bhuputradau vaniksatpadasatuladhanuryyugmajikakriyasthei cchalismelugh (?) isoyas samajani bhavatal lokamatrprasadat balah prajiionujoyam kalitadhauasukharogyadlrghghayur
ii
adhyah
athaharggano likbyate.
It ends:
ii
sesa dasah
kramena
yojyali
subham astu
the writing
on the last leaf being indistinct and in places hardly legible. There is no regular division into chapters, but new topics are introduced by atlia, as follows: lb, 1. 6. athaharggano likhyate.
2 a,
1.
4.
atha tatkaladugganita
yante.
grahassatvakyani likh-
4b,
5 a,
I. 1. 1. I. 1. 1. 1.
2.
6.
8 b, 9 b,
5.
2. 1. 3. 6. 3. 5. 1.
10b,
lib,
12 a,
13 b,
1.
15 b, 16 a,
16 a, 16 b, 16 b,
1.
1.
1.
1.
3.
1.
athovvabalam.
1.
1.
3.
5. 1.
16 b,
17a,
1.
17 a,
1. 1.
4.
5.
17 b, 18 a,
18b,
1.
2.
1.
3.
atha bhavavindanam.
-^
26 a, 26 a,
1.
1.
287
ne-
3.
6.
On
in
Roman
character.
209.
Sansk. No. 23.
Size: 8^
Xll
in.,
31 leaves
+ covers,
Material:
Palm
leaves.
Date:
18t5i cent.
Character: Grantha.
Unnamed. But
parisat,
It begins:
yan natva
i
sauracandramanabdo
barhaspatyamanena
Srigira-
sasamvassarah sarvatra ^ii(?)rodayaYasat pusyabdah asya samvassarasya Salivahanasakabdali It is incomplete, breaking off as follows: ddhruvam gamgeyo vallipritih piisa 4 ku 8 sunnyatithir
i
ala
On
fol.
2 a,
1.
4 we
find
a section beginning 'atha samvassaraphalam' and on 4a, 1. 7 one beginning 'atha makarasamkrantii^halam'. The rest is
mainly numbers &c., arranged as in a table. On the cover suhluDii astu nuncV^sisahdi/am^ with two lines of Tamil writing (of an astrological nature) inside.
210.
12x1 li
lines
in.,
5 leaves
+1
left
on a page.
more or
less mutilated.
-^
288
r<-
slip of
that they were presented by Col. H. S. Osborne, March 1* 1828, and that they contain a copy of a Malabar (i. e.
Malayalam)
is
petition.
it
On
Sanskrit, and
:
follows
citghanam paramatnianam apannaivarusakrtim advitlyam aparan tarn Veldtesagurum (sic) bhajet ragadvesaprakaranam. ?
i
ii
ragadyS sodasa.
211.
Whish No.
Size: 145
180.
(later 8) lines
X Ij
i-)
on
Character: Square Grantha, clearly written. The left-hand lower corner of the first 16 leaves has been
rubbed away.
The ^amJcardcaryacarita
It begins:
in 9 adhyayas.
nanias tasmai yatprasadavivasvata pratyuhadhvantavidhvamsah kriyate sarvakarmnianam madiyarasanabamsanatanesu samutsuka esa Sarasva x m anandadayini
i i
ii
ii
ii
>?
gururatnapradlpo
me manodhamani bhasatam
i
il
ii
il
"
->^
289
*<-
-so
):
);
li
It ends:
&c.
^rimaccliamkaradesikasya
caritastotram
prabodliapradara
i
labdhva
iti
bliuvi
ii
^rl-^amkaracaryyacarite navamoddhyayali
i
srigurubhyo
told
namah
The
following
is
is
in a sober
and credible
1.
any miracles:
adhy. I (ends 2 b,
7)
Kathdsamlcsejm.
II (5a, 1. 7) Story of Upamanyu and birth of ^ainkara, which 'causes the books to slip from the hands of the Dvaitavadins' (5 a, 1. 2.). The birthplace was in the
Kerala country (famous for the birth of Medinikara &c also a, 1. 1), where was the Daksinakailasa tirtha, called Syanandura (? 3a, 1. 2). Here were two rivers Nila (?) and Curni, and on the north bank of the latter, at a place called Krdati, was the home of S.'s parents, whose names are not given. III (8a, 1. 7): Sarnkara's precocity. At five years of age he loses his father, and he is brought up by his mother, for whose sake, when sixteen years old, he brings the The river was thence called river near to the house. Ambapaga. A crocodile seizes him while bathing, and in gratitude for his escape he becomes a Sanuyasin. He is initiated by Govindasvamin, pupil of Gaudapada, with whom he spends a long period. Having
3
with
difficulty
obtained
counsels
of
leave,
he
guru
visits
tirthas.
The
friendly
the
are
charmingly
related.
Proceeding to the Badarikfisrama, he studies Yedanta and composes the Bhasyapradipika. Vyasa appears and compliments him.
lY
(10 a,
1.
3):
8.
returns to the
19
-^t
290
H^
in the
of
Somasarman
of
Srikundagrama
Keraja country,
becomes
The
latter,
is
converted to
views.
He
when Buddhism
was triumphant (svetamarge pura tena sugatena subadhite), he had himself outwardly professed that religion, for which reason he is not fit to compose varttikas on the Bhasya. He indicates a pupil Visvarupa, living S. converts Visvarupa in Magadha, as a substitute. Buddhism. from The story of Visvarupa's wife VanI, daughter of Yisnumitra, dwelling near the river Sona, shows some
reminiscences of Bana's Harsacarita adhy.
I.
VI
Visvarupa receives the sannyasa name of Suresvara. Samkara composes fifteen bhasyas (ten on Upanisads), and Sanandana (Visnusarman) writes a tika on the Bhasya, while Suresvara is the author of On the the Naiskarmyasiddhi and two Varttikas. way to Gokarna, Samkara obtains a third disciple Hastamalaka (Kahcanavarnin 23b, 11. 4 5) at a village
(14a,
1.
1):
called Sivavihara,
was
Totaka.
VII
(17 a, 1. 2): Sanandana obtains at Haridvar the name Padmapada. Samkara, journeying to Ramasetu, bathes in the river Suvarnamukhari at Kalahastiksetra, also
called Daksinakailasa.
Praise of Kahci.
VIII
Then to Srirahga: then is the tirtha Sivaganga. bathes at the Dhanuskotitirtha at Bamasetu. IX (24a, 1. 9): ^. revisits Kahci and mounts the Sarvajha
where
pitha.
Then
to
at Daksinakailasa.
airvada.
Samkara
(23 a,
I.
1):
-3^
291
Hg-
outside of fol. 24 in Wliisb's hand 'Samkara charitiam professing to be a history of that Achriryya individual' 'An unworthy work No. 79b.' See and learned
On
the
above p. 106. Other MSS. of this work have been examined by Burnell, Tanjore p. 96b 97a, and ^esagiri ^astri ^Report
on a Search for Sanskrit and Tamil M.SS. for the year 18931894' pp. 1012 and 2579, the readings of which may be compared with the present. The former makes
no mention of the author, but the latter accepts without question the above statement of the MS. ascribing it to ^amkara's disciple Govindanatha. Although I cannot agree with BurnelFs statement that the book is 'full of miracles' and the litany at the end may be an addition, it is impossible to ascribe such an antiquity to a work which cites (3a, 1. 1) among the distinguished sons of the Kerala country Medinikara, apparently the author of the Medinlko^a.
For the
xl^-
in.,
9 leaves
covers,
89
lines
on a page.
213.
11 leaves
+ cover, 7 9
lines
on a page.
Date:
IStii
or
19,tii
cent.
Character: Grantha.
2M.
Sansk. No. 27.
Size:
IO^xIt 1^
Palm
18tii
in.,
10 leaves
+ covers, 78
lines
on a page.
Material:
leaves.
Date:
or 19th cent.
Character: Grantha.
19*
-^ On
the
the
292
<r'
mean
'Holy',
or
like.
215.
lOs-X 1?
in.,
31 leaves
(less fols.
cover,
56
(generally 6) lines
on a page.
Date: 18* or
19tii cent.
Character: Grantha.
All these
of
MSS.
Mr. Glenies sermon in Sanscrit', and the contents correspond to this description. We have apparently the same sermon in all the MSS.
-$MH$-
LIST OF
WORKS
SUBJECTS.
ARRANGED ACCORDING TO
T.
VEDIC LITERATURE.
Worls relating
to tliem.
1.
Samliitas, (Did
a)
Rigveda:
1
(No. 165).
(No. 166).
2 3
4
first
58
Egveda-Bliasya, by Sayana,
I,
I, I,
19
(No. 13).
5
6
8
9
10
11
not given
12
13
Trisandhalaksana
14 15
16
17 18
Rksamkhya
Avarnadipa Nantasamgraha by Sesanarayana Tantalaksana Naparavyfikhyana, Com. on Nantasamgraha Taparatika, Com. on Tantalaksana
Paribhasa(?)
'j
(No. 73,2).
19
20
21 22
23
24 25
26
Avarnilaksana (No. 73, 3). Avarnilaksana > Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 21 Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 22 Katyayana's Sarvanukramani (No. 78, 6). kind of Pari^ista to the Rgveda-Pratisakhya (No.
78, 7)
-^
b)
27 28 29 30
31
296
Hg-
Black Yajurveda:
Com. on Satarudriya (Taittiriya-Samhita IV, 5) (No. 21b). Another Com. on the same text (No. 22 a).
Taittiriya-Pratisakhya (No. 38,
1).
32
Tribhasyaratna, Com. on the preceding (No. 38, 2). Com. on Bharadvajasiksa, by Laksmana Jatavallabhasastrin (No. 25 b).
33
34
35
36 37 38
39
40
41
Samanavyakhyana, Com. on Samhitasamanalaksana^j Viliiighyavyakhyana by Pundarikaksisuri Naparavyakhyana, Com. on Naparalaksana Taparapaddhati, Com. on Taparalaksana Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on Avarnilaksana Akarapaddhati, Com. on Avarnilaksana Anihgyavyakhyana, Com. on Anihgyalaksana
c)
^
B so
Samaveda:
42 43
Prakrticalaksara
J
44 45
46
Uhagana, book I (Dasaratra) (No. 180, Uhagana, books II VII (No. 179).
1).
Eahasya (No.
2.
180, 2).
47
48
Aitareya-Aranyaka (No. 191). Sayana's Com. on the first Aranyaka of the same
(No. lb).
49
Mandala-Brahmana,
(No. 22 b).
i.
e.
^atapatha-Brahmana X,
5,
50
51
1^
52
Aranya-Kathaka,
i.e.
Taittiriya-Brahmana III,
TJijanirnds.
10 12j s
3.
53
2;.
i.
54
e.
1).
-^
55
297
Hg-
i.
e.
Aitareya-
158, 2).
57
58
59
Brliadaranyaka-Upanisad (No. 21c). Isa-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 1). ^aiikara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 1). Sai'ikara's Taittirlya-Upanisad-Bhasya (No.
15).
60
61
62
63 64
Kena-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 2). Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 2). Sankara's Com. on Chandogya-L'panisad (Xo. Katha-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 1). Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 24a).
Prasna-Upanisad (Xo.
17, 2).
23).
65
66 67
68
69
Mundaka-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 3). Sankara's Com. on the same (No. Mandukya-Upanisad (No. 17, 4).
24a).
70
71
72 73
74 75
76 77
Purvatapaniya-Upanisad (No. 17, 5). Uttaratapaniya-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 6). Eahasya-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 1). Amrtabindu-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 2). Tripurasundari-Upanisad (Xo. 18a, 3). Kalagnirudra-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 4).
Sarira(ka)-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 5). Atharvasira-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 6). Atharvasirobhasya by Bhaskara Raya (Xo. 18b, Kaivalya-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 7).
78
79 80
81
3).
The same
(No. 192).
82
83
84 85
Skanda-Upanisad (Xo, 18a, 8). Maha-(or Tripuratapana-?)Upamsad (Xo. 18 a, 9). Devi-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 10). Tripura-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 11). Katha-Upanisad (?), different from 63 (No. 18a, 12).
4.
86
87 88
89
Asvalayana-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 5). Kausitaka (Siriinbavya)-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 3). Com. on the same (No. 78, 4). Dvaidhasutra from Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No.
94, l)*
-^
0
298
f^
Mahagnisarvasva, Com. on the Agnikalpa, Dvaidha and Karmanta Sutras of Bodhayana's Srautasutra
(No. 94,
2).
91
Another fragment
of the
rites
same (No.
94, 3).
92
Manual
(No. 99,
of Srauta
(darsapurnamasau, adhana,
93 94
99, 1).
Manual
95
96
97
98
Apastamba (No. 99, 3). Com, on the same (No. 99, 4). Apastambiya Grhyasutra (No. 26, 2). Mantrapatha of the Apastambins (No. 26, Haradatta's Com. on the same (No. 27).
school of
in Sanskrit (No. 139).
1).
99
100
101
102
103
Paiicangarudranyasa (?), rules and prayers (Black Yajurveda) for the worship of Hudra (No. 48, 1). Kudravidhi (?) with the ^^ Pahcaiigarudranyasa of Bodhayana, and > ? Prayoga for the Budranuvakas of Taitt. Samh. lY, tJ
104
105 106 107 108
Mantrabrahmana of the Samaveda (No. 86, 2). Sayana's Com. on the same (No. 86, 1). Rudraskandha's Com. on Khadira-Grhyasutra (No.
75).
Prayogasara (No. 153, 4). A kind of Prayoga, dealing with witchcraft and domestic
rites (No. 153, 5).
109
110
Miscellaneous Vedlc
TFor/tS.
111 112
113
11
Valmiki's
VI
1
(No. 53).
55).
3).
Uttarakanda (No.
I,
115
~>i
299
H$-
116
I,
II (No. 10).
3 (No. 62).
1V,
I,
1,
Com. on Ramayana
83
VI
(No. 67).
(No. 54,
1).
120
121 122
123
Mahabharata, Sambliava-Parvan (No. 153, 6). Pauloma and Astika Parvans (No. Sabha-Parvan (No. 19). Yana-Parvan (No. 61).
64)-
124
125 126
127
41198
(No. 85).
128
129
130
131
Bhagavadgita,
(No. 157,
1).
Avith
132
2).
137
Balabharata by Pandit Agastya (No. 21). Mahabharatasaragraba by Mahesvara (No. 71). Campiibbarata (No. 152, 2). Kusalavopakbyana from Asvamedhika-Parvan of Jaimini-Bharata (No. 49 b),
HI.
138
Narayana's
(No. 121).
Com.
on
Krdidasa's
Kumarasambhava
139
140
141
164).
Mahanatakasiiktisudhrinidhi
by
Imniadi
DevaiTiya
142
143 144
Srutirahjinl, Com. on Jayadeva's Gitagovinda, Laksmldhara (No. 113, 1). The same (No. 142). Another Com. on the Gitagovinda (No. 136)
by
-^
145 146 147
300
<-
Surya^ataka by Mayura,
Avitli
|
149, 2)
Drama.
3).
148
149 150
tlie
same by Srmi-
Romance,
Tales,
Camjms.
151
152
183).
and
a)
Scientific Literature.
Grammar.
2).
153
154
Com. on the same by Svayamprakasananda (No. 95, Prakriyasarvasva by Narayana, fr. (No. 117, 3).
Ganapatba, Paradigms
fr.
2).
(No. 117,
4).
fr.
158 159
of Conjugation,
(No. 92,
3).
Lexicography.
155).
1).
160
161
Amarakosa (No.
162
163
Amarakosodghatana, Com. by Ksirasvamin (No. 152, Amarakosa with Malayalam gloss (No. 122). The same (No. 133).
c)
Prosody.
164
165
Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta (No. 160, 1). The same with the Manimahjari, Com. by the Purohita Nfirayana (No. 54,
I
3).
As Mr. Thomas
is
at Calcutta in 1881
quite a
kindly informs me, the Daksayajna printed modern poem by Ramanarayaiia Tar-
vinayasya vaibhavat.
-^
166 167
301
Hg-
116, 2).
170).
Poetics (Alamkara).
168
169
Prataparudra by Vidyanatha (No. 89, 1). Com. (Ratnapana) on the same, by KumSrasvamin
(No. 77).
170
171
172
173
Kuvalayananda by Appayya Diksita (No. The same (No. 127). Kavyaprakasa (No. 128, 1). Alamkarasarvasva (No. 151, 1).
e)
109).
Music, Acting
etc.
(Samgltasastra).
110).
174
Medicine.
175
176
168,
1).
177
Kokkoka
(No. 45).
178
Suryasiddhanta (No.
179
114
(No. 12,
1).
180
Kamadogdhrl, Com. on Suryasiddhanta, by Tammayajvan (No. 12, 2). Suryasiddhantavivarana by Paramesvara (No. 137).
181
182
183
184
185 186
187
Vakyakaranadipika by Sundararaja (No. 68, 1). Kujadipailcagrahavakyam (No. 68, 2). Mahabhaskariya Karmanibandhana (No. 124, 2). Fragment (part of the preceding work?) (No. 124, 3). Siddliantasekhara by Sripati (No. 124, 1). Brhatsamhita of Yarahamihira with Bhattotpala's
Com.,
fr.
(No. 72).
"I
188
,.
189 190
191
Com. Subodhini
J
4).
^
192
302
H$-
193
194
195
196
Prasnamrta by Kumara, fr. (Xo. 118, 2). Prasnasamgraha (No. 144, 1). Laghvl Jatakapaddhati, fr. (No. 144, 2). Utpala's Com. on Satpancasika, fr. (No. 144, 2). Sarvarthaciutamani, by Veukatanayaka, fr. (No. 146, 2). Krsniya (No. 161).
fr. fr.
(No. 162).
(No. 113,
2).
1
200
201
1(^0.134;.
3).
202
^^^
^^205
I I
Fragments
and
astroloJ
)
^" '
'
^'
^'
^^^
'
(Xo. 209).
5.
Civil.
1).
102,
Haradatta's Com. (Mitaksara) on the same (No. 102, 2). Haradatta's Com. (Ujjvala) on Apastambiya Dharmasutra (No. 37).
209
210
211
Parasarasmrti with Madhava's Com. (No. 79, 2). Smrtimuktaphala by Vaidyanatha Diksita, I (No. 74). Sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga from the (preceding?) work of Yaidyanatha Diksita (No. 91, 2). Smrticandrika by Devanna, Vyavaharakanda I (No.
129,
1).
212
213
214 215
The same
(No. 141).
6.
Philosophy.
a)
216
Purvamimamsa.
Bhattadlpika by Khandadeva (No. 92, 1). The same, VII, 1 IX, 3 (No. 119, 1).
The same,
fr.
(No. 119,
3).
->4
303
,<~
2-20
221
222
108).
Yedanta.
223
224
Tedanta-Sutras with Saiikara's Com.. Sarirakamimamsabha?ya (Xo. 57). Bhasyaratnaprabha, Com. on Saiikara's Bhasya, by
93).
The same.
fr.
(X^^o.
78, ]).
223
56).
229
230
231
Yivekacudamani (Xo. 24c). Com. on Saiikara's Atmabodhaprakarana (Xo. 33). Com. on Saiikara's Takyasudha, by Brahmananda
63. 1).
Bharati (Xo.
232 233 234
235
Com. on
Saiikara's Yakyavrtti,
by Yisresvara (Xo.
65).
(Saiikara's)
Yedantasara
Saiikara's PurvottaradyadasamaiijarikaStotra(Xo.32.3).
236 237
23S
Haristuti. by Svayamprakasa Yati (Xo. 8 a\ Eagadvesaprakarana (by Saiikara? See Aufrecht CC.
s. V.)
Hastamalaka (Xo. 63. 6). The same (Xo. 171. 2). Haritattvamuktavall, Com. on Saiikara's
(Saiikara's)
(X"o. 210).
(X'o. 79. 1).
2?9
(Govindanatha's) Saiikaracaryacarita
240
241
242
211).
243
Bhasyarthasamgraha, by Brahmananda Yati (Xo.104.2). Pahcadasi by Yidyaranyatlrtha (Xo. 81. 2). UpadesagranthaTivarana, Com. on the Paficadasi, by
244 245
246 247
-^
248
304
H5-
249
250
251
Vasudevamananaprakarana (No.
194).
252 253
Laksmidbara's Advaitamakaranda (No. 63, 4). Rasabhivyanjika, Com. on the preceding, by Svayamprakasa Yati (No. 8 b).
254
255
c)
S a n k h y a.
1).
256
257
258 259
The same (No. 145, 1). Jayamangala, Com. on the same, by Sankara (No. ] 45, 2). Tattvakaumudi, another Com. on the same, by Vacaspatimisra (No. 145,
3).
260
261
104,
3).
Nyaya, Vaisesika,
etc.
262
263
by
fr.
Cinnambhatta,
264
fr.
(No. 100,
2).
265 266
267
(No. 117,
1).
2).
268
269
3).
270
271
(No. 100,
4).
fr. fr.
272 273
Work Work
5).
274
145, 6).
_5h
305
-s-
275
Cora, on
tlie
same (No.
145, 5).
Com., Siddhrintamuktavali
jg
IV.
(PUE,ANAS,MAHATMYAS,STOTRAS,TANTRA.etc.)
1.
279
Hemakutakhanda
280
(No. 198).
Brahina-Purana:
Blirgu-Narada-samvada,
31).
Hastigiri-
mahatmya (No.
281
181).
1).
Visnu-Purana (No.
8iva-Puraria:
tSatarudriyakotisamhita, Kaufijarasana187).
ksetramahatmya (No.
285
tmya (No.
286
188).
Siva-Purana:
Ekadasarudrasamliita,
4).
Campakaranya-
mahatmya
287 288
(No. 197,
Bhagavata-PuiTina
I IX
with
(No. 20).
fr.
with Com.,
(No. 9
b).
289
Sridhara's
Com.,
XI XII
(No. 39).
290
291
292
Bhagavata-Purana: Ekadasaskandhasarasloka-^l
saipgraha with
^^^'
|
293
^^)"
)
294
295
(No. 9
a).
Naradiya-Purana:
Haribhaktisudhodaya
Jnanakanila.
with
Com,
29fi
Brhannaradiya-Purana
Ahmdrapiira20
mahatmya (No.
196,
3).
-^
297
306
H$-
298
299
42).
Kllakastotra
J
300
301
;502
51).
131).
186).
303 304
Bhavisyat-PuiTina:
Kumbhaghonamahatmya
(No. 189).
Bhavisyottara-Purana:
Ksetravaibhavakhan(ja,
Cam-
305
pakaranyamahatmya (No. 197, 1). Bhavisyottara-PuiTma: Madhyamabhaga, Tulasivanamarkandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmya (No. 206). Brahmakaivarta-Purana Tirthaprasamsa, Pahcanada:
306
mahatmya
307
(No. 185).
308
Skanda-Purana:
7).
309
310
lY
311
VII
312
Sivamahatmya-Khanda (No.
fr.
76).
(No. 148).
Jnanayoga-Khanda (No.
76).
(No. 148).
76).
Mukti-Khaiida (No.
318
319
(No. 148).
76).
Yajhavaibhava-Khanda (No.
320
321
fr.
(No. 148).
Brahraaglta(No.3).
4).
322
323
324
325
307
^<-
326
327
Adhyaya
328
Ksetravaibbava-Khanda, Campakaranyamahritmya(No.
197, 2).
329
3:jo
331
Jayaiitimahatmya (No. 168, 2). Vaisakbamaliatmya (No. 47, 2). Gurugita (No. 32, 2).
[332344]
Br ahman
(1
a-Pu ra na
54, 2).
'
332
333
Adhyatma-Ramayana (No.
Uttaraldianda,
Hayagrivagastyasanivrida,
Lalitopa-
khyaua (No.
334
69).
335
Uttarabbaga,
Ksetravaibbavakbanda,
203).
Kumbhakona-
330
337
204).
338 339
340
341
342
343
344
345 346 347 348
Keralamahatmya (No.
147).
349
350
351
1
Athavvanarabasya of the Vismidbarma(?) (No. Ekadasivratamabatmya ) Jayantm-ata (?) (Xo. 168, 2). Auautavrata (?) Bbaskaramatamabatmya
'
63, 2).
~~'
-^i
308
f<-
352
353
An Itihasa
2.
of
King Vrsadarvi,
title
Stotras,
and SimiJar
Tracts.
354 355
356
357
358
359
360
361
Brahmapara Stotra with Com. (128, 2). Vedapadastava (No. 48, 4). Sivarcanasiromani, by Brahmanandanatha (No. 89, 2). Paramarthasara, by Sesanaga, with a] ,-j^ 112 9^ Com. j Com. (Paramarthasaravivarana) by Baghavananda, see above 255. Srutisuktimfila, by Haradatta, with a 1 .^-p ,^n ^\ (No. 116, 1). Com. J
'
-^
Mahaganapaddhati,byGirvanendraSarasvati,fr.(No.29).
362
363 364 365
366
The same,
fr.
(No. 207).
11).
NaiTiyaniya Stotra (No. 140). Bhaktapriya, Com. ou the preceding (No. 114).
Saiikara's Visnupadadikesantastuti, with the
' '
]
\
(No. 44,
1).
367
368
369
fr.
(No. Ill,
5).
370
371
4).
The same,
Metrical
fr.
(No. 130).
372
373
374 375
Com. (Sahasranamapadyavrtti) on Visnusahasranaman (No. 138). Sankara's Anandalahari (No. 157, 2). Anandasagarastava by Nilakantha (No. 63, 3),
376
377
7).
382
3).
-^
383
309
Iroiu
*<-
Dakf?iiiamurtipafijaia
115,
9).
Bralimanila-ruiTina
(No.
384
385
1).
6).
386
387
388 389
Mantraksaramala (No. The same (No. 112, 5j. The same (No. 171, 3).
Mritrkanyasa (No. 115,
43, 2).
5).
390
391
392
Matrkastava (No. 115, 1). Jay amai'i gala, Com. on Lalitasahasranama Stotra (from Erahmanda-PuiTina), Ly Bhatta Nariiyana (No. 35).
Lalitastavaratna (No. 63,
5).
393
394 395 396
397
The same (No. 115, 12). The same, IV. (No. 160, 2). The same, fr. (No. 174).
Lalitadevi Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmaiula-
2).
Syamalambavarmaratna (No.
Svapnridhyaya(?) (No. 172).
115, 4).
400
401
402
403
Sermon of Mr. Glenies The same (No. 213). The same (No. 214). The same (No. 215).
3.
Tantra.
404
405
Kauladarsatantra,
}3y
Visvanandanatha (No. 5
1).
b).
96, 2).
406
407
408
409
410
Kumarasarahita (No. 98, 2). Kularnavatautra (No. 43, 1). Kulacudamani, Com. on Laghubhattaraka's Laghustuti, by Simharaja (No. 125). Divyamaiigaladhyaua from Rajarajesvaritantra (No.
112,
1).
411
-2M
310
150).
Hg-
Tantrasamuccaya (No.
Sricakrapratisthavidlii (No. 5 c,
1).
Srividyrikliyamiilavidyabliedah (No. 5 c,
2).
416
417
Srlvidyaratnasutra, by Gaudapada (No. 18 b, 1). Com. oil the same, by Vidyaranya (No. 18 b, 2).
Saktisiitra, with its
418
419
Bhasya
(No. 6 a).
I
Atharvanaprokta-dcvirahasya-svariipakiaiLiopasauayah
Cidvalli by Natanananda (No. 6 c). Candrajiianagamasamgraha (No. 96, 1). Prapaiicasarasarasamgraha (No. 97). 422 423430 Uimamed Collections of Mantras, and Tantric fragments (Nos. 115, 7; 10, and 143, 16).
V.
431
1; 4).
(No. 149,
(No. 151,
3). 2).
438
439441
3).
442444
1,
For
20-1,
otlier
tracts
titles,
see above 11, 20, 2G, 82, 85, 92, 94, 100, 101, 103, 108, 157, 158, 185,
203, 205, 271, 272, 294, 349, 350, 353, 399, 419,
-^Hi-.
INDEX.
The
amsakadasa 286.
adhyayana
98.
akunvarathuntara 237. adhy atmarumayana 68sq,, 307. Agastya, Taiulit 191 S(i., 299. adhyapaiia 98.
Agastya
250,
88,
155,
214,
272, 275;
"tirtlia
"dilipasaiuviida
249;
7,
275; "samhita
204, 306.
Agni
(Rsi) 158.
12(i,
aningyavya-
agnikalpa, "sutni
298.
agniksetra 127.
auistayoga 171.
100,
188,
agnipurana
63,
anumanaprakasa
167.
aguivivaha 120.
20.
Aghora
Apaiitaratamas 210.
Appaya
241.
aiikurarpanavidhi 120.
150,
Atri
297.
7.
atliarvasira-upanisad
19
Amara
11.
advaitamakaranda
304.
8sq.,
81,
Amarakosa
209 sq., advaitananda 75. 300. AdvaitanandaSarasvatil28sq. A marasimha 176,190,209,213. adhikaranaratnamala 1 18 sq., Amarendra Saiasvati 35. 131, 303. 284 S( I. adhikarakanda 222. amvtabiudupaiiisad 19, 297.
Amarakosodghataiia
-^
314
f^-
Amrtanandanatha 117 sq. Ambarlsa 264; riaradasamvada 264. ambapaga, N. of a river, 289.
ambastava, 155 si^., 308.
abiudrapura
ambika
275.
abludrapuramabatmya 257
260, 305, 307.
aboratritirtba 283.
ayomukliapuspaki 284.
araniharana 91.
akarapaddbati
31, 296.
akasanagari 283.
augirasasamvassara 287.
acaryavilfisa 106.
Arjunavisadayoga 215.
artbalarakrira 117.
ajyadoba 238.
atmajfiaua 83.
ardbanarisvara 262.
arbagola, N. of a viUage
3.
atmabodbaprakarana
atmaiiauda
75.
39, 303.
Alaka
183.
avarnivya-
kbyana
''vivara-
avyaktaganita
na
28.
asvattbatirtba 277.
adarsotsava 262.
asvamedbavabbrtba 239.
astakavarga 170sq., 286.
astaksara (mantra) 279.
Adityapuroga
adiparvan
82.
57.
adipurana
Asita 269.
Ananda Bbarati
80.
-^^
315
i<r
Aiiandagiri
4.
iksunadiiurdiatmya 204.
Iksvakulabdljavaibliavii 240.
Apastamlja (school)
133,
13-1,
32,
33, iiidra
262,
273;
"tiiilia
261,
298.
33,
263, 283.
Apastanibiyagrliyasutra
298.
liidiadyuiiinagajeudraprapli
272.
Apastambiyadharmasutra
302.
43,
iudrapucclia 225.
iadrapuskarini 273.
Immadi Devaraya
istaka 126.
istikalpa 126.
84s(|.,
299,
Ayu
192.
isa(vasya)-upaiiisad 16
sq.,
297. 201,
Isvarakrsna
202, 304.
142,
143,
arana 225.
aranyakatliaka 234236, 296.
69, 79.
iitkrsta^ivaksetraprakarana
aryamati 143.
alokamaiijari 138.
247
188.
sq.
uttarakanda (ramayana)
298.
70sq.,
Avadugdharana
avarnilaksana
,
avarnivya-
uttarakhanda of brahmanda-
khyaua
purana
88,
155,
250,
307;
59
105, uttarabbaga
brabiuanda-
58.
uttararamayana 70 sq.
uttarabliimany uvivaha 9 1
asurakanda 116.
astikaparvau 82, 299.
Udayamurti
67, 69.
->4
316
r<g-
udyogaparvan
udvat 237.
91,
1,
2,
15, 295.
rgvedasambita
223, 295.
15,
105, 222,
rtunasa 212.
ekasami 225.
ekaksaralaksmipujavidbi 132.
ekadasarudrasambita 266,305.
ekadasaskandbasaraslokasam-
upanayana 195.
npanisad 184, 235, 296 sq.
Upamanyu
289.
226,
10 sq.,
242,
306;
of
ekoddistasraddba 105.
216, 217,
aitareyopauisad
3,
103, 296;
"bbasya 103.
aisikaparvan 90, 92.
50.
sadbadri 257260.
kaksaputasarasamgraba
kankalapatni 163.
katbavalll 18.
53.
rksamkbya 95
sq.,
295.
katbopanisad
rksarvasamana
95, 295.
Kanva
275.
kadambapuriksetra 270.
-^
kadambapurlmrihutmya269
271, 307.
317
Hg-
Katyfiyana
kantisaurabhakarana 212.
270.
kadambavana
kapahsa 248.
kamakala(vilrisa)
6s(|.
kadambasaras 270.
kaiiyfitirtha 261, 203, 264.
kamadogdbri 13 sq.,
53.
1
301.
kapalisasthalamahrttmya
sq.,
247 kamasastra
305.
kamyapasukanda
277;
73.
kapitthaka 151.
30S.
kapilasrama 268.
kapisthala
272, 273;
307.
"mfiliri-
na 242.
kartaviryarjunakavaca
309.
1
kamalasaunidhfina 275.
kampaharesanaksetrainftlia-
57s(j.,
tmya
250.
karanapaddbati 204.
karkatesa 264.
karnaparvan
92.
krdacakradasa 287.
kalati,
Karnavadba
92,
N. of a place 289.
karnavrddbi 212.
kalabala 286.
kalabastiksetra 290.
179, 301.
Kardama
275,
karmauibandbana
kaveri
240,
244,
2G4,
27(i,
272, 273,
275.
277,
2S(is.j.
kucavardliana 212.
kuja 87.
[301. 87,
kujadipaficagrabavakya
-5^
318
H$-
Kedara 69 sq.,
300.
Kumara
171, 302.
kenopanisad
204, 307.
17, 297.
;
289sq.
"mabatmya
Kesava
8.
kumarasambhava
"vivarana 174sq.
174,
Kumarasvamiu
101, 301.
Kesavarya
35.
kesavrddbi 212.
276279, 307; "stbalavai- Kaivalyananda Yogindra 8sq. kaivalyopanisad 19 sq., 253 sq., bbava 277. kumbbagbona 258, 277, 278, 297. 281283; mabatmya 249, Kokkoka 53, 301.
306; "stbaba 278.
Konama
7.
172.
sq.,
309.
kidarnava
309.
4,
kuvalayanaiida,
182, 301.
'^ndiya
kaulavid 130.
130.
4, 130, 309.
Krsanu
Krsiia,
241.
guru
Narayana Kausitakacarya
kriyfikabapa 190
104.
sq.,
174sq.
302, 309.
Krsna, autbor of
Krsi.iananda 184.
kvijiinya 220.
ksatriyadbarma
98.
ksutpipasabaranaprayoga 21
2.
krsnaranya 258.
-5h
310
'
i<-
ksetrarajapura 275.
bhavisyottarap. 26()sq., 306; girikanya 262, 264sq. of brahraai.K.lap. 276 sq., 307. gitagovinda 158 sq,, 192s(i., Ksemanandanatha 255. 197, 299; "vyakliyana 192sq.
Girvanendra
khagendra, N. of a river 257.
308.
35,
131, 284sq..
Khandadeva
42sq.,
121
sq.,
gunatrayavibhaga 239.
(jiunavisnu 114.
khayoga 170sq.
Khadiragrhyasutra
gai'iga 270.
Gunadhya
99, 298.
280.
guruvcakya 87.
gai'igadharakathamrta 261
gajrirttiharaiia(tTrtha) 272.
guruvakyalesasaragraha
gurvadinirilpana 98.
50.
gajcndramoksana 272.
"pariksana 273.
guhanaradasainvada 164.
gi'hasthadharma 98.
grliarcanavidhi 120.
grhyaparisista 119sq., 298.
grliyavrtti 99.
gananatha 198.
ganapatyai?taka 164, 308.
ganapritha 169, 300.
gaiie^a
grhyagniprayascitta
1 20.
ganesastaka 164.
5.
Gambhira
172.
golavarnana 178.
(ilovinda,
17,
guru of Saiikara
38,
39,
16,
2729,
52, 73,
Garga
7.
Gargagotra
204.
86.
Gargayudhistliira<^ai)ivada
scribe
garbhinidharnia 98.
-^^
320
H$-
Graudapada
Gautama
7,
224, 262.
graliabalapufijani 286.
caranavyuba
24, 298.
grababhagaiia 178.
grabavivarana 199.
grabanam stlianabalam
grabodayastamaya 178.
cakraradbaiiapbaba
1
286.
camundika
49.
cikitsitastbana 174,
citradipa 73
30.
sq.,
109.
citrabbauusamvassara 287.
Candalvopa 280.
candamuiKlrirdini 229.
cidambara 278.
cidvalli 6sq., 310.
Candavega
281.
cintamani 147.
candrilakanyakadarsana 268.
candikasaptati 230, 308.
caturvedatatparyasaipgraba
165.
caturvedabbasya
65.
caiidanotsava 262.
cliandogamantrabrabmanabbasya 114sq.
->^
321
f<-
tattvakaumudi 142,
5sq., 310.
2it2,
304.
Jagannathasuri
taddbitakbanda 169.
Jatavallabhasastrin (Laksma- tanubbuvanaprakarana 148. na) 32, 296. tantra 309 sq.
113, 194sq.
tantraruja
4. 1 49
tautravarttika
sq
Jayadeval58,192sq., 197,299.
jayantimahatmya, jayantivra- tantrasamuccaya 207, 310. ta 226 sq., 307. tapara 95 sq.; tikri 95 sq., 295; jayamaiigala, Com. on lalita"paddbati 31, 296; laksaiia
sahasranainastotra41 sq., 309
31, 296.
Com. on Bbattikavya 177, Tammayajvan 13 sq., 222, 299; Com. on saiikbya- Tammayrirya 13sq.
saptati 201, 304.
301.
Jayarama
302.
136, 304.
jatakapaddbati (lagbvi)
304.
jatakarman 195.
jativiveka 98.
304;
bba-
jatyadbikarana 138.
janakibarana 175.
jabalopanisad 24, 158.
tarkasaingraba
202 sq.,
227,
jalapada 268.
Ji!?nunandana 179.
jivadvaita 109.
jivayoni 159.
talavakaropanisad 17.
tatparyadipika 74, 218.
tarakasuranigraba 175.
jnanaprakarana 148. tirtbaprasainsa 244 sq., 306. jnanayogakbanda 100,205,306. tirtbamabfitmya 257, 283, 306.
jyotistoma 126.
tirtbayatraparvan 78.
21
~>^
322
tirtharaja 283.
Daksa
98.
daksayajnaprabandha206,300.
daksinakailasa
290.
(tirtha)
289,
tulasikavaca 283.
srmivasaksetramahatmya panjara 164, 309; sarahita 282 sq., 306. 132, 309. tulakaverlmahatmya 63, 188, daksinavarta 175. 245 sq., 306. dandadharana 98.
trptidipa 73
sq.,
218.
dandaniti 219.
taittiriyapratisakhya
296.
taittiriyabrahmana 234
296.
236,
56,
126,
133,
dasatlkavibhanjani 147.
dasatlrtba 273.
3;
dasadhyayi 170.
Totaka 290.
tripura 258.
dasSphala 171.
dasavipaka 170.
tripurandalaksana 130.
tripuratapanopanisad
297.
Duryodbana
215.
Durvasas 163.
Dusyantacarita 91.
dusitalekbyapariksa 187.
295.
TrivediiuiiTiyanayajvan 167.
trisatistotra 155, 308.
rtisandlialaksana 95 sq.,
drgilna 171.
traikalyajuana 220.
drgdrsyaviveka 80.
->
drsti 171.
323
r<~
dharma^astra
43,
98,
107,
Deva
302.
138140,
302.
dharanagara 233.
dhararajya 231.
Devala 272.
Devavarman Devasarman
283.
devitulakaverimahatmya
naksatradasa 287.
devimahatmya 48 sq.,
deviraliasya 5sq.
175, 306.
Naciketas 27.
Natanananda
6sq., 310.
Devena
186.
19, 297.
devyupanisad
desikanatha 198.
naparapaddhativyakhyana
30 sq.
naparalaksana
295, 296.
30, 296.
30,
naparavyakliyana
95
sq.,
Dronavadha
92.
namakanuvaka
Nala 262.
Nalopakhyana
89.
dvadasaksaravidya 283.
dvigrahadiyoga 170 sq.
dvipakanana, a village 171.
dvaitavadin 289.
dvaitaviveka 74.
narasimhavatara 196.
navinamatavicara 146.
nastajanman, jataka 171.
Nagadeva
dharmajijiiasa 122.
95, 295.
naganatliamahatmya
307.
265 sq.,
dharmadesali 98.
Dharmaraja
167, 304.
naganatliesvara 265.
nagaramadhyamakhai.ula 243.
nagaraja 276.
uagendrapuja 263.
nagesvara 262, 263. 63, 188, 245. natakadqm 73 sq., 109.
78.
21*
dharmavarapradana
Dharmavarman
->4
324
f<-
natyalaksana 151.
nisumbliavaha 229.
nitisarvasva 219, 302.
Natliananda 6sq.
95 sq., 295.
nandlmukhasraddha
209, 213.
120.
NilakanthaDiksita 81,156,308.
nila
(?),
nayakaprakarana 117.
N. of a river 289.
Narada
7,
59, 108,
Naradiyapurana
305.
100, 107
sq.,
Narayana
41
sq.,
30.
Narayana, scribe or owner of book 43 sq. Narayana, Purohita, son of Krsimbayajvan 69 sq., 166,
228, 300.
paksadliarmatva 209.
pancako.saviveka 74, 109.
paiicagavyavidhi 25.
Narayana
.Bliatta
of
pancadasaprakarana 109. pancadasi 73, 109, 218, 303. Kerala pancanadamaliatmya 244 sq.,
306.
Narayana Jyotisa
Narayana,
pupil
174sq., 299.
171.
of
paiicapadika 147.
Krsna pancablmtaviveka
74,
109.
pancaratnaprakarana 37. Narayana, see Ananta N. pancalak^anarahasya 138. narayanlyastotra 161, 169, Pancasikha 143, 202. pancasrnga 273. 196, 308. narayanopanisad 165. pancastavi 180. niculapura 63, 245. pancaki^aramaliimanuvarnana
Nittala 36.
189.
nityadana 187.
pancangarudranyasa
298.
55,
89,
paficendropakhyana 91.
Patanjali 76.
nisargabala 286.
->
patrikalaksana 151.
325
91
k:-
"piijavidhana,
"pujama-
himanuvan.iana262;"yu(lillui-
sanuaba 114.
295.
ipata 178.
patalabijaliiiga 277.
patranirupana 98.
100, padapadohalaprakriravidhi
.
211.
pannagendrapura 276.
Pabbeka 70
note,
parabrahmavidya 37, 47, 52. Paraiuananda 46, 48. paramarthasara 157, 308; ''vivarana 184 sq., 304, 308. Paramesvara 193 sq., 301. paramesvara 275.
jjaramesthin 26.
papavinasaiuahatmya
282, 307.
279
papripanodanasaras 277.
paramahamsasambita
parasarapurana 166. Parasarya Vyasa 24.
182.
Paianaiida, seeParamananda. Pariksita 91. (Coir.) paiamarsavadartha 146, 304. Parthasaratbimisra 36.
Parasara7,40,41,113,263,280. parvati 262; parvatyas tapasParasarasmrti 107, 302. carana 265 sq.
pfdasavanamabatmya 276.
Pingala 70.
!
Pariksit 41.
parjanyasuktavidbi 120.
pipasabarana 212,
pip(p)abi 120.
parvanayana 178.
pisacagraba 81.
Pundarika 275,
275;
281;
"pura 281;
patalavana 257.
patall 258.
''miinikatliana
"saras, "sarastn"tbavail)liava-
katbana 281.
30, 29n.
-^
Punyananda
6.
326
^^
prapancarahasya 160,
prapaficasara, "sarasamgraha
131, 310.
punyaliavidhi 120.
puranasravanamahimaniivar-
prapancahi'daya 148
sq.,
305.
prayaga 290. prayoga 5sq., 298, 310. prayogasara 211, 298. pravrajyayoga 170 sq.
prasisya 274.
Pulaha 276.
pujadesakalaniriipana 130.
prasnavidhana 179.
purvakhanda of brahnianda- ])rasnavivarana 28. purana 269. prasnasiistra 199. purvatapaniyopanisad 18, 297. prasnasamgraba 199 sq., 302. purvatapim 18 sq. prasnamrta 171, 302.
purvamimamsa
ptirvabdhi 273,
129, 302.
prasnopanisad
18,
27,
297;
purvambodhi 283.
piirvottaradvadasamanjarikastotra 38, 303.
Prthuyasas 200.
prakirnakanda 177.
prakrti 224, 296;
prayascittasubodbini
3,
298.
pragalbblyalaksana 138.
Prajilpati 187.
Pbamndra
111.
prataparudra,
"yasobhusana, bakavadba 91. prataparudriya 101 sq., 117, badarikasrama 289. badarivana 262. 301.
sq.
Bandbula 231.
Ballala 231.
pratisarabandbavidhi 120.
109 sq.
pradosapujamahimanuvarnana 189.
-^-
327
f<-
Bana
230, 290.
72,
1
BadaniyanaS,
273, 283.
259,
243,
barhaspatyainanabcla 287.
Barhaspatyasiitra 219, 302.
balakaiula 11, 64 sq., 67, 69,
84, 203.
brabmanaradasainvada
249,
250,
257 sq.,
269 sq.,
271, 307.
brdadidhanavisayani 186.
brabmaparastotra 184, 308 brabmapuraualOO, 238sq.,305. brabmapurisa 266. brabmayajnavidbi 1 20. brabmaraksasa 280.
bijastambliana 211.
bijriropana 211.
brabmasabba
243.
brabmasutracandrika254,303.
brabmasrstikatbana 240.
brabmabattistribattimocaua
277, 278.
brabmacala 259. brhajjataka 152,170,219, 301. brabmandapurana 41. 59, 68, 88, 100, 155, 164, 238, 239 sq., brhatsamhita 93, 301. brhadaranyakopanisad 24 sq., 250,257 sq., 265sq., 269273, 276279, 307, 308, 309. 297. brabmandottara 155. brbannriradiyamabapurana
259, 305.
brahmauauda 74 sq., 109. Brabmauanda Bbarati, pupil of Krsnauauda 12, 305; pupil
of Anauda Bbrirati Brabmananda Yati,
80, 303.
pupil of
Bodhanidhi 28 sq., 71 sq. VisvesvaiTiuaiida 142 S(i., 303. Bodhabbarati 143 sq., 304. Brabmauandanatba 117 sij., Bodbriyana7, 56, 89,125-127, 308.
195, 297, 298.
Bodharanya 143
note,
brabmakaivartapurana
brabmanasraistliya 98.
243245,
brabmagita
306.
2,
3,
brabmanadivivababbedab
306.
98.
brabma,
see
brabinapuiTina.
~$^
328
H$-
bhagana
191. bhasapariccheda 221, 305. bhagavatpradurbliava 239. bhasya 290, 303; pradipika bhagavadgita 47 sq., 52, 215, 289;ratnaprabhal02,124sq.,
299.
303.
bhaglrathapuja 263.
bhasyarthasamgraiia 142
179.
sq.^
e.
Aiyabhata)
303.
70, 218.
Bhaskara
ksetra
89, 179,
180, 227;
Bhattacaiya 290. Bhattikavya 177, 222, 299. BhattotpaLa 93, 301. bhadrHyurmuktipraptikathana 189.
277;
277,
tapassiddhi-
kathana
278;
mata-
307.
bhayoga 178. Bharata 110, 151. Bharadvaja 7, 57, 225. Bbartr 177; kavya 177,
Bhismaparvan
222.
92.
Bhismasaratalpasayana 92. bbavisyatpurana 100, 249, 306. blnigolapurana 204, 307. bhavisyottarapurana 260 sq., bliutlrtha-257. bhunagatailaprakara 212. 282, 306. bhagavatapurana 10, 12, 23, bhimagotpattiprakara 212. 45 sq., 100, 176, 181 sq., 184, Bhrgu 7, 238, 257; nirtha
305.
258;
9,
"naradasamvada 239,
bhagavatasara
305.
305.
blirguvrdcya 87.
7375,
80,
Bharadvaja
32, 87,
283
"siksa
21.
Maukhuka
208.
maniprakasavivrti 167.
manimahjari
300.
69,
166,
228,
bbavarayaphalani 286.
->^
329
<-
mandalabralimai.ui, ui)anisad luayukbamaliku 36 sq., 303. 26, 296. Mayura 53 sq., 300.
Ma(t)syagaudhi 262.
matsyapuiTina 37, 100.
Marudvati 278. 39. marudvrdbiX river" 2b:o. madhyamakhanda 243, 249. Mallayajvan 13 sq. madhyamabbaga 267, 282, 305, Malladbvariudra 1 3 sq.
306.
MaUinatba
178.
tra 164.
101.
madbyamadbikaia
mabaganapatistotramalamanmabaganapaddliati
242, 308.
284
sq.,
madhyarjunamahatraya
243, 306, 307. mabaganesamantrapaddbati manana, "grantba 255; pra- 35. karana 255 sq. maliagnisarvasva 126 sq., 298. Manu 98, 107, 187. mabanatakasuktisudbanidbi manojiiesa 264. 84 sq., 299. mantra 104, 310. mabaprastbanikaparvan 60, mantraparvan 114sq. 62, 92. mantrapatba 32, 115, 195, 298. mababbarata 22 sq., 47, 59 sq.,
mantrajDrasnadvaya 32.
6064,
78,
82 sq.,
113sq.,
mantraprasnabhasya
33.
298. mababbaratasarpgraba
92, 299.
90
mautramurti 198. mantrayantia 131. mantrasadbanaprakarakatbana 88. mantrasarakramadipika 131. mautraksaramala50, 156, 229,
309.
mabarudiTibutisamkbya
89.
183.
mabogragraba 81. mabopauisad 19 sq., 297. mandukyopanisad 18, 297. matangikavaca 162.
-^
matangyastottara 163, 309.
330
^<-
mukambika
215.
matrkanyasa 162, 309. 239. matrkastava 162, 309. (a certain position mrgasirsa Madhava, "acarya, amatya hand) 151. of the 3, 10 sq., 107, 175, 302, 306.
mrkandugajendrasamvada
Madhava Prajua
280.
83.
mrgasarotsava 265.
mrttikasnanavidhi 120.
madhavaraksasatvamoksana
Madhaviya
1,
114sq.
Manaveda
210.
Mailara 13 sq.
moksasastra 80.
268.
92.
mayurasthana 278.
Markandeya
263,
270,
155,
258,
282
sq.;
"purana yajana
48 sq., 100, 166, 306; ma- Yajuanarayana 95. haksetra 282; samasyapar- yajnavaibhavakhanda
2, 3, 10,
van 78; "sthala 283. malavinatha 13. mitaksara 139sq., 302. misralaksana 138.
yajiiesvara 126.
Yajfiesvara 158.
yajnopavitanirmana 98.
mimamsakanyaya
209.
yatidharma 98.
miiiiamsrikaustubha42sq., 303.
Yadu
41.
mimamsatantravarttika
sq.,
303.
mimamsadarsana
172.
mimamsasastra
172.
129;
"jivatu
mukunda
282.
306.
19,
24.
297; yuddhakanda
85, 116sq.
munivakya
87.
yogaphala 286.
-^^
331
K~
yogananda
74,
Rama
272.
Raghunatha, scribe, 90, 92, Rama, scribe, 22s(i., 182. 184. 110 sq., 233 sq. Rama Sastrin 136. Raghunatharyadiksita 240 sq. Ramakrsna 73 75, 218, 303. Raraakrsna, father of Raghuranga 240. 76. natha 90, 92, 110 sq., 233 sq. raiiganatha Ranganatha 86 sq. Ramakrsnadhvarinl47sq.,304. Ramacandra 167. rangamaliatmya 59. Ramabhadramakhin 128. Raiigaiaja Diksita 144 sq.
raiigalaksana 151.
ratiraliasya 53, 301.
ramasambhava
ramasetu 290.
177.
ratnasagara
4.
sq.,
Ramananda 80, 124 sq., 303. Ramanuja 11, 79, 85, 299.
raraayana 11, 64 203, 298sq.
rasislla 171.
I
ratnapana 101
ratnavall 151.
301.
71,
79, 85,
rathantara 238.
rasiprabheda 170sq.
rathasaipkhyambopakhyana
91.
rahuuirakarana 178.
ram a
258.
Rivakalyanda
(?)
86.
Rucidatta 167. rahasya 250, 257; of Saraa- rudra 55 sq., 298. veda 237 sq., 296; in Bra- Rudra, guru of Parame.svara
193. hmakaivartapurana 243. rahasyagama 132; sara 207. Rudradeva 42 sq.
Rucaka
208.
rahasYutirahasya 132.
rudranyasa
55.
ragadvesaprakarana 288, 303. rudrasamhita 120. Raghavanandal84sq.,304,308, Rudraskandha 99, 298. rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhi rajayaksman 226.
rajayoga 170sq.
rajarajesvarltantra
rajavarttika 142.
155, 309.
56.
rudradhyaya rudranuvaka
mahamantra
183.
56.
89, 298.
rajasasanalaksana 187.
Rajanaka Mammata
rudrabhisekavidhi 89.
-^'
332
Hg-
Ruyyaka
208.
vanjiraprakriya 212.
vanamabn
198.
Laksmana
Yarabamihira
tir-
93,
152,
170,
Laksmldhara
Varabasambita
93.
8s([.,
81, 158sq.,
Varuna
97, 99.
(Rsi)
7.
laksmiblmmi 277.
lagna 286.
varnasramadbai'manirupana
vahulkapuja 263. Laghubhattaraka 180sq., 309. Vasistba 7, 40, 113, 256, 263; laghustuti, "maliabliasya 180
sq.,
309.
see
lalitopa-
lalitakhyana,
khyana.
lalitadevistotra 155, 309.
301.
309.
lalitastavaratna
219, 231, 309.
81 sq.,
83.
164,
vakyasudba,
tikn.
80, 303.
Vagbbata
202, 304.
Liladevi 232.
lilavati 193.
lekhyanirupana 186.
lekliyapariksa 186.
176.
lekhyaprakarana 187.
lainga, see lifiga})urrina.
Lokanandanatba
304.
117sq., 254.
Yamadeva
Yamesvara
7,
163, 275.
laukikavisayatavadartha 146,
vamana(purana) 100.
(Rsi) 216.
333
r<^
varaha(purana) 100.
Vrilmiki
7,
Vi^vavasu 241.
Yisve.svara
35,
liMsij.,
11,
6467, 70 sq.,
131,
284sq.
Vii^vei^vara
Pandita
1
83, 303.
visayananda
vi^nu
75.
Vasudevayatisvara 255.
virasati 180.
visavidbi 187.
257260,
283;
80,
270273,
245;
"padadi154, 308;
videhakaivalyalaksana 160.
280 sq.,
katba
307;
sq.,
dbarma
"purana
kesantastuti 51
vidyananda
75.
40 sq.,
100,
305;
"bbujanga
76, 308.
Vidyaranya
21,
7375,
80,
Vi^nuraitra 290.
vidyarogyastuti 214.
187,
vidyastadasaka 172.
visnvalaya 281.
vlrababudar.sana 268.
viramabendrakanda 116.
Ylrarudrayasobbiisana 117.
vrksavaicitryadobalabbedali
211.
vrksasecana 211.
69
sq.,
166,
vilanghyalaksana 95.
viliiigbya
laksana
vya-
vrsakapi 172.
kbyana
30, 296.
300.
140
sq.
Venkatanatba Visvanatba 221, 305. Venkatanayaka 203, 302. Visvarupa 290. Yisvanandanatba 4, 130, 309. Venkatapati 182. Vi.svamitra 7, 263, 268; tirtba Venkatacriryayajvau 240
273. 300.
sq.,
-^t
334
i<r^
Venkatadri 41.
Veiikatadrijajvan 36.
vaisakliotsava 262.
vaisesika 304.
vyaktaganita 178.
vetana 187. 185 sq., 197, 302; bliedah vedapadastava 58 sq., 308. 186; matraprakarana 121; vedapurl, a village 275. *'malika 186 sq., 302; laksana vedaprakarana 148. 187. Vedavyasa, see Vy5.sa. vyaghraputa ("read pura?) vedanta 112, 289, 303; guru tirtha 268. 257; "paribhasa 146 sq., 304; Vyasa, Vedavyasa 7, 24, 40,
sastra 157; "sastrasiddhan41, 47,
58, 62, 91, 98, 100,
303;
"saraprakarana
siitra
108 sq.,
102,
303;
72
sq.,
124,
254, 303;
"sutra-
Sakti
7,
113, 256.
saktipahcaksarastotramaha-
mantra 163.
saktisutra
5,
310.
Vainika 164. Saiikara 59, 77, 258, 279; Vainyadatta 53. samhita 116 sq., 140 sq., 306. vaidikadharmakhanda 246 sq. Sankaracarya 4, 8, 16, 17, 21,
vaidodaiikacarita 91.
2629,
sq.,
38,
39,
51
sq.,
71,
Vaidyadatta
121, 302.
53.
Vaidyanatha Diksita 97
201, 216
sq.,
288291, 296,
308;
303.
carita
288-291,
Vainyadatta
53.
S(].
sankulaksana 211.
sahkhacakragadapadmadharin 198.
Vaisampayana
91,
113,
vaisakhamahritmya
55, 307.
sankhapiija 198.
-$H
sacl 273.
335
H$-
126, 127.
satapathabrahmana
25,
26,
Salisuka 276.
^astradipika 36 sq., 303.
siromani 168.
siva 58 sq., 257, 258, 262, 275,
satarudvya 25.
satasahasrika 114.
,satabliii?ekavidlii 120.
''gaiiga
290;
sani 87.
sapathavidhi 187.
Sarabha 280.
sariradurgandhaliarana 212.
sariralaksana 160.
sarvatirtha 275
s(i.
sivaduta 262.
sivadharmapunyanirupana
263.
sivadliarmaphalanirupana263.
ivadliarmottara 214, 307.
sivapai'vatisaravada 260 sq.
salyaparvan 92.
sasadhara 147.
Sakalya
96.
sakinya(pattana) 13.
sakuntala 110
sivabhaktamabimanuvarnana
189.
7 7.
saktamantra
21.
saktasamayadiksavidhanalSO. sivabhiksatanakathaua
Sankaramarga
184.
Sankhayanagrhyasutra 104.
Satyayani 119, 120.
santiparvan 90.
sivarahasyaklianda
116
37.
sq.,
Sambavyagrhyasutra 104, 297. sivaraghavasaravada saradatilaka 131. Sivarama 103, 124. sarlrakamimarasa 83; bhasya ^ivavihara 290.
72 sq., 303; "vyakhya 125.
sarirakopauisad 19, 297.
sarirasthana 174.
sariropanisad 19, 297.
sariigatirtha 283.
sivavaibhavakhanda 243.
sivasatkathamrta 264.
sivasayujya 275.
sivakhyarfljadbanl 275.
^ariigapani 249.
Salivahanasakribda 287.
^'
^ivalaya 281.
336
H$-
srlkundagrama 290.
sricakrapratistliEvidlii 4, 310.
^isupalavadha 175.
Siika 7; tata 113, 256.
sricakralaksana 130.
sricakrantaraladevatapratipa-
daua 130.
Sritrivikraraa 179.
sukriya 225.
sucldhananda 283.
^urapadmasamhara
Srinivasacarya 110
sq.,
300.
f^iilatirthanirmana 261.
sribbumi 273. kupa srimukbaparisad 287. sesa 157, 258, 260, 276;
sekliaripattana 1 2 1 sq.
sriranga
273,
;
280;
ksetra-
vaibhava 240 Sesanaga 157, 184, 308. 240; ^mahatmya 59, 239 sq., Sesanarayana 95 sq., 295. 307; vimaiia 240. Sesasiiri, scribe 40 sq. sesadri 258; "cudamani 110. srirudrayamala 4. Sesadri, scribe 135, 285 father srividyakbyamulavidyabhedah
;
divyavimana
of scribe
Yenkata Subrah60
sq.
4,
310.
manya
srividyaganapatikalpa 132.
srividyajapakalpa 130.
srividyanyasa 130.
saikhandina 225.
saiva,
rudrasamhita 247sq.; ksetra 310. raliasya 242; srividyasandbyanusthana 130. 264; 261,
agama
250.
srisiikta 223.
saucavidlii 120.
srutisuktimala 165, 3P8. Saunda (Venkusudhivara) srautakaksa 236. 44 sq. gaunaka 63, 90, 94, 96, 108, srautasutra 125 sq., 297 sq.
119, 120, 242, 243, 259, 266, svetamarga 290. svetavana 264. 274, 295.
Saurisiinu 30 sq.
svetavigbnesvarasivasthana
^yamalambavarmaratna
sq.,
162
280.
309.
svetambhodbi 228.
satpanca^ika 200, 302.
273.
sadangaprakarana 148.
->
337
r^
sadamnayalaksana 130.
sanmiikha 269.
sodasakriya 195, 298.
samastikanana(or kantara)-
mabatmya
250, 307.
samadbividbi 205.
sambbavakanda sambbavaparvan
sarpasanti 120.
30,
116.
91, 212, 299.
samliitasamanalaksana
296.
sarvaksetraprabbavapbalasrutinirupana 273.
saipkbyapramana 153.
samgitasastra 150.
145,
cf.
37.
sarvamaiigalini 81.
samgraliabharata 90.
saingiTimavijaya 132.
Satyakirti 277.
sabasranamasamgrababbasya
153sq.
satyaksetra 279.
Satya
satra
54.
sabyaja 283.
saksipariksa 186.
236238.
saksiprakarana 186.
saksipratyuddbrti 187.
saksivisayani 186.
sadasivabrahmasamvada 132, sagarastava 81. sadyomaraiia 1 70 sq. saukbya 304; karika 142, 201 Sanaka 7, 258. "vivaranatattvakaumudi 143 Sanatkumrira 7, 274, 280; sq.;saptatil42,143,201,202,
"samhita
77, 306.
304.
Sanatkumariya 131.
Sanandana
Sanatana
7.
7,
290.
sandhyopfisanavidbi 120.
saptagana 236.
saptalaksana 30, 97, 296.
samabrahmanabbasya 1 14. samaveda 99, 114sq., 224 sq., 236238, 296, 298. sayamboma 139.
73,
Sayana, acrirya 1, 2, 15. sabhaparvau 22 sq., 91, 299. 114sq., 295, 296, 298. sabhasabhyopadesab 187. sayujya 275, 276.
-^
338
H$-
vadgita 48,
299;
Com. on
S.
Sumantu
168.
244.
Sarvabbauma
siirvabbanmalaksana 138.
surasasamgamajalapadatlrSavaradbipa 263. tbakatbana 268. Savitryupakbyana 78. sabityasarvasva 110 sq., 300. Suresvara 290. Simbaraja 180 sq., 212 sq., 300, suvarnamukbari, a river 290. susvarakarana 212. 309. suksmarasmayab 286. Simbanana 280. siddbantabbedasaipgraba 144. Suta 37, 54, 55, 58, 77, 90sq.,
siddbantamuktavali 221, 305. siddbantalesasaragraba 144.
siddbantasekbara 178sq., 301.
100, 141, 189, 242, 243, 250,
276278.
Sutagita 10 sq., 306; tatpar-
yadipika lOsq.
100, 205
sutrastbana 174.
sudarupaiTiksasavadba 263.
Suridevabuddbendra
Suribbatta 36.
35.
Sugrivasamagama 222.
sntala 270.
Sudarsana280; muktikatbana
280.
Sudarsaiiacarya 166.
kamanvantara 48 sq.,
69,
63.
suryasiddbantal2
srsti 98.
14,75,193,
Sundararaja
suparnatatini 258.
sona,
N. of a river 290.
184.
Subabu
278.
Soma
Somadeva 86 sq. Subodba, "carita 280. subodbinl, Com. on bbaga- Somanatba 36 sq., 303.
-$^
339
H$-
somavaramahimanuvarnana
189.
Somasarman
290.
svai'ginrirakicibna214.
somesvaratirtha 277.
Svamin
177.
Somesvaraputra 285.
somotpatti 57 sq., 298.
svayambhuvatli'tba 277.
hamsasyabastalaksana 151.
"batti (sic) 277, 278.
sauracandramrmabda 287. Hanuman 258. skanda 214; "purana 2, 7, 10, Hayagriva 155; Tigastyasam38,55,77, 100, 116sq.,140sq., vada 88, 155, 307. 188, 205, 226sq., 242, 248sq., Haradatta 33, 43 sq. (Corr. 257, 264, 306 sq. and Add.), 165, 298, 302,
skandesvarasaravada 163. skandopanisad 19, 297.
stotra 308 sq.
308.
haritattvamuktavali
baridvilra 290.
8,
303.
barinadi 264.
striparvan 90.
haribbaktisudbodaya 107
305.
sq.,
barimidestotra
8.
snatakadharma
98.
smrtikartrniriipana 98.
smrticandnkal85sq., 197,302. Hai'sacai'ita 290. smrtimuktaphala 9799, 121, Hastanialaka 290. 302. bastamalaka, prakarana, "stosyanandura (?) 289. tra 82, 229, 303.
svapnadliyaya 230, 309.
bastigirimfdiatmya
305.
238
7.
sq.,
SvayamprakasaYati8sq., 303,
304.
balasyaniabatmya
306.
binalaksana 187.
bemakutakbanda
267, 305.
22*
-^-
340
^<^
hemapuskarinl
tirtha 277.
cakratii"tlia,
|
Homiamba,Honiiambikal3sq.
Honnarya 13 sq.
hora 171, 219, 286; "tatpaiyasagara 170; vivarana 170sq.^
301; 6astra 152.
hemakarasaras 277.
heniabjatirtha 277.
28,
43, 74,
81, 91,
5 5
etc.
1.
1.
25 read Mtasthadl.
10 read Kdvyamdld.
11 read Pdr'iksitena for pdriksitena.
1.
P.
1.
P. 130, P. 132,
1.
1.
1.
26 (kaumdrasamhitd).
P. 139, P. 142,
1.
1.
1.
P. 151,
1.
1.
1.
P. 153,
P. 171,
1.
1.
P. 220,
1.
grhayoni\
^H$-
ORiENTAL TRAINSLATION
NEW
SERIES.
FITND.
The following works of this series are now for sale at the rooms of the Royal Asiatic Society, 22, Albemarle Street, London, AV. Price 10 s. a volume, except vols. 9, 10.
I, 2. Rehatsek (E.). Mir KhwantVs 'Rauzat-us-Safa', or 'Garden of Purity', containing the Moslem Version of the lives of the prophets from Adam to Jesus, and other historical matter. Part 1, Vols. 1 and IL 1891 and 1892. S, 4. Part II (Vols. I and II) of the above, containing a full and detailed life of IMuhammad the Apostle, with an appendix about his wives, concubines, children, secretaries, servants, etc. 1893. 5. Part TI (Vol. Ill) of the above, containing the lives of Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthman, and 'Ah, the immediate successors of Muhammad. 1894. 6. Tawney (C. H.). The Katha Kosa, a collection of Jain stories, translated from Sanskrit Manuscripts. 1895. Bana's Kadambari. 1896. 7. Ridding (Miss C. M.). 8. CowELL (Professor E. B.) and Mr. Thomas (of Trinity College, Cambridge). Bana's Harsa Carita. 1897. 9. 10. Steingass (Di-. F.). The last twenty-four ]\iakamats of Abu Mubammad al Kasim al Hariri, forming Vol. II; Chenery's translation of the first twenty-four Makamats 1898. Price 155. a volume. sold with it as Vol. I. II. Gaster (Dr. M.). The Chronicles of Jerahmeel, or collection of Jewish legends the Hebrew Bible Historiale. and traditions translated from the Hebrew, 1899. Buddhist manual of 12. Rhys Davids (Mrs. C, A. F.). psychological ethics of the fourth century b, c, being a translation of the Diiamma Sangani from the Abhidhamma Pitaka of the Buddhist Canon. 1900.
Just
OJ(t
illustrations).
13. Beveeidge (Mrs. H.). Life and Memoirs of Gulbadan Begum, aunt of Akbar the (jrreat, translated from tiie Persian.
1902 (with
In p'eparation
14. 15.
16.
Bhys Davids (Professor T. W.). The Katha Vatthu. Ross (Principal E. D.). History of the Seljuks, Waiters (T.). Yuan Chwang's Travels. (In the press).
has
determined to
bring
out
series
of
monographs which
Arrangements have so
of the following:
far
been made
(1)
Gerini (Major G.
ography.
E.).
(2)
WiNTEENiTZ (Dr. M.). Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. in the Royal Asiatic Society's Library, with an Appendix by Mr. F. W. Thomas. 8^" xvi, 340 pages.
{Price 5/. or 3/6 for cash.)
(3)
HiESCHFELD
pages.
New Researches into the (Dr. H.). Composition and Exegesis of the Qoran. 4*" 155
{Price
5/.
(4)
Steong (Professor
The History
of
of
Jakmak,
and from the
{Nearly
Le Strange
Mesopotamia
a
(Guy).
in
Description
year
Persia
the
1340
a.d.,
Nuzhat-al-Kulub of
Hamd- Allah
Mustawfi, with
summary
ready.)
Any
circulars
con-
Fund and
THE SECRETARY,
22,
LONDON, W.
>^i-
'^/mMwn.iuv'
^;/n4nwi.j(\V
'^//mnvi-JftV'
<f^mNV-^i^
v/jy];
>;lOS-i
This book
is
DUE on
^HIB
fm
41584
^^ui.
^OF CALIFO/?;<^
^OfCALIJ
ivaaii-i^
.\MEUNIVERV^
^<!/0JnV3JO^
^OfCAllFO/?^
^<!/0JllV3JO'^
\
UCSOUTH.
CAllfOff^
^OFCAllFOMi^
r-n
9 ^
""^
^^^^
^TilJONVSOV^^
"^AaSAINrtJWV
^<?AJi.
\WEUNIVERV/.
vSclOSANCEl5j>
^UIBRARYd/^
^^UIBRARYO/^
^^WEUMmkv/^
TilJONVSOl
%ii3AiNn]\\v^
vN;lOSANCElfj>
^^m^\m\^
..;,0FCA1IF0%
'^.i/ojnvDJo'^
<rji]ONvsov^
,^WEUNIVERS'/A
^WE UNIVERS//,
.^,0FCA1IF0%
o
'%aMINrt-3WV
<rii30NVsor'^
^ILIBRARYt?/:
^^lllBRARYQ^
^lOSANCElfj>
.^ILIBRARYOc^
-2
oc
t'
^.!/ojnv3jo'^
'^(i/ojnv3jo'<^
^ <ril30NVS01^
AWE
UNIVERi-//)
"^a^AINn-JWV^
^<!/0JI1V3J0-^
<.OFCALIF0%
^OFCA1IFO%
^OFCALIFOi^
^-^5
'
I
"^/^a^AiNaiwv*
O
I?
-n
'^Aavaaii-^^!'^
^OAavaan-^'
^<?AaviiaiH'^
^WEDNIVERS//^
^10SANCEL%
^lllBRARYac
^^ILIBRARYQ/r
^^WEUNIVEW/4
3 o
%a3AINn3WV
^!rtEUNIVER5y/v
'^<!/0J nV3- JO"^
^(!/0dnV3J0'^
vvlOSANCElfj>
M.OFCAIIFO%
^OFCAIIFO%
^WEUNIVER5/A
o
"^aiAiNn-Jwv^
"^(JAUvaan-^^
^<?Aav!jan-^^
<J513DNVS01^^
jNtLIBRARYQr
^^IIIBRARYQ^
AWEINIVERS/a
^lOSANCElfx>
^ILIBRARYQr